Captiva

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.
com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
The vehicle may have an up-shift light.
When this light comes on, shift to the
next higher gear if weather, road, and
traffic conditions allow.
Dear Customer,
Welcome to the Chevrolet family. We wish to thank you for choosing Chevrolet Captiva.
It is our constant endeavor to provide you with products that offer excellent performance through out their ownership period. Which is
why, in addition to offering great cars, we have also set up an extensive, and very well equipped network of retailers and authorized
service centres across the country.
Naturally, these Chevrolet retailers knows everything there is to know about your car, and provides you with the best service possible. In
fact, every retailer is equipped with the most advanced technology, technicians specially trained by us, and genuine spares. Needless to
say, they are also committed to ensure your complete satisfaction.
So, please contact a Chevrolet retailer for any servicing need and make sure that only genuine spares are used for your car.
This Manual will familiarize you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle. It will also provide you with important safety
information. Please do read it carefully and follow the recommendations. In fact, the Manual is like a permanent part of your car. And it
would go a long way in ensuring a safe and trouble-free operation for your car.
Should you have any query please feel free to call our 24 hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080 or email us at : [email protected].
Happy Motoring


CONTENTS
Introduction Warning Lights, Gauges, and Object Detection Systems ..... 8-37
Keys, Doors and Windows .......... 1-1 Indicators .............................. 4-12 Fuel ....................................... 8-38
Keys and Locks ...................... 1-1 Information Displays ............ 4-33 Vehicle Care ................................. 9-1
Doors ...................................... 1-7 Trip Computer ....................... 4-34 General Information ................ 9-2
Vehicle Security ...................... 1-9 Lighting......................................... 5-1 Vehicle Checks ........................ 9-3
Exterior Mirrors .................... 1-12 Exterior Lighting .................... 5-1 Electrical System .................. 9-36
Interior Mirror ....................... 1-15 Interior Lighting ..................... 5-6 Wheels and Tires .................. 9-44
Windows ............................... 1-15 Lighting Features .................... 5-8 Jump Starting ........................ 9-60
Sunvisors ...............................1-18 Infotainment System ................... 6-1 Towing .................................. 9-64
Roof ...................................... 1-18 Introduction ............................ 6-1 Appearance Care ................... 9-68
Seats and Restraints ................... 2-1 Radio ....................................... 6-4 Service and Maintenance ..........10-1
Head Restraints ....................... 2-2 Audio Players ......................... 6-6 General Information............... 10-1
Front Seats .............................. 2-4 Phone .................................... 6-12 Scheduled Maintenance ........ 10-2
Rear Seats ............................... 2-9 Climate Controls ......................... 7-1 Recommended Fluids and
Safety Belts ........................... 2-14 Climate Control Systems ........ 7-1 Lubricants ............................. 10-5
Airbag System ...................... 2-22 Air Vents ............................... 7-10 Technical Data.............................11-1
Child Restraints ..................... 2-30 Maintenance .......................... 7-11 Vehicle Identification ............ 11-1
Storage ......................................... 3-1 Driving and Operating ............... 8-1 Vehicle Specifications ........... 11-3
Storage Compartments ............ 3-1 Driving Information ................ 8-2 Service and Warranty ...............12-1
Roof Paneling ......................... 3-5 Starting and Operating .......... 8-11 Standard Limited Warranty
Additional Storage Features ... 3-5 Engine Exhaust ..................... 8-18 Coverage ............................... 12-2
Roof Rack System .................. 3-6 Automatic Transmission ....... 8-20 Pre-delivery Inspection and
Information On Loading the Manual Transmission ............ 8-25 Vehicle Delivery ................... 12-9
Vehicle .................................... 3-7 Drive Systems ....................... 8-26 Owner's Statement Of
Instruments and Controls .......... 4-1 Brakes ................................... 8-26 Acceptance .......................... 12-11
Instrument Panel Overview .... 4-2 Ride Control Systems ........... 8-31 Chevrolet Service ................ 12-13
Controls .................................. 4-4 Cruise Control ....................... 8-34 Maintenance Record Sheet ...12-19

Battery ................................ 12-21 Force Majeure ....................... 13-7

Separate Corrosion Protection External Factors .................... 13-7
Service ................................ 12-22 Right of Refusal .................... 13-7
Body Inspection Record ..... 12-23 Disputes ................................ 13-7
Emission Warranty .............. 12-25 Summary ............................... 13-7
Annexure- I ......................... 12-29 Disclaimer ............................. 13-8
Annexure- II ........................ 12-30 Service Network ........................ 14-1
24 x 7 Roadside Assistance ....... 13-1 Chevrolet Sales India
How to Request Assistance ....13-2 Sales and Service Network .....14-1
Benefits ................................. 13-3 North Zone............................. 14-2
Covered Area ........................ 13-3 West Zone ............................. 14-7
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance at South Zone .......................... 14-12
Home or on the Road ............ 13-3 East Zone ............................ 14-17
Vehicle Recovery Following International ........................ 14-20
Mechanical or Electrical
Breakdown ............................ 13-3
Vehicle Recovery Following an
Accident ................................ 13-4
Taxi Benefit .......................... 13-4
Urgent Message Relay .......... 13-4
Locked Keys/Lost Key ......... 13-4
Non Covered Events Under the
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Program ................................ 13-4
Special Exclusions ................ 13-6
Adverse Weather ................... 13-6

Introduction i
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
Introduction ....................................... i Your Chevrolet Captiva ("vehicle") is a by CHEVROLET work according to

Using this Manual.............................. i designed combination of advanced specific CHEVROLET instructions.
technology, safety, environmental The customer literature pack should
Danger, Warnings and Cautions ....... ii friendliness, and economy. always be kept ready to hand in the
Symbols .......................................... iii This Owner's Manual provides you with vehicle.
all the necessary information to enable
you to drive your vehicle safely and USING THIS MANUAL
efficiently.  This Manual describes all options
Make sure your passengers are aware of and features available for this
the possible risk of accident and injury model. Certain descriptions, inclu-
which may result from improper use of ding those for display and menu
the vehicle. functions, may not apply to your
vehicle due to model variant,
You must always comply with the
country specifications, special
specific laws and regulations of the
equipment, or accessories.
country that you are in. These laws may
differ from the information in this  The table of contents at the beginning
Owner’s Manual. of this Manual and within each
When this Owner's Manual refers to a section shows where the information
CHEVROLET retailer visit, we recom- is located.
mend your CHEVROLET Service  The vehicle display screens may not
Partner. support your specific language.
All CHEVROLET Service Partners  The Owner's Manual uses the factory
provide first-class service at reasonable engine designations. The corre-
prices. Experienced mechanics trained sponding sales designations can be

ii Introduction
DANGER, WARNINGS
AND CAUTIONS
found in the chapter "Technical Danger : This is a safety symbol which

Data". means 'Do not', 'Do not do this', or
Text marked Danger provides 'Do not let this happen'.
 Directional data, e.g. left or right
information on risk of fatal injury. * or (Option) : The asterisk in this
refers to the direction of travel.
Disregarding this information may Manual signify an item of equip-
 Depending on the model variant, endanger life.
country variant, integrated special ment that is not included on all
equipment and accessories, the vehicles. Such items include engine
scope of equipment of your vehicle Warning options, model variations specific
can differ form the descriptions in to one country, and optional
Text marked Warning provides equipment.
this Owner's Manual. information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this information All information, illustrations, and
Note: Text marked Note indicates a may lead to injury. specifications in this Manual are based
point to take into account when operat- on the latest product information
ing the vehicle. Failure to observe this available at the time of publication.
Caution Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. reserve
may lead to incorrect operation.
Text marked Caution provides the right to change specifications or
information on possible damage to designs at any time without notice and
the vehicle. Disregarding this without incurring obligation.
information may lead to vehicle This vehicle is manufactured by GM
damage. Korea Company and in India it is
imported by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt.
Ltd.
This vehicle may not comply with the
standards or regulations of other

Introduction iii
SYMBOLS
countries. Before attempting to register The vehicle has components and labels : Cruise Control
this vehicle in any other country, check that use symbols instead of text.
: Engine Coolant Temperature
all applicable regulations and make any Symbols are shown along with the text
necessary modifications. describing the operation or information : Exterior Lamps
This Manual describes the options and relating to a specific component,
: Fuel Gauge
trims available at the time of publica- control, message, gauge, or indicator.
tion. Some of the items covered may : This symbol is shown when you : Fuses
not apply to your vehicle. Contact your need to see your Owner's Manual for : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
CHEVROLET retailer for information additional instructions or information. Changer
on options and trims availability. : This symbol is shown when you : LATCH System Child Restraints*
Non-genuine parts and accessories have need to see a Service Manual for
not been examined or approved by additional instructions or information. : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. We can Vehicle Symbol Chart : Oil Pressure
certify neither the suitability nor the
safety of non-genuine parts and access- Here are some additional symbols that : Power
ories and are not liable for damage may be found on the vehicle and what
they mean. : Safety Belt Reminder
caused by their use.
Warning : Tampering of wiring : Airbag Readiness Light : Traction Control
harness or fitment of non-genuine : Air Conditioning : Windshield Washer Fluid*
accessories in your vehicle may lead to
short circuit resulting in fire. : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
We wish you many hours of pleasurable : Brake System Warning Light
driving Chevrolet.
: Charging System

iv Introduction

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1
KEYS, DOORS AND KEYS AND LOCKS

WINDOWS KEYS
Keys and Locks Interior Mirror Warning

Keys ........................................ 1-1 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 1-15
Leaving children in a vehicle with
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows the ignition key is dangerous for
System .................................... 1-2 Power Windows .................... 1-15 many reasons. Children or others
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Heated Rear Window/ could be badly injured or even killed.
System Operation ................... 1-3 Windshield Wiper De-Icer ......1-17 They could operate the power
Door Locks ............................. 1-4 Sunvisors windows or other controls or even
Manual Door Locks ................. 1-5 make the vehicle move.
Sunvisors .............................. 1-18
Power Door Locks .................. 1-6 The windows will function with the
Roof keys in the ignition and children
Safety Lock ............................. 1-6 Sunroof ................................. 1-18 could be seriously injured or killed if
Doors Sunblind ................................ 1-19 caught in the path of a closing
Tailgate ................................... 1-7 window. Do not leave the keys in a
Vehicle Security vehicle with children.
Anti-theft Alarm System ......... 1-9
Two keys are provided with your new
Immobilizer Operation .......... 1-11
Chevrolet vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Keep one of the two keys as a spare. The
Convex Mirrors ..................... 1-12 key number is stamped on the key
Power Mirrors ....................... 1-13 number plate. For vehicle security, keep
Folding Mirrors...................... 1-13 the key number plate in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
Heated Mirrors ...................... 1-14

1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

(RKE) SYSTEM
You should also record the key number To protect your car from theft, an Changes or modifications to this
in a safe place, not in the vehicle. electronic immobilization system has system by other than an authorized
This deters unauthorized persons from been installed in your vehicle. Only keys service facility could void authoriza-
obtaining a duplicate key. with the correct electronic code can be tion to use this equipment. If there is a
used to start the car. Even if a key has the decrease in the RKE operating range:
Warning same profile it will not start the engine if
 Check the distance. The transmitter
the electronic code is incorrect.
may be too far from the vehicle.
Do not leave the key in the vehicle.
• Lock the vehicle.  Check the location. Other vehicles
• Take the key with you. or objects may be blocking the
signal.
 Check the transmitter's battery. See
Key number plate “Battery Replacement” later in this
section.
 If the transmitter is still not working
correctly, see your CHEVROLET
retailer for service.
A key that is part of the Remote Keyless
Note Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for
In case of loss, replacement keys are the ignition and all locks.
available with your CHEVROLET Note
retailer. If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush or pick.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

(RKE) SYSTEM OPERATION
Battery Replacement
Unlock Lock
(Unlock): Press to unlock all doors. Warning
The hazard warning lamps will flash
LED twice and the anti-theft alarm system Make sure that you dispose of old
will be deactivated. See Anti-theft batteries in accordance with environ-
Alarm System on page 1-9. mental protection regulations to help
protect the environment and your
Note health.
LOCK and UNLOCK buttons are not
operated while the key is in the ignition Caution
switch.
When replacing the battery, do not
Programming Transmitters to the touch any of the circuitry on the
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle
transmitter functions will work up to 6 transmitter. Static from your body
Only RKE transmitters programmed to could damage the transmitter.
m (20 ft) away from the vehicle. There
are other conditions which can affect this vehicle will work. If a transmitter is
the performance of the transmitter. See lost or stolen, a replacement can be If the LED fails to illuminate or the range
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System purchased and programmed through is noticeably diminished, it is an indica-
on page 1-2. your CHEVROLET retailer. When the tion that a new battery is needed.
The LED on the transmitter flashes to replacement transmitter is programmed
show that it is operational. to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters
must also be reprogrammed. Any lost or
(Lock): Press to lock all doors.
stolen transmitter will no longer work
The hazard warning lamps will flash once the new transmitter is programmed.
once and the anti-theft alarm system
will be activated. See Anti-theft Alarm
System on page 1-9.

DOOR LOCKS
To replace the battery:
4. Remove the used battery. Avoid Warning

touching the circuit board to other
components. Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
 Passengers, especially children,
5. Install the new battery. Be sure the
can easily open the doors and fall
positive side (+) faces down towards
out of a moving vehicle. When a
the base. door is locked, the handle will not
6. Close the cover of the transmitter open it. The chance of being
unit and put the unit in the cover of thrown out of the vehicle in a crash
the transmitter. is increased if the doors are not
7. Assemble the transmitter cover. locked. So, all passengers should
wear safety belts properly and the
Note 8. Check the operation of the trans- doors should be locked whenever
Use CR1620 (or equivalent) replace- mitter with your vehicle. the vehicle is driven.
ment battery.  Young children who get into
1. Remove the screw from the back of unlocked vehicles may be unable
the cover. to get out. A child can be overcome
by extreme heat and can suffer
2. Open the transmitter cover. permanent injuries or even death
3. Pull the transmitter unit out of the from heat stroke. Always lock the
cover and open the cover of the vehicle whenever leaving it.
transmitter unit.  Outsiders can easily enter through
an unlocked door when you slow
down or stop the vehicle. Locking
the doors can help prevent this
from happening.

MANUAL DOOR LOCKS
To open a door from the inside or

outside, pull the door handle.
Lock Unlock The driver's door and the front passen-
ger’s door can be opened by pulling the
door handle from the inside even if the
doors are locked with the door lock
button.
To lock the doors from outside using the To lock any door from the inside, pull
key, insert the key and turn it counter- the door lock button.
clockwise. To unlock any door from the inside,
To unlock, turn the key clockwise. push the door lock button.
Note
Caution
The driver's door lock button cannot be
Lock all doors and take the key with pulled when the door is open. This
you, while leaving the vehicle unat- prevents locking the driver's door when
tended. you leave the key inside your car by
Unlocked vehicle invite theft. mistake.

POWER DOOR LOCKS SAFETY LOCK

Central Locking System Central Locking Button
You can activate the central door

locking system from the driver's door.
This system allows you to lock and
unlock all the doors and tailgate from
the driver's door, using either the key or
keyless remote (from outside) or the
door lock switch (from inside).
You can also lock or unlock the doors You can use a key or suitable screw-
with the door lock switches on the driver.
driver's door trim pad. To operate the child security door lock,
Press the left part of the switch to lock turn the child locks into horizontal
the doors. position.
To unlock the doors, press the right part
of the switch. To open a rear door when the child
To open a door from the inside or security door lock is activated, open the
outside, pull the door handle. door from the outside.
To cancel the child security door lock,
Note turn the child locks into vertical
Grease should be applied to the door position.
check latch and hinge at regular intervals
or if a noise can be heard when opening,
closing the door or during driving.

DOORS
TAILGATE
Warning Caution Warning

Use the child security door locks Do not pull the inside door handle Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if
whenever children are occupying the while the child security door lock is it is driven with the tailgate or
rear seats. set to LOCK position. It can damage trunk/hatch open, or with any objects
the inside door handle. that pass through the seal between
the body and the trunk/hatch or
tailgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
See Engine Exhaust on page 8-18.

The tailgate can be locked or unlocked Caution

by central door locking system. See
Central Locking System on page 1-6. When opening or closing the tailgate,
Make sure your hands and any other be sure to check it is free from
body parts, as well as those of other obstructions.
persons, are completely away from the
tailgate closure area.
To lock the tailgate press on the

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) trans-
mitter or by locking driver's door with
the help of key.
To unlock the tailgate press on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) trans-
mitter or by unlocking driver's door
with the help of key.
To open the tailgate, press the touchpad
on the underside of the tailgate handle
and pull up.
To close tailgate, push it down so it
latches securely.

VEHICLE SECURITY
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
Tailgate Operation with Loss of Security Indicator Door Lock and Anti-Theft Mode
Power Activation
1. Close all windows.
2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK and
remove the key.
3. Have all passengers exit the vehicle.
4. Close all doors, hood and tailgate.
5. Press and release LOCK button on
the transmitter.
The LED on the transmitter will
flash.
 All doors lock.
 Hazard warning lamps flash
To open the tailgate if the vehicle's Indicates the anti-theft system is
once.
battery is disconnected or the voltage is working.
low, access the release lever. Remove  Anti-theft mode is activated
The security indicator goes out when after about 30 seconds.
the interior trim cover on the inside of doors are unlocked using the keyless
the tailgate. Use a tool to push the lever If the key is inserted into the
entry transmitter or key. ignition key hole, the transmit-
on the latch until the tailgate releases.
The security indicator comes on when ter will not operate the anti-theft
you lock the doors using the keyless system.
entry transmitter or key. Note
The system can be activated even if the
windows are open. Close all the windows
and doors before leaving the vehicle.

Horn Sound
Note 1. Confirm that the security indicator The system provides visual (exterior
If pressing the LOCK button on the flashes slowly after illuminating for lamps blink) sign and audible (horns
transmitter when all doors, hood and approximately 30 seconds from the pulse) sound for about 30 seconds when
tailgate are not completely closed, the time that the system has entered the any of the doors, tailgate or the hood are
anti-theft system is in the open state at locked state. If LOCK button on the opened without using the key or
this point and the security indicator will transmitter is pressed a second time, pressing the unlock button on the
flash quickly. The anti-theft system the anti-theft system will activate transmitter.
transits to the locked state when all immediately, bypassing the 30 To stop the horn sound:
doors, hood and tailgate are completely seconds delay. The security indicator
 Press the LOCK or UNLOCK
closed. The security indicator will is located in the right area of the
clock. button on the transmitter.
illuminate steady when in the locked
state. If the LOCK button is pressed  Unlock the driver’s door with a key.
Warning
after all doors, hood and tailgate have (In some countries, doing so may
been closed, the open state will be Do not lock the vehicle if anyone is to not stop the horn sound. Press the
bypassed and the system will transit be left inside the vehicle. LOCK or UNLOCK button to stop
directly to the locked state with the Never leave children or pets unattended the sound). If the unauthorised entry
security indicator on steady. in your vehicle. The temperature inside still exists, the alarm sound will be
the vehicle can increase more rapidly activated with a periodic repeat.
Note and reach much higher levels than the If the system does not operate as
The anti-theft system is activated if the temperature outside. described above, have it checked by
doors are locked manually as well as the This can result in serious injury or your CHEVROLET retailer.
remote keyless entry transmitter is used. death.

IMMOBILIZER OPERATION
Door Unlock and Anti-Theft Mode
Note Deactivation
Tap the key hole or heat the key if the 1. Unlock the driver’s door with a key.
door does not open with freezing key Or,
hole in cold weather. 2. Press and release UNLOCK button
on the transmitter.
Warning
 The LED on the transmitter will
Do not use the transmitter to lock the flash.
vehicle if anyone is to be left inside.  All the doors unlock.
Never leave children or pets alone in  Hazard warning lamps flash
your vehicle. twice.
The temperature inside the vehicle The immobilizer system provides an
 Anti-theft mode is deactivated.
can increase more rapidly and reach additional theft deterrent to your
In some countries, unlocking the driver vehicle in which it is installed and
much higher levels than the temper- door with a key may sound alarm. Make
ature outside. prevents it from being started by
sure to press the UNLOCK button on unauthorised persons. The valid key for
This can result in serious injury or the transmitter to unlock doors. a vehicle equipped with immobilizer
death. Auto Door Relock system is an ignition key with inte-
If the door is not opened and the engine grated transponder, which is electroni-
is not started within 30 seconds after cally coded. The transponder is placed
disarming the system using the invisibly in the ignition key.
transmitter, all the doors are automati- Only valid ignition keys can be used to
cally locked and the anti-theft mode is start the engine.
reactivated. Invalid keys may only open the doors.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS
CONVEX MIRRORS
The engine is automatically immo- damaged. See your CHEVROLET Warning

bilized after the key is turned to LOCK retailer who can service the theft-
and has been removed from the ignition deterrent system and have a new key A convex mirror can make things,
switch. made. like other vehicles, look farther away
The immobilizer light, located in the Do not leave the key or device that than they really are. If you cut too
instrument panel cluster, comes on if disarms or deactivates the theft-deter- sharply into the right lane, you could
there is a problem with arming or rent system in the vehicle. hit a vehicle on the right. Check the
disarming the theft-deterrent system. inside mirror or glance over your
See Immobilizer Light on page 4-29. shoulder before changing lanes.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
immobilizer light comes on briefly Both passenger and driver outside
when the ignition is turned on. mirrors are convex shaped.
If the engine does not start and the The convex exterior mirror reduces
immobilizer light stays on, there is a blind spots. The shape of the mirror
problem with the system. Turn the makes object appear smaller, which
ignition off and try again. will affect the ability to estimate
distances.
If the engine still does not start, and the
key appears to be undamaged, try
another ignition key.
If the engine still does not start and the
light continues to stay on with the other
key, the vehicle needs service. If the
vehicle does start, the first key may be

POWER MIRRORS FOLDING MIRRORS

Manual Folding
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or Manually fold the outside mirrors in, to
ACC / ACCESSORY. See Retained prevent damage when going through an
Accessory Power (RAP) on page 8-14 automatic car wash or for pedestrian
for more information. safety. To fold, while sitting in the
The outside mirrors will work up to 10 vehicle, pull the mirrors towards the
minutes after the vehicle has been vehicle. Push out, to return the mirrors
turned off. If a door is opened while the to their original position.
key is in the LOCK position or if taken
out of the ignition, the mirror will not
work.
Controls for the outside power mirrors

are on the driver side instrument panel.
To adjust:
1. Push the knob to the L (Left) or R
(Right) to choose a mirror.
2. Adjust the selected mirror up,
down, left or right using the
corresponding edges of the mirror
adjusting pad, so that the side and
the area behind the vehicle can be
seen.
3. Return the control to the center
position so the mirror cannot be
moved.

HEATED MIRRORS
Power Folding
LOCK position or taken out of the

ignition.
Warning ION
A/C R
Always keep your mirrors properly SYNC AUTO
adjusted, and use them while driving MODE OFF A
to increase your visibility of objects

and other vehicles around you. Do
not drive while either outside
rearview mirror is folded back.
For vehicles with power folding For vehicles with outside heated
mirrors, press the folding mirror button Caution mirrors:
to fold the outside mirrors flat against R (Rear Window Defogger): Press
the side of the vehicle. Do not operate mirror continuously
while the engine is not running. to heat the outside rearview mirrors.
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or Heating works with the ignition ON/
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Retained This will discharge the battery. engine running and is switched off
Accessory Power (RAP) on page 8-14 automatically after a few minutes or by
for more information. pressing the button again. See Rear
Power to the folding outside mirrors Window and Outside Mirror Defogger
will work up to 10 minutes after the under Climate Control Systems on page
vehicle has been turned off. Power to 7-7 for more information.
the folding outside mirrors will turn off
if a door is opened while the key is in the

INTERIOR MIRROR WINDOWS

MANUAL REARVIEW POWER WINDOWS
MIRROR
Warning Warning
Your view through the mirror may Leaving children, helpless adults, or
lose some clarity when it is adjusted pets in a vehicle with the windows
for night vision. closed is dangerous.
Take special care with using your They can be overcome by the
inside rearview mirror when it is extreme heat and suffer permanent
adjusted for night vision. injuries or even death from heat
Failure to ensure a clear rear view stroke. Never leave a child, a helpless
while driving may result in a collision adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
causing damage to your vehicle or especially with the windows closed
To adjust the inside rearview mirror, other property, and/or personal in warm or hot weather.
hold the rearview mirror in the center injury.
and move it to view the area behind the
vehicle.
Push the lever forward for daytime use
and pull it for nighttime use to avoid
glare from the headlamps from behind.

Warning
Take care when operating the power
windows. Risk of injury, particularly
to children.
If there are children on the rear seat,
switch on the power window lockout
system for the power windows.
Keep a close watch on the windows
when closing them.
Ensure that nothing becomes trapped
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed in them as they move. Power windows can be operated with
to improve fuel economy performance. ignition ON/ACC.
This may result in a pulsing sound when Warning Operate the switch for the respective
a window is partially open. To reduce window by pushing to open or pulling
the sound, open another window or the Body parts outside vehicle can be to close.
sunroof (if equipped). struck by passing objects. Keep all Operation
parts of body inside vehicle. You may operate the power windows
Children can operate and become when the ignition switch is ON by using
entrapped in power windows. the power window switches on each
Do not leave your keys or unattended door panel.
children in your car. To open the window, press down on the
Serious injury or death can occur switch. To close the window, lift up on
from misuse of power windows. the switch. Release the switch when the
window reaches the desired position.

HEATED REAR WINDOW

/ WINDSHIELD WIPER DE-ICER
Express-Down (Auto Down) Window Power Window Lockout
ION
A/C R
SYNC AUTO
MODE OFF A
The driver’s window switch has an Press switch to deactivate front Operated by pressing the R button.
express-down feature that lowers the passenger and rear power windows. Heating works with the engine running
window without holding the switch. To activate press again. /ignition ON and is switched off
To lower the window, press down automatically after a few minutes or by
firmly, then release the switch. The Warning pressing the button again.
window will open automatically until it
is fully open. To stop the window while Do not operate the power window
it is opening, pull the switch again. switch with no purpose.
To raise the window, pull up and hold
the switch. To stop the window, release
the switch.

SUNVISORS ROOF
SUNVISORS SUNROOF
Caution
Do not use sharp instruments or
abrasive window cleaners on your
windshield or rear window.
Do not scratch or damage the
defroster wires when you clean or
work around the windshield or rear
window.
The sun visors can be folded down or If equipped, the ignition must be in
swivelled to the side to prevent dazzl- ON/RUN, or ACC/ACCESSORY.
ing. A. Open/Close: Slide and release the
If the sun visors have integral mirrors, switch rearward to express open the
the mirror covers should be closed sunroof. Slide the switch forward or
when driving. rearward to stop movement.
The sunblind opens automatically
Warning with the sunroof or can be manually
operated. The sunblind cannot be
Do not place the sun visor in such a closed with the sunroof open.
manner that it obscures visibility of
Slide and hold the switch forward to
the roadway, traffic or other objects.
close the sunroof.
The sunblind must be closed
manually.

SUNBLIND
B. Vent Open/Close: Press and hold Caution The sunblind is operated manually.
the switch to vent the sunroof. Pull Close or open the sunblind by sliding.
and hold the switch to close it. The Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunblind must be manually operated sunroof seal or in the track. This When the sunroof is open, the sunblind
when the sunroof is in the vent could cause an issue with sunroof is always open.
position. operation, noise, or plugging the
Warning
water drainage system. Periodically
open the sunroof and remove any Body parts outside vehicle can be
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the struck by passing objects. Keep all
sunroof seal and roof sealing area parts of body inside vehicle.
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
Serious injury or death can occur
water. Do not remove grease from
from misuse of sunroof.
the sunroof.
Warning
Take care when operating the
Note sunroof. There is risk of injury,
particularly to children.
The sunroof can be operated for up to
10 minutes or until a door is opened Keep a close watch on the movable
when the ignition key is in the lock parts when operating them. Ensure
position or out of the ignition. that nothing becomes trapped in
them as they move.


Seats and Restraints 2-1
SEATS AND
RESTRAINTS
Head Restraints Safety Belt Use During Airbag System Check ........... 2-30
Head Restraints Position ......... 2-2 Pregnancy ............................. 2-19 Replacing Airbag System
Active Head Restraints* ......... 2-3 Lap Belt ................................ 2-20 Parts after a Crash ................. 2-30
Front Seats Safety System Check ............ 2-21 Child Restraints*
Seat Position .............................2-4 Safety Belt Care .................... 2-21 Older Children ...................... 2-30
Manual Seat Adjustment ......... 2-5 Replacing Safety Belt System Infants and Young Children .. 2-32
Parts after a Crash ................. 2-21 Child Restraint Systems ........ 2-34
Power Seat Adjustment ........... 2-5
Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint .....2-36
Lumbar Adjustment ................ 2-6
Airbag System ...................... 2-22 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Reclining Seatbacks ................ 2-6
Where Are the Airbags? ........ 2-24 Children (LATCH System)* .. 2-37
Folding Seatback .................... 2-8
When Should an Airbag Securing a Child Restraint
Rear Seats Inflate? ................................... 2-26 Designed for the Latch
Second Row Seats .................. 2-9 What Makes an Airbag System* ..................................2-41
Third Row Seats ................... 2-13 Inflate? .................................. 2-27 Replacing LATCH System
Safety Belts How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash* .............. 2-43
Safety Belts ........................... 2-14 Restrain? ............................... 2-28 Securing Child Restraints* ... 2-43
How to Wear Safety Belts What Will You See after an
Properly ................................ 2-16 Airbag Inflates? .................... 2-28
Lap-Shoulder Belt ................. 2-17 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle .................................. 2-29

2-2 Seats and Restraints
HEAD RESTRAINTS
HEAD RESTRAINTS POSITION
Front Seats Height Adjustment
The vehicle’s front seats have adjus-

table headrests in the outboard seating
positions.
Warning
Only drive with the head restraint set
to the proper position.
Removed or improperly adjusted
head restraints can result in serious
head and neck injuries in case of a
collision. Adjust the headrest so that the top of the The height of the headrest can be
Make sure that the head restraints are headrest is at the same height as the top adjusted. Pull the headrest up, to raise it.
adjusted before driving. of the occupant’s head. This position Try to move the headrest to make sure
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a that it is locked in place.
crash. To lower the headrest, press the button,
located on the top of the seatback, and
push the headrest down. Try to move
the headrest after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in place.

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS*

Rear Seats
Horizontal Adjustment Head Restraints Height Adjustment
In the event of a rear-end impact, the
active head restraints at front seats
automatically tilt forward. The head is
more effectively supported by the head
restraint and the risk of injuries caused
by hyperextension in the cervical
vertebrae area is reduced.
On some models, the headrest can be The vehicle's rear seat has adjustable
adjusted forward and rearward. To headrests in all three seating positions.
adjust the headrest forward, grasp the The height of the headrest can be
headrest at the bottom and pull forward adjusted. Pull the headrest up, to raise
to the desired locked position. To adjust it. Try to move the headrest to make
the headrest rearward, grasp the head- sure that it is locked in place.
rest at the bottom and pull forward fully
until the mechanism releases and To lower the headrest, press the button,
allows the headrest to return to the full located on the top of the seatback, and
rear position. push the headrest down. Try to move
the headrest to make sure that it is
The front seat outboard headrests are locked in place.
not designed to be removed.

FRONT SEATS
SEAT POSITION
 Sit with your buttocks as far back should be at least one hand of
against the backrest as possible. clearance between your head and
Adjust the distance between the the headlining. Your thighs should
seat and the pedals so that your legs rest lightly on the seat without
are slightly angled when tromping pressing into it.
the pedals. Slide the passenger seat  Adjust the head restraints. See Head
as far back as possible. Restraints Position on page 2-2.
 Sit with your shoulders as far back  Adjust the height of the safety belt.
against the backrest as possible. Set See Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
the backrest angle so that you can on page 2-18.
easily reach the steering wheel with
Warning your arms slightly bent. Maintain
contact between your shoulders and
Only drive with the seat correctly the backrest when turning the
adjusted. steering wheel. Do not tilt the
backrest too far back. We recom-
mend a maximum angle of approx.
25°.
 Adjust the steering wheel. See
Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 4-4.
 Set the seat height enough to have a
clear field of vision on all sides and
on all display instruments. There

MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT

(Passenger’s Seat) (Driver’s Seat Only)
Seat Positioning Seat Slide Adjustment
Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if
you try to adjust a driver seat while
the vehicle is moving. Adjust the
driver seat only when the vehicle is
not moving.
Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25cm (10in) to
the steering wheel, to permit safe To adjust a Manual Seat: To move the seat forward or backward,
airbag deployment. 1. Lift the bar under the front of the move and hold the switch forward or
seat cushion to unlock the seat. backward.
2. Slide the seat to the desired position When the seat reaches the desired
and release the bar. position, release the switch.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth Warning
to be sure it is locked in place.
Do not adjust the driver's seat while
the vehicle is moving.
Driver could lose control of the vehicle
and injury or property damage could
result.

LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT RECLINING SEATBACKS

Seat Height Adjustment (Driver’s Seat Only)
Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled up,
the safety belts cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front
of you. In a crash, you could go into
it, receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your
To adjust the height of the front or rear To increase or decrease the driver's seat abdomen. The belt forces would be
part of the seat cushion, push the front lumbar support, move the lever forward there, not at your pelvic bones. This
or rear part of the switch up or down. or rearward. could cause serious internal injuries.
When the seat cushion reaches the For proper protection when the
desired position, release the switch. vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well back
in the seat and wear the safety belt
properly.

Manual Reclining Seatback

(Passenger’s Seat)
Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if
you try to adjust a driver seat while
the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when the
vehicle is not moving.
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
Do not have a seatback reclined if the could move forward in a sudden stop To recline a Manual Seatback:
vehicle is moving. or crash. That could cause injury to 1. Lift the lever.
the person sitting there. Always push 2. Move the seatback to the desired
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure position, and then release the lever
they are locked. to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.

FOLDING SEATBACK
Power Reclining Seatback Passenger's Seatback Folding
(Driver’s Seat Only)
To return the seatback to the upright Warning
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without applying If you fold the seatback forward to
pressure to the seatback, and the carry longer objects, such as skis, be
seatback will return to the upright sure any such cargo is not near an
position. airbag. In a crash, an inflating airbag
might force that object towards a
2. Push and pull on the seatback to person. This could cause severe
make sure it is locked. injury or even death. Secure objects
away from the area in which an
airbag would inflate. For more
To tilt seatback forward or backward, information, see Vehicle Load
move and hold the upper part of the Limits on page 8-9 and Where Are
switch forward or backward. the Airbags? on page 2-24.
When the seatback reaches the desired
position, release the switch. Warning
Things you put on this seatback can
strike and injure people in a sudden
stop or turn, or in a crash. Remove or
secure all items before driving.

REAR SEATS
SECOND ROW SEATS
Folding the Rear Seatback
5. Continue folding the seatback until Caution

it is completely folded.
To return the seatback to the upright Folding a rear seat with the safety
position: belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety belts.
1. Raise the seatback and push it
Always unbuckle the safety belts and
rearward until it re-engages.
return them to their normal stowed
Warning position before folding a rear seat.
If either seatback is not locked, it To fold a seatback:

could move forward in a sudden stop
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts and
To fold the seatback: or crash. That could cause injury to
put the front seatback in the upright
1. Lower the head restraint com- the person sitting there. Always push
position. See Reclining Seatbacks
pletely. and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
on page 2-6.
they are locked.
2. Lift the bar under the front of the 2. Push the headrests down all the
seat cushion to unlock the seat. way. See Head Restraints Position
Slide the seat as far back as it will go 2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place. on page 2-2.
and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth The lever is also used to recline the
to make sure it is locked into place. seatback. See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 2-6.
4. Lift the recliner lever and fold the
seatback forward until it disen-
gages.

Returning the Rear Seatback to the

Upright Position
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
they are locked.
Warning
3. Lift the lever on top of the seatback A safety belt that is improperly routed, To return the seatback to the upright
to unlock the seatback. Then, fold not properly attached, or twisted will position:
the seatback forward. not provide the protection needed in a 1. Place the safety belts in the safety
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other crash. The person wearing the belt belt guides on the vehicle trim.
seatback, if desired. could be seriously injured. After rais- 2. Lift the seatback up and push it back
ing the rear seat back, always check to into place.
be sure that the safety belts are prop- 3. Remove the safety belts from the
erly routed and attached, and are not safety belt guides on the vehicle
twisted. trim.
Make sure the safety belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback.
4. Push and pull the top of the seatback
to be sure it is locked into position.

5. Repeat Steps 1-4 for the other 4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other
seatback, if necessary. seatback, if necessary.
When the seatback is not in use, it Tumbling the Second-Row Seats
should be kept in the upright, locked
position. Caution
Reclining the Rear Seatback A second-row seat cannot be
To recline the seatback: tumbled when the seatback is in the
folded position. The second-row
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of the seatback must be in the upright
seatback. position before using the lever on the
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and then outboard side of the seatback to
release the lever. position. See Reclining Seatbacks
tumble the seat.
on page 2-6.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other Folding a rear seat with the safety 2. Push the headrests down all the
seatback, if desired. belts still fastened may cause way. See Head Restraints Position
To return the seatback to the upright damage to the seat or the safety belts. on page 2-2.
position: Always unbuckle the safety belts and
3. Pull the lever forward on the outside
return them to their normal stowed
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of the of the seatback and fold the seat-
position before folding a rear seat.
seatback. back.
2. Pull the seatback forward to the Second-row seats can be tumbled to The seat will tumble forward auto-
upright position, and then release access the third-row seat. matically and air-pressurise support
the lever. To tumble the seat: rods will hold the seats folded.
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts and 4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other seat,
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
put the front seatback in the upright if desired.
make sure it is locked.

Returning the Second-Row Seats

from the Tumbled Position
Before returning a tumbled seat to the
sitting position, clear the area under and
around the seat base.
Make sure third-row-seat passengers
use the footprints on the vehicle floor as
a guide for proper foot placement while
returning the second-row seats to the
sitting position.
Warning To return a seat to the sitting position:

To avoid injury, do not place toes or 1. Place the safety belts in the safety
feet on top of or under the second- belt guides on the vehicle trim.
row seats while the second-row seats 2. Pull the seat base towards the vehicle
are being returned to the sitting floor and push down on the seat to
position from the tumbled position. secure it.
Third-row-seat passengers should 3. Push and pull on the seat to make
keep their feet on the floor. sure it is locked in place.
4. Raise the seatback to the upright
position. See “Returning the Seatback
to the Upright Position” earlier in this
section.

THIRD ROW SEATS

Folding the Seatback
5. Remove the safety belts from the Caution

safety belt guides on the vehicle
trim. Folding a rear seat with the safety
Make sure the safety belts are not belts still fastened may cause
twisted or caught in the seatback. damage to the seat or the safety belts.
Always unbuckle the safety belts and
6. Repeat Steps 1-5 for the other seat, return them to their normal stowed
if necessary. position before folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback:
1. Unbuckle the safety belts in the
third row seats.
2. Lift the handle on the back of the
third row seatback. The headrest
will release and fold forward
automatically.
Caution 3. Grasping the handle, fold the
seatback forward and release it.
Do not pull the lever when the
seatback is folded. This operation 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other
can cause damage to the lever or seatback, if desired.
related parts.

SAFETY BELTS
SAFETY BELTS
Returning the Seatback to the
Upright Position
Warning To return the seatback to the upright This section of the Manual describes
position: how to use safety belts properly. It also
If either seatback is not locked, it describes some things not to do with
could move forward in a sudden stop 1. Lift the seatback up and push it back
into place. safety belts.
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push 2. Push and pull on the top of the Warning
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure seatback to be sure it is locked into
they are locked. position. Do not let anyone ride where a safety
3. Return the headrest to the upright belt cannot be worn properly. In a
position by lifting it up and pushing crash, if you or your passenger(s) are
Warning not wearing safety belts, injuries can
it rearward.
With head restraints that are not be much worse than if you are
Push and pull on the headrest to wearing safety belts. You can be
installed and adjusted properly, there make sure that it is locked in place.
is a greater chance that occupants seriously injured or killed by hitting
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other things inside the vehicle harder or by
will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a
seatback, if necessary. being ejected from the vehicle. In
crash. Do not drive until the head
restraints for all occupants are When the seatback is not in use, it addition, anyone who is not buckled
installed and adjusted properly. should be kept in the upright, locked up can strike other passengers in the
position. vehicle.
(Continued)

Why Safety Belts Work
Warning (Continued) Questions and Answers About Safety

Belts
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
cargo area, inside or outside of a
after a crash if I am wearing a
vehicle. In a collision, passengers
safety belt?
riding in these areas are more likely
to be seriously injured or killed. Do A: You could be - whether you are
not allow passengers to ride in any wearing a safety belt or not. Your
area of the vehicle that is not chance of being conscious during
equipped with seats and safety belts. and after a crash, so you can
unbuckle and get out, is much
Always wear a safety belt, and check
greater if you are belted.
that all passenger(s) are restrained When riding in a vehicle, you travel as
properly too. fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
stops suddenly, you keep going until should I have to wear safety
something stops you. It could be the belts?
This vehicle has indicators as a remi- windshield, the instrument panel, or the
nder to buckle the safety belts. See A: Airbags are supplemental systems
safety belts! only, so they work with safety belts
Safety Belt Reminder on page 4-16 for
additional information. When you wear a safety belt, you and - not instead of them. Whether or
the vehicle slow down together. There not an airbag is provided, all
is more time to stop because you stop occupants still have to buckle up to
over a longer distance and, when worn get the most protection.
properly, your strongest bones take the
forces from the safety belts. That is why Also, in nearly all regions, the law
wearing safety belts makes such good requires wearing safety belts.
sense.

HOW TO WEAR SAFETY

BELTS PROPERLY
This section is only for people of adult  Wear the shoulder belt over the
size. shoulder and across the chest.
There are special things to know about These parts of the body are best able
safety belts and children. And there are to take belt restraining forces. The
different rules for smaller children and shoulder belt locks if there is a
infants. If a child will be riding in the sudden stop or crash.
vehicle, see Older Children on page Warning
2-30 or Infants and Young Children on
page 2-32. Follow those rules for You can be seriously injured, or even
everyone's protection. killed, by not wearing your safety
It is very important for all occupants to belt properly.
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted  Sit up straight and always keep your  Never allow the lap or shoulder
people are hurt more often in crashes feet on the floor in front of you. belt to become loose or twisted.
than those who are wearing safety belts.  Always use the correct buckle for  Never wear the shoulder belt
your seating position. under both arms or behind your
There are important things to know back.
about wearing a safety belt properly.  Wear the lap part of the belt low and  Never route the lap or shoulder
snug on the hips, just touching the belt over an armrest.
thighs. In a crash, this applies force
to the strong pelvic bones and you
would be less likely to slide under
the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause serious
or even fatal injuries.

LAP-SHOULDER BELT
All seating positions in the vehicle have

a lap-shoulder belt except for the
second row center position which may
have a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page
2-20 for more information.
The following instructions explain how
to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up straight.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle
belt across you. Do not let it get until it clicks.
twisted. Pull up on the latch plate to make
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if sure it is secure.
you pull the belt across you very Position the release button on the
quickly. If this happens, let the belt buckle so that the safety belt could
go back slightly to unlock it. Then be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
pull the belt across you more 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
slowly. height adjuster, move it to the
If the shoulder portion of a height that is right for you. See
passenger belt is pulled out all the “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
way, the child restraint locking later in this section for instructions
feature may be engaged. If this on use and important safety
happens, let the belt go back all the information.
way and start again.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt height

adjuster for the driver and outboard
front passenger seating positions.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder
portion of the belt is centered on the
shoulder. The belt should be away from
the face and neck, but not falling off of
the shoulder. Improper shoulder belt
height adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the safety belt in a
crash.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up To unlatch the belt, push the button on
on the shoulder belt. the buckle. The belt should return to its
It may be necessary to pull the stowed position. Slide the latch plate up
stitching on the safety belt through the safety belt webbing when the safety
the latch plate to fully tighten the belt is not in use. The latch plate should
lap belt on smaller occupants. rest on the stitching on the safety belt,
near the guide loop on the side wall.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a door is
slammed against a safety belt, damage
can occur to both the safety belt and the
vehicle.

SAFETY BELT USE DURING

PREGNANCY
Safety Belt Pretensioners
The vehicle has safety belt pretensioners

for the front outboard occupants.
Although the safety belt pretensioners
cannot be seen, they are part of the safety
belt assembly. They can help tighten the
safety belts during a severe frontal crash,
and side and rear impacts if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation
are met. Pretensioners are not designed
to activate in a minor frontal crash.
Pretensioners are designed to activate in
Squeeze the release buttons (A) toge- a moderate to severe rear crash. Safety belts work for everyone, including
ther and move the height adjuster up or Pretensioners work only once. If the pregnant women. Like all occupants,
down to the desired position. pretensioners activate in a crash, the they are more likely to be seriously
After the adjuster is set to the desired pretensioners and probably other new injured if they do not wear safety belts.
position, try to move it up or down parts for the vehicle’s safety belt system A pregnant woman should wear a lap-
without squeezing the release buttons will need to be replaced. See Replacing shoulder belt, and the lap portion
to make sure it has locked into position. Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash should be worn as low as possible,
on page 2-21. across the pelvis to prevent pressure on
the abdomen.

LAP BELT
The best way to protect the fetus is to

protect the mother. When a safety belt is
worn properly, it is more likely that the
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key
to make safety belts effective is wearing
them properly.
This section is only for the lap belt. To To make the belt shorter, pull its free
learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, end as shown until the belt is snug.
see Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 2-17. Make sure the release button on the
The vehicle may have a second row buckle is positioned so you would be
center seating position with a lap belt. able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
The lap belt has no retractor. if necessary.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch If you find that the latch plate will not
plate and pull it along the belt. Buckle, go fully into the buckle, see if you are
position and release it the same way as using the correct buckle. Be sure that
the lap part of a lap-shoulder belt. the latch plate clicks when inserted into
the buckle.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on
the buckle.

SAFETY SYSTEM CHECK SAFETY BELT CARE REPLACING SAFETY BELT

SYSTEM PARTS AFTER A
CRASH
Now and then, check that the safety belt Keep belts clean and dry. Warning
reminder light, safety belts, buckles,
Warning A crash can damage the safety belt
latch plates, retractors, and anchorages
are all working properly. Look for any Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It system in the vehicle. A damaged
other loose or damaged safety belt may severely weaken them. In a safety belt system may not properly
system parts that might keep a safety crash, they might not be able to protect the person using it, resulting
belt system from doing its job. See your provide adequate protection. Clean in serious injury or even death in a
CHEVROLET retailer to have it safety belts only with mild soap and crash. To help make sure the safety
repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts lukewarm water. belt systems are working properly
may not protect you in a crash. They can after a crash, have them inspected
rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is and any necessary replacements
torn or frayed, get a new one right away. made as soon as possible.
Make sure the safety belt reminder light
is working. See Safety Belt Reminder
on page 4-17.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. See
Safety Belt Care on page 2-21.

AIRBAG SYSTEM
AIRBAG SYSTEM
After a minor crash, replacement of The vehicle has the following airbags: For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG
safety belts may not be necessary. But  A frontal airbag for the driver. will appear on the middle part of the
the safety belt assemblies that were used steering wheel for the driver and on the
during any crash may have been stressed  A frontal airbag for the outboard instrument panel for the outboard front
or damaged. See your CHEVROLET front passenger. passenger.
retailer to have the safety belt assem- The vehicle may have the following With seat-mounted side impact airbags,
blies inspected or replaced. airbags: the word AIRBAG will appear on the
New parts and repairs may be necessary  A seat-mounted side impact airbag side of the seatback closest to the door.
even if the safety belt system was not for the driver. With roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG
being used at the time of the crash.  A seat-mounted side impact airbag will appear along the trim.
Have the safety belt pretensioners for the outboard front passenger.
checked if the vehicle has been in a Warning
 A roof-rail airbag for the driver and
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
the passenger seated directly behind Be sure that cargo is not near an
stays on after you start the vehicle or
the driver. airbag. In a crash, an inflating airbag
while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 4-17 .  A roof-rail airbag for the outboard might force that object towards a
front passenger and the passenger person. This could cause severe
seated directly behind the outboard injury or even death. Secure objects
front passenger. away from the area in which an
airbag would inflate. For more
All of the airbags in the vehicle will information, see Where Are the
have the word AIRBAG embossed in Airbags? on page 2-24 and Vehicle
the trim or on an attached label near the Load Limits on page 8-9.
deployment opening.

Airbags are designed to supplement the Here are the most important things to Warning
protection provided by safety belts. know about the airbag system:
Even though today's airbags are also Because airbags inflate with great
designed to help reduce the risk of Warning force and faster than the blink of an
injury from the force of an inflating eye, anyone who is up against, or
You can be severely injured or killed very close to any airbag when it
bag, all airbags must inflate very in a crash if you are not wearing your
quickly to do their job. inflates can be seriously injured or
safety belt, even with airbags.
killed. Do not sit unnecessarily close
Airbags are designed to work with
safety belts, not replace them. Also, to any airbag, as you would be if
airbags are not designed to inflate in sitting on the edge of the seat or
every crash. In some crashes safety leaning forward. Safety belts help
belts are the only restraint. See When keep you in position before and
Should an Airbag Inflate? on page during a crash. Always wear a safety
2-26. belt, even with airbags. The driver
Wearing your safety belt during a should sit as far back as possible
crash helps reduce the chance of while still maintaining control of the
hitting things inside the vehicle or vehicle.
being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or
“supplemental restraints” to the sleep against the door or side
safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle windows in seating positions with
should wear a safety belt properly, seat-mounted side impact airbags
whether or not there is an airbag for and/or roof-rail airbags.
that person.

WHERE ARE THE AIRBAGS?
Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates
can be seriously injured or killed.
Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Young
children and infants need the There is an airbag readiness light on the The driver frontal airbag is in the
protection that a child restraint instrument panel cluster, which shows middle of the steering wheel.
system can provide. Always secure the airbag symbol.
children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children on The system checks the airbag electrical
page 2-30 or Infants and Young system for malfunctions. The light tells
Children on page 2-32. you if there is an electrical problem. See
Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-17
for more information.

The outboard front passenger frontal Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side
airbag is in the instrument panel on the Similar Similar
passenger side. If the vehicle has seat-mounted side If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags for
impact airbags for the driver and the driver, outboard front passenger,
outboard front passenger, they are in the and second row outboard passengers,
side of the seatbacks closest to the door. they are in the ceiling above the side
windows.

WHEN SHOULD AN AIRBAG

INFLATE?
Warning Frontal airbags are designed to inflate  If the vehicle hits an object that
in moderate to severe frontal or near- deforms, the airbags could inflate at
If something is between an occupant frontal crashes to help reduce the a different crash speed than if the
and an airbag, the airbag might not potential for severe injuries mainly to vehicle hits an object that does not
inflate properly or it might force the the driver’s or outboard front passen- deform.
object into that person causing ger’s head and chest. However, they are  If the vehicle hits a narrow object
severe injury or even death. The path only designed to inflate if the impact (like a pole), the airbags could
of an inflating airbag must be kept exceeds a predetermined deployment inflate at a different crash speed
clear. Do not put anything between threshold. Deployment thresholds are than if the vehicle hits a wide object
an occupant and an airbag, and do used to predict how severe a crash is (like a wall).
not attach or put anything on the likely to be in time for the airbags to
steering wheel hub or on or near any inflate and help restrain the occupants.  If the vehicle goes into an object at
other airbag covering. an angle, the airbags could inflate at
Whether the frontal airbags will or a different crash speed than if the
Do not use seat accessories that should deploy is not based on how fast vehicle goes straight into the object.
block the inflation path of a seat- your vehicle is traveling. It depends
mounted side impact airbag. largely on what you hit, the direction of Thresholds can also vary with specific
Never secure anything to the roof of the impact, and how quickly your vehicle design.
a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by vehicle slows down. Frontal airbags are not intended to
routing a rope or tie down through Frontal airbags may inflate at different inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
any door or window opening. If you crash speeds. For example: impacts, or in many side impacts.
do, the path of an inflating roof-rail
 If the vehicle hits a stationary
airbag will be blocked.
object, the airbags could inflate at a
different crash speed than if the
vehicle hits a moving object.

WHAT MAKES AN AIRBAG

INFLATE?
Always wear your safety belt, even simply because of the damage to a In a deployment event, the sensing
with frontal airbags. vehicle or because of what the repair system sends an electrical signal
The vehicle may have seat-mounted side costs were. For frontal airbags, inflation triggering a release of gas from the
impact and roof-rail airbags. See Airbag is determined by what the vehicle hits, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
System on page 2-22. Seat-mounted side the angle of the impact, and how quickly airbag causing the bag to break out of
impact and roof-rail airbags are intended the vehicle slows down. For seat- the cover and deploy. The inflator, the
to inflate in moderate to severe side mounted side impact and roof-rail airbag, and related hardware are all part
crashes. Seat-mounted side impact and airbags, deployment is determined by of the airbag module. Frontal airbag
roof-rail airbags will inflate if the crash the location and severity of the side modules are located inside the steering
severity is above the system’s designed impact. wheel and instrument panel. For
threshold level. The threshold level can vehicles with seat-mounted side impact
vary with specific vehicle design. airbags, there are airbag modules in the
side of the front seatbacks closest to the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are door. For vehicles with roof-rail
not intended to inflate in frontal airbags, there are airbag modules in the
impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, ceiling of the vehicle, near the side
or rear impacts. Roof-rail airbags are windows that have occupant seating
not intended to inflate in rollovers or positions.
rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag and
roof rail airbags are intended to deploy
on the side of the vehicle that is struck.
In any particular crash, no one can say
whether an airbag should have inflated

HOW DOES AN AIRBAG WHAT WILL YOU SEE AFTER

RESTRAIN? AN AIRBAG INFLATES?
In moderate to severe frontal or near After the frontal airbags and seat- Warning
frontal collisions, even belted occupants mounted side impact airbags inflate,
can contact the steering wheel or the they quickly deflate, so quickly that When an airbag inflates, there may
instrument panel. In moderate to severe some people may not even realize an be dust in the air. This dust could
side collisions, even belted occupants airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags may cause breathing problems for people
can contact the inside of the vehicle. still be at least partially inflated for with a history of asthma or other
Airbags supplement the protection some time after they inflate. Some breathing trouble. To avoid this,
provided by safety belts. Frontal components of the airbag module may everyone in the vehicle should get
airbags distribute the force of the be hot for several minutes. For location out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you
impact more evenly over the occupant's of the airbags, see Where Are the have breathing problems but cannot
upper body, stopping the occupant Airbags? on page 2-24. get out of the vehicle after an airbag
more gradually. Seat-mounted side The parts of the airbag that come into inflates, then get fresh air by opening
impact and roof-rail airbags distribute contact with you may be warm, but not a window or a door. If you experi-
the force of the impact more evenly too hot to touch. There may be some ence breathing problems following
over the occupant's upper body. smoke and dust coming from the vents an airbag deployment, you should
in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation seek medical attention.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily because does not prevent the driver from seeing The vehicle has a feature that may
the occupant's motion is not towards out of the windshield or being able to automatically unlock the doors, turn the
those airbags. See When Should an steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent interior lamps on, turn the hazard
Airbag Inflate? on page 2-26 for more people from leaving the vehicle. warning flashers on, and shut off the
information. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
Airbags should never be regarded as You can lock the doors, turn the interior
anything more than a supplement to lamps off, and turn the hazard warning
safety belts. flashers off by using the controls for
those features.

SERVICING THE AIRBAG

-EQUIPPED VEHICLE
Warning there to help protect you in another Airbags affect how the vehicle should
crash. A new system will include be serviced. There are parts of the
A crash severe enough to inflate the airbag modules and possibly other airbag system in several places around
airbags may have also damaged parts. The Service Manual for the the vehicle. Your CHEVROLET reta-
important functions in the vehicle, vehicle covers the need to replace iler and the Service Manual have
such as the fuel system, brake and other parts. information about servicing the vehicle
steering systems, etc. Even if the  The vehicle has a crash sensing and and the airbag system.
vehicle appears to be drivable after a diagnostic module which records
moderate crash, there may be Warning
information after a crash.
concealed damage that could make it
 Let only qualified technicians work For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle
difficult to safely operate the vehicle.
on the airbag systems. Improper is turned off and the battery is
Use caution if you should attempt to service can mean that an airbag disconnected, an airbag can still
restart the engine after a crash has system will not work properly. See inflate during improper service. You
occurred. your CHEVROLET retailer for service. can be injured if you are close to an
airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow
In many crashes severe enough to inflate connectors. They are probably part
the airbag, windshields are broken by of the airbag system. Be sure to
vehicle deformation. Additional wind- follow proper service procedures,
shield breakage may also occur from the and make sure the person performing
front outboard passenger airbag. work for you is qualified to do so.
 Airbags are designed to inflate only
once. After an airbag inflates, you
will need some new parts for the
airbag system. If you do not get
them, the airbag system will not be

CHILD RESTRAINTS*
AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK REPLACING AIRBAG SYSTEM OLDER CHILDREN
PARTS AFTER A CRASH
The airbag system does not need Warning

regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag A crash can damage the airbag
readiness light is working. See Airbag systems in the vehicle. A damaged
Readiness Light on page 4-17. airbag system may not work
properly and may not protect you
Caution and your passenger(s) in a crash,
resulting in serious injury or even
If an airbag covering is damaged, death. To help make sure the airbag
opened, or broken, the airbag may systems are working properly after a
not work properly. Do not open or crash, have them inspected and any
break the airbag coverings. If there necessary replacements made as Older children who have outgrown
are any opened or broken airbag soon as possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle's
covers, have the airbag covering safety belts.
and/or airbag module replaced. For If an airbag inflates, you will need to
the location of the airbags, see replace airbag system parts. See your
Where Are the Airbags? on page 2- CHEVROLET retailer for service.
24. See your CHEVROLET retailer If the airbag readiness light stays on
for service. after the vehicle is started or comes on
when you are driving, the airbag system
may not work properly. Have the
vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 4-17.

The manufacturer's instructions that Q: What is the proper way to wear

come with the booster seat, state the safety belts?
weight and height limitations for that A: An older child should wear a lap-
booster. Use a booster seat with a lap- shoulder belt and get the additional
shoulder belt until the child passes the restraint a shoulder belt can
below fit test: provide. The shoulder belt should
 Sit all the way back on the seat. Do not cross the face or neck. The lap
the knees bend at the seat edge? If belt should fit snugly below the
yes, continue. If no, return to the hips, just touching the top of the
booster seat. thighs. This applies belt force to the
 Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does child's pelvic bones in a crash. It
the shoulder belt rest on the should never be worn over the
Warning
shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, abdomen, which could cause severe
then return to the booster seat. or even fatal internal injuries in a Never allow more than one child to
crash. wear the same safety belt. The safety
 Does the lap belt fit low and snug on
the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, According to accident statistics, children belt cannot properly spread the
continue. If no, return to the booster and infants are safer when properly impact forces. In a crash, they can be
seat. restrained in a child restraint system or crushed together and seriously
infant restraint system secured in a rear injured. A safety belt must be used by
 Can proper safety belt fit be only one person at a time.
seating position.
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to In a crash, children who are not buckled
the booster seat. up can strike other people who are
buckled up, or can be thrown out of the
vehicle. Older children need to use
safety belts properly.

INFANTS AND YOUNG

CHILDREN
Warning Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!

This includes infants and all other
Never allow a child to wear the children. Neither the distance traveled
safety belt with the shoulder belt nor the age and size of the traveler
behind their back. A child can be changes the need, for everyone, to use
seriously injured by not wearing the safety restraints.
lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be Warning
restrained by the shoulder belt. The Children can be seriously injured or
child could move too far forward strangled if a shoulder belt is
increasing the chance of head and wrapped around their neck and the
neck injury. The child might also safety belt continues to tighten.
slide under the lap belt. The belt Never leave children unattended in a
force would then be applied right on vehicle and never allow children to
the abdomen. That could cause play with the safety belts.
serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder and Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer
across the chest. protection for adults and older children,
but not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle's safety belt system
nor its airbag system is designed for
them. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints.

Children who are not restrained

properly can strike other people, or can
be thrown out of the vehicle.
Warning
Never hold an infant or a child while
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash
forces, an infant or a child will
become so heavy it is not possible to
hold it during a crash. For example,
in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a Warning Warning
5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly
become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a Children who are up against, or very A young child's hip bones are still so
person’s arms. An infant should be close to, any airbag when it inflates small that the vehicle's regular safety
secured in an appropriate restraint. can be seriously injured or killed. belt may not remain low on the hip
Never put a rear-facing child bones, as it should. Instead, it may
restraint in the left front seat. Secure settle up around the child's abdomen.
a rear-facing child restraint in a rear In a crash, the belt would apply force
seat. It is also better to secure a on a body area that is unprotected by
forward-facing child restraint in a any bony structure. This alone could
rear seat. If you must secure a cause serious or fatal injuries. To
forward-facing child restraint in the reduce the risk of serious or fatal
left front seat, always move the front injuries during a crash, young
passenger seat as far back as it will children should always be secured in
go. appropriate child restraints.

CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS
restraints, there are many different

models available. When purchasing
a child restraint, besure it is
designed to be used in a motor
vehicle.
The restraint manufacturer’s instru-
ctions that come with the restraint
state the weight and height limita-
tions for a particular child restraint. In
addition, there are many kinds of
restraints available for children with
Q: What are the different types of special needs. (A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat
add-on child restraints? A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides
Warning
A: Add-on child restraints, which are restraint with the seating surface
purchased by the vehicle’s owner, To reduce the risk of neck and head against the back of the infant.
are available in four basic types. injury during a crash, infants need The harness system holds the infant in
Selection of a particular restraint complete support. In a crash, if an place and, in a crash, acts to keep the
should take into consideration not infant is in a rear-facing child restraint, infant positioned in the restraint.
only the child’s weight, height, and the crash forces can be distributed
age but also whether or not the across the strongest part of an infant's
restraint will be compatible with the body, the back and shoulders. Infants
motor vehicle in which it will be should always be secured in rear-
used. facing child restraints.
For most basic types of child

Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child restraint
is not properly secured in the vehicle.
Secure the child restraint properly in
the vehicle using the vehicle safety
belt or LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that child
restraint and the instructions in this
Manual.
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats To help reduce the chance of injury, the
A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint must be secured in the
provides restraint for the child's body designed to improve the fit of the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be
with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or
seat can also help a child to see out the the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder
window. belt, or by the LATCH system. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)* on page
2-37 for more information. Children
can be endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in the
vehicle.

WHERE TO PUT THE

RESTRAINT
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
When securing an add-on child Warning According to accident statistics, children
restraint, refer to the instructions that and infants are safer when properly
come with the restraint which may be A child can be seriously injured or restrained in a child restraint system or
on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or killed in a crash if the child is not infant restraint system secured in a rear
both, and in this Manual. The child properly secured in the child seating position.
restraint instructions are important, so restraint. Secure the child properly We recommend that children and child
if they are not available, obtain a following the instructions that came restraints be secured in a rear seat,
replacement copy from the manufac- with that child restraint. including: an infant or a child riding in a
turer. rear-facing child restraint; a child riding
Keep in mind that an unsecured child in a forward-facing child seat; an older
restraint can move around in a collision child riding in a booster seat; and child-
or sudden stop and injure people in the ren, who are large enough, using safety
vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any belts.
child restraint in the vehicle - even Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
when no child is in it. front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
deploys.

LOWER ANCHORS AND

TETHERS FOR CHILDREN
(LATCH SYSTEM) (Option)
Warning Child restraints and booster seats vary The LATCH system holds a child
considerably in size, and some may fit restraint during driving or in a crash.
A child in a rear-facing child restraint in certain seating positions better than This system is designed to make
can be seriously injured or killed if others. Always make sure the child installation of a child restraint easier.
the passenger airbag inflates. This is restraint is properly secured. The LATCH system uses anchors in the
because the back of the rear-facing Depending on where you place the vehicle and attachments on the child
child restraint would be very close to child restraint and the size of the child restraint that are made for use with the
the inflating airbag. Secure rearfac- restraint, you may not be able to access LATCH system.
ing child restraints in a rear seat. adjacent safety belt assemblies or Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
A child in a forward facing child rest- LATCH anchors for additional pass-
engers or child restraints. Adjacent child restraint is properly installed
raint can be seriously injured or killed seating positions should not be used if using the anchors, or use the vehicle's
if the outboard front passenger airbag the child restraint prevents access to or safety belts to secure the restraint,
inflates and the passenger seat is in a interferes with the routing of the safety following the instructions that came
forward position. If you secure a belt. with that restraint, and also the
forward-facing child restraint in the instructions in this Manual. When
Wherever a child restraint is installed,
outboard front passenger seat, always be sure to secure the child restraint installing a child restraint with a top
move the passenger seat as far back as properly. tether, you must also use either the
it will go. It is better to secure the child lower anchors or the safety belts to
restraint in a rear seat. Keep in mind that an unsecured child properly secure the child restraint. A
restraint can move around in a collision
or sudden stop and injure people in the child restraint must never be installed
When securing a child restraint in a rear using only the top tether and anchor.
seating position, study the instructions vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any
that came with the child restraint to child restraint in the vehicle - even
make sure it is compatible with this when no child is in it.
vehicle.

Lower Anchors* Top Tether Anchor*
In order to use the LATCH system in

your vehicle, you need a child restraint
that has LATCH attachments. The child
restraint manufacturer will provide you
with instructions on how to use the
child restraint and its attachments. The
following explains how to attach a child
restraint with these attachments in your
vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors and
attachments or top tether anchors and Lower anchors (A) are metal bars built A top tether (A, C) anchors the top of
attachments. into the vehicle. There are two lower the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
anchors for each LATCH seating tether anchor is built into the vehicle.
position that will accommodate a child The top tether attachment (B) on the
restraint with lower attachments (B). child restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce
the forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in a
crash.
Your child restraint may have a single
tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either

Lower Anchor and Top Tether

Anchor Locations*
will have a single attachment (B) to
secure the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a top
tether are designed for use with or
without the top tether being attached.
Others require the top tether always to
be attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child restraint.
Rear Seat To assist in locating the lower anchors,

(Top Tether Anchor): Seating each seating position with lower
positions with top tether anchors. anchors has two labels, near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
(Lower Anchor): Seating positions cushion.
with two lower anchors.

Top Tether Anchors*
According to accident statistics, children

and infants are safer when properly
restrained in a child restraint system or
infant restraint system secured in a rear
seating position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 2-36 for additional
information.
To assist in locating the top tether The top tether anchors for the outboard
anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is rear seating positions are on the back of
near the anchor. the rear seatback. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the vehicle
as the seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor if a
national or local law requires that the
top tether be attached, or if the
instructions that come with the child
restraint say that the top tether must be
attached.

SECURING A CHILD
RESTRAINT DESIGNED
FOR THE LATCH SYSTEM*
Warning Warning Make sure to attach the child restraint at
the proper anchor location.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is Children can be seriously injured or This system is designed to make
not attached to anchors, the child strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
restraint will not be able to protect installation of child restraints easier.
around their neck and the safety belt When using lower anchors, do not use
the child correctly. In a crash, the continues to tighten. Buckle any
child could be seriously injured or the vehicle's safety belts. Instead use
unused safety belts behind the child the vehicle's anchors and child restraint
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the anchors, restraint so children cannot reach attachments to secure the restraints.
or use the vehicle safety belts to them. Pull the shoulder belt all the Some restraints also use another
secure the restraint, following the way out of the retractor to set the lock, vehicle anchor to secure a top tether.
instructions that came with the child if the vehicle has one, after the child
restraint and the instructions in this restraint has been installed. 1. Attach and fasten the lower
Manual. attachments to the lower anchors. If
the child restraint does not have
Caution lower attachments or the desired
Warning
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub seating position does not have
Do not attach more than one child against the vehicle’s safety belts. This lower anchors, secure the child
restraint to a single anchor. Attaching may damage these parts. If necessary, restraint with the top tether and the
more than one child restraint to a move buckled safety belts to avoid safety belts. Refer to your child
single anchor could cause the anchor restraint manufacturer instructions
or attachment to come loose or even rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat with a and the instructions in this Manual.
break during a crash. A child or
others could be injured. To reduce safety belt buckled. This could damage 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
the risk of serious or fatal injuries the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle desired seating position. Make
during a crash, attach only one child and return the safety belt to its stowed sure there are no foreign
restraint per anchor. position, before folding the seat. objects around lower anchors.

Foreign objects can interfere

with the proper latching of the
child restraint to the anchors.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the
seat.
1.3. Attach and fasten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether be
attached, attach and tighten the top  If the rear outboard seating position  If the rear outboard seating position
tether to the top tether anchor, if you are using has an adjustable you are using has an adjustable
equipped. Refer to the child restraint headrest or head restraint and you headrest or head restraint and you
instructions and the following steps: are using a single tether, raise the are using a dual tether, raise the head
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. headrest or head restraint and route restraint and route the tether under
2.2. You may need to adjust the the tether under the headrest or head the headrest or head restraint and
rear compartment storage restraint and in between the headrest around the headrest or head restraint
panel/cover in the rear cargo or head restraint posts. posts.
area to access the anchors. 3. Before placing a child in the child
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the restraint, make sure it is securely
top tether according to your held in place. Refer to your child
child restraint instructions and restraint manufacturer instructions.
the following instructions:

REPLACING LATCH SYSTEM SECURING CHILD

PARTS AFTER A CRASH* RESTRAINTS*
Warning When securing a child restraint in a rear If the child restraint does not have the
seating position, study the instructions LATCH system, you will be using the
A crash can damage the LATCH that came with the child restraint to safety belt to secure the child restraint
system in the vehicle. A damaged make sure it is compatible with this in this position. Be sure to follow the
LATCH system may not properly vehicle. instructions that came with the child
secure the child restraint, resulting in If the child restraint has the LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the child
serious injury or even death in a system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers restraint when and as the instructions
crash. To help make sure the LATCH for Children (LATCH System) on page say.
system is working properly after a 2-37 for how and where to install the If more than one child restraint needs to
crash, see your CHEVROLET child restraint using LATCH. If a child be installed in the rear seat, be sure to
retailer to have the system inspected restraint is secured in the vehicle using read Where to Put the Restraint on page
and any necessary replacements a safety belt and it uses a top tether, see 2-36.
made as soon as possible. Lower Anchors and Tethers for 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system Children (LATCH System) on page
2-37 for top tether anchor locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the
and it was being used during a crash, lap and shoulder portions of the
new LATCH system parts may be Do not secure a child seat in a position vehicle's safety belt through or
needed. without a top tether anchor if a national around the restraint. The child
New parts and repairs may be necessary or local law requires that the top tether restraint instructions will show you
even if the LATCH system was not be anchored, or if the instructions that how.
being used at the time of the crash. come with the child restraint say that
the top strap must be anchored.

5. If the child restraint has a top tether,

follow the child restraint manufac-
turer's instructions regarding the
use of the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 2-37 for
more information.
6. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely
held in place. To check, push and
pull the child restraint in different
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle 4. To tighten the belt, push down on directions to be sure it is secure.
until it clicks. the child restraint, pull the shoulder To remove the child restraint, unbuckle
Position the release button on the portion of the belt to tighten the lap the vehicle safety belt and let it return to
buckle so that the safety belt could portion of the belt and feed the the stowed position. If the top tether is
be quickly unbuckled if necessary. shoulder belt back into the retractor. attached to a top tether anchor,
When installing a forward-facing disconnect it.
child restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on the
child restraint as you tighten the
belt.
If the child restraint system has a
lock off mechanism, use it to secure
the vehicle safety belt.

This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a Warning (Continued) AIRBAG

safer place to secure a forward-facing
child restraint. See Where to Put the A child in a forward facing child
Restraint on page 2-36. restraint can be seriously injured or
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the killed if the outboard front passenger
front. This is because the risk to the airbag inflates and the passenger seat
rear-facing child is so great, if the is in a forward position. If you secure
airbag deploys. a forward-facing child restraint in
the outboard front passenger seat, Warning
always move the passenger seat as
Warning
far back as it will go. It is better to NEVER use a rearward facing child
A child in a rear-facing child restraint secure the child restraint in a rear restraint on a seat protected by an
can be seriously injured or killed if seat. ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,
the passenger airbag inflates. This is DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
because the back of the rear-facing If the vehicle does not have a rear seat CHILD can occur.
child restraint would be very close to that will accommodate a child restraint,
the inflating airbag. Secure rear- a child restraint should not be installed
facing child restraints in a rear seat. in the vehicle, even if the airbag is off.


Storage 3-1
STORAGE STORAGE
COMPARTMENTS
INSTRUMENT PANEL GLOVE BOX
STORAGE
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage ........ 3-1
Glove Box ............................... 3-1
Cupholders .............................. 3-2
Sunglass Storage ..................... 3-3
Card Holder.............................. 3-3
Coin Storage .............................3-3
Center Console Storage ........... 3-4
Underseat Storage .................... 3-4
There is a storage compartment on the Open the glove box by pulling the
Rear Storage ............................ 3-4 instrument panel. Push the knob to bottom of the handle upward and the
Roof Paneling open. glove box lamp will be turned on. Close
Assist Grip With Coat Hook .....3-5 the glove box with a firm push and the
glove box lamp will be turned off.
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net* ................... 3-5
Warning Triangle.......................3-6
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack ............................... 3-6
Information On Loading the Vehicle
Information On Loading the
Vehicle ......................................3-7

3-2 Storage
CUPHOLDERS
Warning Warning
To reduce the risk of injury in an Do not place uncovered cups of hot
accident or a sudden stop, always liquid in the cup holder while the
keep the glove box door closed while vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid
driving. spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn
to the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
To reduce the risk of personal injury
in the event of sudden stop or
collision, do not place uncovered or
There are cupholders in the center unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc.,
console and in the second row seat in the cup holder while the vehicle is
armrest. in motion.
Pull down the armrest to access the
cupholders.

Storage 3-3
SUNGLASS STORAGE CARD HOLDER COIN STORAGE
If equipped, the sunglass holder is in the You can use the card holder by inserting To open the coin storage, pull the
overhead console. To open it, push on a card into slot. handle on the coin storage door towards
the rear of the cover. you.
Close it by pushing up until it latches. To close the coin storage, firmly push
the coin storage door.
Warning
Do not use for storing heavy objects.

3-4 Storage
CENTER CONSOLE UNDERSEAT STORAGE REAR STORAGE

STORAGE
To open the console box, pull up on the

lever and lift lid.
To close the console box, lower the lid To use the front passenger seat On the right side of the luggage
and push it down until it latches. undertray, pull up on the end of the tray compartment floor, there is floor side
and pull it towards the instrument tray.
panel. Push the tray towards the seat to
return it to its original position. Caution
Do not allow items in the storage to
extend above the top of the storage.
Otherwise, the storage or luggage floor
may be damaged.
You can use another storage by pressing

and pushing the lever on the cup holders.

Storage 3-5
ROOF PANELING ADDITIONAL STORAGE

FEATURES
ASSIST GRIP WITH COAT CONVENIENCE NET*
HOOK Luggage Floor Net*
Caution
Hanging items on your vehicle's
assist grips can obstruct the driver’s
view.
Do not hang anything on the assist
grips, unless they are equipped with
a coat hook.
Obstructing the driver’s view can
lead to an accident resulting in
personal injuries and damage to your
Your vehicle has assist grips above the vehicle or other property. The luggage floor net can help keep
front seat passenger’s door and the rear small loads from moving during sharp
doors. The grip above each rear door turns or quick starts and stops.
includes coat hook. Attach the four net hooks in the metal
To use the assist grips, pull down and rings on the each corner of the floor.
hold it. The grips will swing up
automatically when releasing it.
Passengers can use the grips for assis-
tance in entering / exiting the vehicle, or
for hand-holds during vehicle in motion.

3-6 Storage
ROOF RACK SYSTEM

WARNING TRIANGLE ROOF RACK
Luggage Holder Net*
The roof rack can be used to conveniently

carry additional cargo, or bulky items,
such as bicycles, which are better carried
outside than inside. The roof rack has side
rails attached to the roof. Consult
CHEVROLET retailer for details and
regulations on driving with a loaded roof
rack.
Ensure that the load is evenly distributed
over the side or cross rails. The roof
surface must not be loaded.
You can carry small loads with your The warning triangle is stored under the A loaded luggage carrier alters the
optional luggage holding net. luggage compartment floor. vehicle's centre of gravity. Drive carefully
To install the net, hang each loop in the To pull out the warning triangle, lift the when in crosswinds and do not drive at
upper corner of the net to both anchors luggage compartment floor handle high speeds.
of the back panel and two net hooks in upward. To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you
the metal rings on the both lower corner are driving, check frequently to make
of the floor. sure your cargo are securely fastened.
Caution Warning
The luggage holding net is designed The maximum load for the roof rack
for small loads. rails is 220lbs (100kg). Do not exceed
Do not carry heavy objects in your the maximum vehicle capacity when
luggage holding net. loading your vehicle.

Storage 3-7
INFORMATION ON
LOADING THE VEHICLE
INFORMATION ON LOADING
THE VEHICLE
Warning  Heavy object in the tailgate should  Do not drive with an open tailgate.
be placed against the seat backrests.  Driving with a roof load increases the
If you try to carry something on top Ensure the backrests are securely sensitivity of the vehicle to cross-
of your vehicle that is longer or wider engaged. If objects can be stacked, winds and has a detrimental effect on
than the roof rack, the wind can catch the heavier object should be placed vehicle handling due to the vehicle's
it as you drive along. at the bottom. higher centre of gravity. Distribute
This can cause you to lose control.  Secure objects in tailgate to prevent the load evenly and secure it properly
What you are carrying could be sliding. with retaining straps. Adjust the tire
violently torn off, and this could pressure and vehicle speed according
 When transporting objects in the to the load conditions. Check and
cause you or other drivers to have a tailgate, the backrests of the rear
collision, and of course damage your retighten the straps frequently. Do
seats must not be angled forward. not exceed the maximum vehicle
vehicle.  Do not allow the load to protrude capacity when loading the vehicle.
Never carry something longer or above the upper edge of the For more information on vehicle
wider than the roof rack on top of backrests. capacity and loading, see Vehicle
your vehicle.  Do not place any objects on the Load Limits on page 8-9.
A loaded roof rack changes the tailgate cover or the instrument
vehicle's centre of gravity. Do not panel, do not cover the sensor on
drive at high speeds. Take precau- top of the instrument panel.
tions when driving in crosswinds.  The load must not obstruct the
operation of the pedals, parking
Failure to follow this caution can brake and gear selector, or hinder
result in vehicle damage and personal the freedom of movement of the
injury. driver. Do not place any unsecured
objects in the interior.

3-8 Storage

Instruments and Controls 4-1
INSTRUMENTS
AND CONTROLS
Instrument Panel Overview Diesel Particulate Filter Engine Coolant Temperature

Instrument Panel Overview .... 4-2 Light* ................................... 4-18 Warning Light ....................... 4-26
Controls Malfunction Indicator Wait-to-Start Light ................ 4-26
Steering Wheel Adjustment .... 4-4 Lamp ..................................... 4-19 Engine Oil Pressure Light .... 4-26
Steering Wheel Controls ......... 4-4 Reduced Engine Power Low Engine Oil Level Light ..4-27
Horn ........................................ 4-5 Light* ................................... 4-20 Change Engine Oil Light ...... 4-28
Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 4-5 Service Vehicle Soon Light .. 4-21 Fuel Economy Light* ........... 4-28
Rear Window Wiper/Washer .. 4-7 Brake System Warning Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-28
Clock ...................................... 4-9 Light ..................................... 4-21 Water in Fuel Warning Light ..4-29
Power Outlets ....................... 4-10 Electric Parking Brake Light ..4-22 Immobilizer Light ................. 4-29
Ashtray* ............................... 4-12 Apply FootBrake Light ........ 4-22 Turn Signal Lights ..................4-30
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Antilock Brake System (ABS) High-Beam On Light ............ 4-30
Indicators Warning Light ....................... 4-23 Front Fog Lamp Light .......... 4-30
Warning Lights, Gauges, and All-Wheel-Drive Light Rear Fog Lamp Light ........... 4-31
Indicators .............................. 4-12 (AWD Only) ......................... 4-23 Lamps On Reminder Light ... 4-31
Instrument Cluster ................ 4-13 Descent Control System Cruise Control Light ............. 4-31
Light* ................................... 4-24
Speedometer ......................... 4-14 Door Ajar Light .................... 4-32
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Odometer / Trip Odometer ... 4-14 Gate Ajar Light ..................... 4-32
Light ..................................... 4-24
Tachometer ........................... 4-16 Transmission Display .............4-32
Electronic Stability Control
Fuel Gauge ........................... 4-16 (ESC) Indicator Light* ......... 4-25 Information Displays
Safety Belt Reminder ........... 4-17 Electronic Stability Control Driver Information Center......4-33
Airbag Readiness Light ........ 4-17 (ESC) Off Light* ................. 4-25 Trip Computer
Charging System Light ......... 4-18 Trip Computer ........................4-34

4-2 Instruments and Controls
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
A Z B Y C DE I G H F
DUAL ZONE
5
REAR
A/C
P
J K L M N O R S UV T X W

A. Air Vents on page 7-10. I. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page T. Coin Storage on page 3-3.
B. Hazard Warning Flashers on 4-5. U. Cruise Control on page 8-34.
page 5-4. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on V. Hood Release Lever. See Hood on
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* page 4-7. page 9-4.
on page 8-31. J. Glove Box on page 3-1. W. Power Mirrors on page 1-13.
C. Driver Information Center (DIC) K. Audio System on page 6-1. Instrument Panel Illumination Con-
on page 4-32. L. Automatic Climate Control System trol on page 5-6.
D. Descent Control System (DCS)* on on page 7-1. Headlamp Range Adjustment on
page 8-33. M. Shift Lever. See Automatic page 5-3.
E. Rear Air Conditioning System Transmission on page 8-20. X. Card Holder on page 3-3.
Button. See Rear Air Conditioning N. ECO Button*. See Fuel Economy
System on page 7-9. Y. Instrument Panel Storage on page
Mode on page 8-24. 3-1.
F. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. O. Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Switch
See Turn and Lane-Change Signals Z. Passenger Frontal Airbag on page
on page 8-29. 2-25
on page 5-4.
P. Accessory Power Outlet on page
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 4-10.
5-1.
Q. Clock on page 4-9.
Front Fog Lamps on page 5-5.
R. Steering Wheel Controls on page
Rear Fog Lamps on page 5-5. 4-4.
G. Instrument Cluster on page 4-13. S. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page
H. Horn on page 4-5. 4-4.
Driver Frontal Airbag on page 2-24

CONTROLS
STEERING WHEEL STEERING WHEEL
ADJUSTMENT CONTROLS
2. Move the steering wheel up or

down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
Caution
Tilt Wheel If strong impact delivers to steering For vehicles equipped with audio
column axle direction when the steering wheel controls, basic audio
For vehicles with a tilt wheel:
steering wheel is adjusted or the system operations can be performed.
1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever is locked, it may cause damage
lever down. (Mute/Power): Press to turn
to the parts related to steering wheel. on the system. Press to mute audio
2. Move the steering wheel up or while the radio is on. Press and hold
down. to turn off radio.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering Caution
(Push to Talk / Bluetooth /
wheel in place. End Call): Press once to answer or
If the steering wheel is turned until it
Tilt and Telescoping Wheel reached the end of its travel, and is make a call. Press to access the
For vehicles with a tilt and telescoping held in that position for more than 10 Bluetooth menu (if equipped).
wheel: seconds, damage may occur to the Press twice to dial a call. Press and
1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the power steering system and there may hold to cancel, decline, or hang up a
lever down. be loss of power steering assist. call. See Bluetooth on page 6-12 for
more information.

HORN WINDSHIELD WIPER / WASHER

Windshield Wiper
SEEK: Press to go to the next preset

radio station. Press and hold to search
for the next station.
MODE: Press to toggle through radio
modes as follows: FM-AM-CD-AUX-
FM.
: Press to increase volume.
: Press to decrease volume.
Press on the steering wheel pad to The windshield wiper lever is located
sound the horn. on the side of the steering column. The
ignition must be turned to ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN to operate
the windshield wipers.
Move the lever to one of the following
positions:
HI: Continuous wipes, fast speed
LO: Continuous wipes, slow speed
AUTO : Automatic
OFF : System off
MIST : Misting function

Misting function Automatic Windshield Wipers

With Rainsense
To operate the windshield wipers once For vehicles with automatic windshield The wipers are not operated when shift
in case of light rain or mist, lightly press wipers with Rainsense, the rain sensor lever of automatic transaxle is in "N"
the windshield wiper/washer lever detects the amount of water on the position and vehicle speed is lower than
down and release it. The lever will windshield and automatically adjusts 5 km/h.
return automatically to its normal the windshield wipers.
position when released. The wipers will AUTO: Turns the windshield wipers Caution
operate through one cycle. on automatically. Do not switch on the windshield wiper
Caution The sensitivity of the system can be or set them to automatic operation
adjusted by turning the band on the with rain sensor in car washes. This
Less than clear vision for the driver windshield wiper lever towards F or S. could damage the wiper blades or
can lead to an accident resulting in When the wiper lever is moved to wiper system.
personal injury and damage to your AUTO position while the ignition is in
vehicle or other property. ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, the
Do not operate the windshield windshield wipers turn on once to
wipers when the windshield is dry or check the system.
obstructed, as with snow or ice.
OFF: Turns the automatic windshield
Using the wipers on an obstructed
wiper system off.
windshield can damage the wiper
blades, wiper motor, and glass. The rain sensor is located near the top of
Check blades are not frozen to the windshield and must be free from
windshield before operating in cold dust and dirt to work properly. See
weather. Wiper operation while Wiper Blade Replacement on page
blade is frozen can damage wiper 9-30.
motor.

REAR WINDOW WIPER /

WASHER
Windshield Washer Windshield Wiper
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid
can form ice on the windshield,
blocking your vision.
Caution
Do not operate the windshield
The ignition must be turned to ON/RUN washer continuously for more than The vehicle may have a rear window
or ACC/ACCESSORY and pull the some seconds, or when the washer wiper/washer. The ignition must be in
windshield washer/wiper lever towards fluid tank is empty. This can cause the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
you to spray washer fluid on the the washer motor to overheat position to operate the rear window
windshield. resulting in costly repairs. wiper/washer.
Turn the end of the windshield wiper
When the lever is pulled and released, lever to operate the rear window
windshield washer fluid is sprayed onto wiper/washer.
the windshield. The wipers operate for The tailgate wiper operates in the
two wipe cycles after the lever is following three positions :
released and one more cycle after 3 OFF : System off. Default position.
seconds. See Washer Fluid on page
INT : Intermittent operation.
9-22 for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid. LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed.

Washer
Warning Caution
In freezing weather, do not use the Less than clear vision for the driver
washer until the windshield is can lead to an accident resulting in
warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid personal injury and damage to your
can form ice on the windshield, vehicle or other property.
blocking your vision. Do not operate the tailgate window
wiper when the tailgate window is
dry or obstructed, as with snow or
ice.
Using the wiper on an obstructed
To spray washer fluid on the rear window can damage the wiper blade,
window, press the button at the end of wiper motor and glass.
the lever until the washers begin. When Check blade is not frozen to wind-
the button is released, the washers stop, shield before operating in cold
but the wipers continue to wipe for weather. Wiper operation while
about three wipes. blade is frozen can damage wiper
motor.
Do not spray washer fluid on the
tailgate window in freezing weather.
Warm the tailgate window before
you operate the tailgate window
washer.

CLOCK
Rear Smart Wiper M: Minute button.

For vehicles with this feature, the rear  To advance one minute, press the M
wiper turns on automatically when the button.
shift lever is set to R (Reverse) while
the front wiper is on.  To advance more than one minute,
press and hold the M button until
The windshield washer reservoir is you reach the correct minute.
used for the windshield and rear
window. Check the fluid level if either S: Reset button.
washer is not working. See Washer  To reset the time to the nearest hour,
Fluid on page 9-22. press the S button.
 If you press this button when the
The digital clock is located above the time is between 8:00 and 8:29 for
radio. example, the display will reset to
When the ignition is in ACC/ ACCES- 8:00.
SORY or ON/RUN, the digital clock  If you press this button while the
displays the time. The digital clock has time is between 8:30 and 8:59 for
three adjusting buttons. example, the display will reset to
H: Hour button. 9:00.
 To advance one hour, press the H Note
button. Remember to reset your vehicle’s clock
 To advance more than one hour, each time you disconnect and then
press and hold the H button until reconnect the battery or replace a fuse.
you reach the correct hour.

POWER OUTLETS
The accessory power outlets can be Caution

OFF
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or an MP3 player. Do not connect any current deliver-
ing accessories, e.g. electrical
A 12V power outlet is located on the
charging devices or batteries.
front side of the center console, below
the backward of center console and on Do not damage the sockets by using
the left side of luggage compartment. unsuitable plugs.
Do not exceed the maximum power
consumption of 120 watts. Warning
With ignition OFF the power outlet is Power is always supplied to the
deactivated. outlets. Do not leave electrical
Additionally the power outlet is equipment plugged in when the
deactivated in case of low battery vehicle is not in use because the
voltage. vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Remove the cover to access and refix
when not in use.

Caution Caution Warning

Always unplug electrical equipment Hanging heavy equipment from the If you leave the vehicle with an
when not in use and do not plug in power outlet can cause damage not inflammable explosive substance,
equipment that exceeds the maximum covered by the vehicle warranty. The such as a disposable lighter, inside
20 ampere rating. power outlets are designed for the car in summer, it can explode and
accessory power plugs only, such as cause fire due to an increase of
Certain accessory power plugs may not cell phone charge cords. temperature in the passenger compa-
be compatible with the accessory power rtment and the boot.
outlet and could overload vehicle or Please ensure that no inflammable
adapter fuses. If a problem is experi- explosive substances are left or kept
enced, see your CHEVROLET retailer. inside the car.
When adding electrical equipment, be
sure to follow the proper installation
instructions included with the equipment.

WARNING LIGHTS,
ASHTRAY*
GAUGES, AND
INDICATORS
Caution Warning lights and gauges can signal

that something is wrong before it
Cigarettes and other smoking mater- becomes serious enough to cause an
ials could set them on fire. expensive repair or replacement. Paying
Do not put paper or other flammable attention to the warning lights and
items in the ashtray. gauges could prevent injury.
An ashtray fire can lead to personal Warning lights come on when there
injury or damage to your vehicle or could be a problem with a vehicle
other property. function. Some warning lights come on
briefly when the engine is started to
indicate they are working.
The ashtray can be placed into the front Gauges can indicate when there could
console cupholders. be a problem with a vehicle function.
Often gauges and warning lights work
together to indicate a problem with the
vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when one
of the gauges shows there may be a
problem, check the section that explains
what to do. Follow this Manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly and
even dangerous.

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

SPEEDOMETER ODOMETER / TRIP

ODOMETER
If your vehicle has a DIC in the middle

of the cluster, the odometer, trip A, trip
B and the personalisation setting
(language) display in the cluster DIC.
The speedometer shows the vehicle's

speed in kilometers per hour (km/h).
The odometer, trip A, trip B can be

switched by pressing the button located
in the lower left area of the speedo-
meter.
On the odometer display, press and hold
the button to enter the personalisation
setting menu.

You can select the following order. Press the button shortly, until the Feature Settings Exit
Each menu can be switched by pressing language is displayed to the desired
the button shortly. language.
 Language To select, press the button a few
seconds.
 Feature Settings Exit
Note
The vehicle should be in stationary
condition with the select lever in P.
Language Press the button a few seconds when
Feature Settings Exit is displayed, to
return the odometer.
Press the button a few seconds when

language displays.

TACHOMETER FUEL GAUGE
and do not indicate that anything is

wrong with the fuel gauge:
 At the fuel station, the pump shuts
off before the gauge reads full.
 It takes more, or less, fuel to fill up
than the gauge reads. For example,
the gauge reads half full, but it took
more, or less, than half of the tank's
capacity to fill it.
 The gauge pointer may move while
cornering, braking or accelerating.
The tachometer displays the engine Displays the fuel level in the tank.
speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Never run the tank dry. Warning
Drive in a low engine speed range for
each gear as much as possible. Because of the fuel remaining in the Before refueling, stop vehicle and
tank, the top-up quantity may be less switch off the engine.
Caution than the specified tank capacity.
If the needle is in the warning zone, the Movement of the fuel within the fuel
maximum permitted engine speed is tank causes the fuel gauge pointer to
exceeded. Engine is at risk. move when you brake, accelerate or
turn.
Here are three things that some owners
ask about. All these things are normal

SAFETY BELT REMINDER AIRBAG READINESS

LIGHT
Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light
Vehicle trouble or deployment of the

belt tensioners or airbags may be
indicated by continuous illumination of
m.
There is a driver safety belt reminder This light shows if there is an electrical
light on the instrument panel cluster. problem in airbag system. The system
When the engine is started, this light check includes the airbag sensor(s), the
flashes for several seconds to remind a pretensioners (if equipped), the airbag
driver to fasten the safety belt. The light modules, the wiring, and the crash
stays on solid until the belt is buckled. sensing and diagnostic module. For
This cycle may continue with a chime if more information on the airbag system,
the driver remains or becomes unbuck- see Airbag System on page 2-22.
led while the vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on and
If the driver safety belt is already stays on for several seconds when the
buckled, neither the light nor the chime vehicle is started. Then the light goes
comes on. out.

CHARGING SYSTEM LIGHT DIESEL PARTICULATE

FILTER LIGHT*
Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on while driving, it means the airbag
system might not be working
properly. The airbags in the vehicle
might not inflate in a crash, or they
could even inflate without a crash.
To help avoid injury, have the The charging system light comes on This light comes on briefly when the
vehicle serviced right away. briefly when the ignition is turned ON, ignition is turned ON as a check to show
but the engine is not running, as a check the light is working.
to show the light is working. The light It flashes if the diesel particulate filter
turns off when the engine is started. If it requires cleaning and previous driving
does not, have the vehicle serviced by conditions did not permit automatic
your CHEVROLET retailer. If the light cleaning. Continue driving and if
stays on, or comes on while driving, possible do not allow engine speed to
there could be a problem with the drop below 2000 rpm.
electrical charging system. Have it
checked by your CHEVROLET It goes off as soon as the self cleaning
retailer. Driving while this light is on operation is complete.
could drain the battery.
If a short distance must be driven with
the light on, be sure to turn off all
accessories, such as the radio and air
conditioner.

MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
problem and service is required. Caution

Malfunctions often are indicated by the
system before any problem is apparent. If the vehicle is continuously driven
Being aware of the light can prevent with this light on, the emission
more serious damage to the vehicle. This controls might not work as well, the
system assists the service technician in vehicle fuel economy might not be as
correctly diagnosing any malfunction. good, and the engine might not run as
smoothly. This could lead to costly
Caution repairs that might not be covered by
A computer system called OBD (On- the vehicle warranty.
Modifications made to the engine,
Board Diagnostics) monitors operation
transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel This light comes on during a malfunc-
of the fuel, ignition, and emission control
system of the vehicle or the replac- tion in one of two ways:
systems. It ensures that emissions are at
ement of the original tires with
acceptable levels for the life of the Light Flashing: A misfire condition has
other than those of the same Tire
vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner been detected. A misfire increases vehicle
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
environment. emissions and could damage the
affect the vehicle's emission controls
This light comes on when the ignition is and can cause this light to come on. emission control system on the vehicle.
on, but the engine is not running, as a Modifications to these systems could Diagnosis and service might be required.
check to show it is working. If it does lead to costly repairs not covered by The following can prevent more serious
not, have the vehicle serviced by your the vehicle warranty. This could also damage to the vehicle:
CHEVROLET retailer. result in a failure to pass a required  Reduce vehicle speed.
If the check engine light comes on and Emission Inspection/Maintenance  Avoid hard accelerations.
stays on while the engine is running, test. See Accessories and Modific-  Avoid steep uphill grades.
this indicates that there is an OBD ations on page 9-2.

REDUCED ENGINE POWER

LIGHT*
 If towing a trailer, reduce the  Check that good quality fuel is used.
amount of cargo being hauled as Poor fuel quality causes the engine
soon as it is possible. not to run as efficiently as designed
If the light continues to flash, when it is and may cause: stalling after start-up,
safe to do so, stop the vehicle. Find a stalling when the vehicle is changed
safe place to park. Turn the key off, wait into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
at least 10 seconds, and restart the acceleration, or stumbling on
engine. If the light is still flashing, acceleration. These conditions might
follow the previous steps and see your go away once the engine is warmed
CHEVROLET retailer for service as up. This light comes on briefly when the
soon as possible. If one or more of these conditions ignition is turned ON as a check to show
Light On Steady: An emission control occurs, change the fuel brand used. the light is working.
system malfunction has been detected It will require at least one full tank It illuminates with the service vehicle
on the vehicle. Diagnosis and service of the proper fuel to turn the light soon light when the vehicle needs a
might be required. off. See Fuel on page 8-38. service.
The following may correct an emission If none of the above have made the light Pull off the road, stop the engine and
system malfunction: turn off, your CHEVROLET retailer can restart after 10 seconds.
 Check that the electrical system is check the vehicle. The CHEVROLET The vehicle may be driven at a reduced
not wet. The system could be wet if retailer has the proper test equipment speed.
the vehicle was driven through a and diagnostic tools to fix any mechani-
deep puddle of water. The condition cal or electrical problems that might
is usually corrected when the have developed.
electrical system dries out. A few
driving trips should turn the light
off.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING

LIGHT LIGHT
Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake system
warning light is on. Driving with the
brake system warning light on can
lead to a crash. If the light is still on
after the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped, have
The service vehicle soon light comes on The warning light illuminates, if the the vehicle towed for service.
when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN brake fluid level is too low or if there is
and goes out after several seconds. a brake system fault. If the light comes on while driving, a
It comes on if a condition exists that See Brake Fluid on page 9-24. chime sounds. Pull off the road and
may require the vehicle to be taken in stop. The pedal might be harder to push
The Brake System Warning Light should or go closer to the floor. It might also
for service. come on briefly as the engine is started. If take longer to stop. If the light is still on,
If the light comes on and stays on, take it does not come on, have the vehicle have the vehicle towed for service. See
the vehicle to your CHEVROLET serviced by your CHEVROLET retailer. Towing the Vehicle on page 9-64.
retailer for service as soon as possible.

ELECTRIC PARKING APPLY FOOTBRAKE LIGHT

BRAKE LIGHT
Parking Brake Status Light Parking Brake Warning Light
For vehicles with the Electric Parking For vehicles with the Electric Parking For vehicles with the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB), the parking brake status Brake (EPB), the parking brake Brake (EPB), this indicator comes on
light comes on briefly as the engine is warning light should come on briefly when the EPB switch is released
started. If it does not come on, have the when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it without pressing the brake pedal.
vehicle serviced by your CHEVROLET does not come on then, have it fixed so Always press the brake pedal before
retailer. it will be ready to warn if there is a pressing the EPB switch to release the
problem. Electric Parking Brake.
The parking brake status light comes on
when the parking brake is applied. If the If this light comes on, there is a problem See Parking Brake on page 8-29.
with a system on the vehicle that is
light continues flashing after the parking causing the parking brake system to
brake is released, or while driving, there work at a reduced level. The vehicle can
is a problem with the Electric Parking still be driven, but should be taken to a
Brake system. If the light does not come CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
on, or remains flashing, see your possible. See Parking Brake on page
CHEVROLET retailer. 8-29 for more information.

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ALL-WHEEL-DRIVE LIGHT

(ABS) WARNING LIGHT (AWD ONLY)
light still stays on, or comes on again

while driving, the vehicle needs service.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, there are still brakes, but
no antilock brakes. If the regular brake
system warning light is also on, there
are no antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes. See
Brake System Warning Light on page
The ABS warning light comes on 4-21. The All-Wheel-Drive Light comes on
briefly when the ignition key is turned briefly when the ignition is turned to
to ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light ON/RUN.
does not come on then, have it fixed so If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
it will be ready to warn you if there is a by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
problem. system is working normally, the
If the light does not go out after a few indicator light then goes off.
seconds, or if it illuminates while This light comes on when there is a
driving, there is a fault in the ABS. malfunction in the All-Wheel-Drive
(AWD) system.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition to This light flashes when the AWD
LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on while system is temporarily disabled.
driving, stop as soon as possible and For more information see All-Wheel
turn the ignition off. Then start the Drive on page 8-26 .
engine again to reset the system. If the

DESCENT CONTROL ULTRASONIC PARKING

SYSTEM LIGHT* SENSOR LIGHT
Active and Not Ready/Warning Light
or repeated braking. This light will
disappear when the temperature of
friction material (front pad) is
lower than 350°C.
 Illuminates (as amber colour) to
indicate that there is a malfunction
in the system due to the high
temperature (over 400°C) of friction
material (Front pad) through severe
The green DCS light is DCS active or repeated braking. This light comes on to indicate that
indicator and the amber DCS light is  This light also will disappear when there is a malfunction in the system.
DCS not ready & warning light. temperature of friction material  Fault due to sensors that are dirty
DCS active indicator illuminates (as (front pad) is lower than 350°C.  Covered by ice or snow
green colour) when DCS is ready for  The blinking and illuminating of  Outside ultrasonic waves interfer-
use and blinks (as green colour) while DCS not ready & warning light ence
DCS is operating by pressing the DCS notify you that the friction material The source of interference is removed,
button located on the centre of the needs to cool down (drive your the system will operate normally.
instrument panel. vehicle enough without braking as If the lamp does not go off, you have the
DCS not ready & warning light works much as possible). Above tempe- cause of the fault in the system
as the following : rature may differ somewhat acc- remedied by a CHEVROLET retailer.
 Blinks (as amber colour) to indicate ording to vehicle condition or env- See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page
that DCS is not ready for condition ironment (season or outer tempera- 8-37 for more information.
to operate due to the high temperature) or etc. See Descent Control
ture (about 350~400°C) of friction System (DCS) on page 8-33 for
material (front pad) through severe more information.

ELECTRONIC STABILITY ELECTRONIC STABILITY

CONTROL (ESC) INDICATOR CONTROL (ESC) OFF
LIGHT* LIGHT*
The light flashes if the system is active
and is working to assist the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions.
See Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
on page 8-31 for more information.
For vehicles with Electronic Stability For vehicles with Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), this light comes on Control (ESC), this light comes on
briefly while starting the engine. briefly when the ignition is turned to
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced ON/RUN.
by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
system is working normally the by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
indicator light then turns off. system is working normally the
If the light comes on and stays on while indicator light then goes off.
driving, there could be a problem with This light comes on when the ESC
the ESC and the vehicle might need system is turned off.
service. When this warning light is on, The system can be turned off by
the ESC is off and does not limit wheel pressing the ESC control button located
spin. on the center of the instrument panel.
For more information, see Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) on page 8-31.

ENGINE COOLANT WAIT-TO-START LIGHT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT
LIGHT
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with
the engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil level
The engine coolant temperature The wait to start light illuminates when is within the operating range and the
warning light comes on briefly when preheating is activated. When the light oil pressure is still low, have the
the engine is started. If the system is goes out the engine can be started. vehicle serviced. Always follow the
working normally the indicator light maintenance schedule for changing
For more information, see Starting the engine oil.
then goes off. Diesel Engine on page 8-13.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer.
This light indicates that the engine
coolant has overheated.
If the light comes on and stays on while
driving, the vehicle may have a
problem with the cooling system. Stop
the vehicle and turn off the engine to
avoid damage to the engine.
See Engine Overheating on page 9-19

LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL

LIGHT
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with
the engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil level
The oil pressure light should come on This light should come on briefly when is within the operating range and the
briefly as the engine is started. If it does the ignition is turned ON as a check to oil pressure is still low, have the
not come on, have the vehicle serviced let you know that the light is working. vehicle serviced. Always follow the
by your CHEVROLET retailer. maintenance schedule for changing
If this light comes on and stays on while engine oil.
If the light comes on and stays on, it the engine is running, it means your
means that oil is not flowing through engine is low on oil. Check the oil level
the engine properly. The vehicle could as soon as possible. See Engine Oil on
be low on oil and might have some page 9-6 for further information.
other system problem. If the engine oil
pressure warning lamp comes on while
driving, pull off the road, stop the
engine and check the oil level. Seek
assistance from your CHEVROLET
retailer.

CHANGE ENGINE OIL FUEL ECONOMY LIGHT* LOW FUEL WARNING

LIGHT (AWD) LIGHT
This light illuminates when the ignition For vehicles with the fuel economy This light comes on when the fuel tank
is ON and goes out after about a few mode light, it comes on when the eco is low on fuel. When fuel is added, the
seconds. (economy) switch, located on the center light should go off. If it does not, have
Your vehicle may have an engine oil life console near the shift lever, is pressed. the vehicle serviced.
system that lets you know when to Press the switch again to turn off the
change the engine oil. light and exit the fuel saver mode. Caution
When the change engine oil light comes
on, it means that the engine oil needs to Do not let your vehicle run out of
be changed. fuel. This can damage the catalytic
Once the engine oil has been changed, converter.
the engine oil life system must be reset.
After reset, the change engine oil light
will go out.
See Changing Engine Oil and Filter on
page 9-9 for more information.
See Engine Oil Life System on page
9-11 for more information.

WATER IN FUEL WARNING IMMOBILIZER LIGHT

LIGHT
Caution
Driving when this warning indicator is
on, can damage the fuel injection
system and the engine. If the indicator
comes on right after a refuel, it means
water was pumped into the fuel tank.
Turn off the engine immediately.
Then, have the water drained at once.
When the water level in the fuel filter The immobilizer light should come on
exceeds a certain level, this warning briefly as the engine is started. If it does
light comes on. If this condition occurs, not come on, have the vehicle serviced
immediately drain the water from the by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
fuel filter. system is working normally the
indicator light turns off.
For the drain procedures, see Water in This light comes on when the ignition is
Fuel on page 8-39. turned from LOCK/OFF to ON/RUN
The warning light goes off when the and stays on if the vehicle is immobi-
draining is complete. lized. This happens when an incorrect
key or an unprogrammed key is used to
start the vehicle.
If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with
the theft-deterrent system. See Immo-
bilizer Operation on page 1-11 for more
information.

TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS HIGH-BEAM ON LIGHT FRONT FOG LAMP LIGHT
The control indicator flashes if a turn The high-beam on light comes on when For vehicles with front fog lamps, this
signal or the hazard warning flashers the high-beam headlamps are in use and light comes on when the front fog lamps
are activated. during headlamp flash. are in use.
Fast flashing: failure of a turn signal See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer The light goes out when the front fog
light or associated fuse. See Turn and on page 5-2 for more information. lamps are turned off. See Front Fog
Lane-Change Signals on page 5-4 for Lamps on page 5-5 for more informa-
more information. tion.

REAR FOG LAMP LIGHT LAMPS ON REMINDER CRUISE CONTROL LIGHT

LIGHT
If your vehicle has rear fog lamps, this The lamps on reminder light comes on The light comes on green when the
light will come on when they are in use. when the exterior lamps are in use. See cruise control is set.
For more information see Rear Fog Exterior Lamp Controls on page 5-1. The light goes out when the cruise
Lamps on page 5-5. control is turned off. See Cruise Control
on page 8-34 for more information.

DOOR AJAR LIGHT GATE AJAR LIGHT TRANSMISSION DISPLAY
This light comes on when a door is open If the gate ajar light comes on, the If your vehicle has a DIC in the middle
or not securely latched. Before driving, tailgate is open or not securely latched. of the cluster, the selected gear or
check that all doors are properly closed. Driving with the tailgate open can cause transmission mode display will be
carbon monoxide (CO) to enter the shown on the bottom of the cluster DIC.
vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on page 8-18 for
more information.

INFORMATION DISPLAYS
DRIVER INFORMATION CENTRE (DIC)
The DIC is the Driver Information Centre that displays the trip computer, display panel for automatic temperature control, outside
temperature, compass information and dual zone when ignition switch is ON.
DUAL ZONE
5
1. FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Control) display panel

2. Outside temperature
3. Trip computer
4. Compass
5. Dual zone

TRIP COMPUTER
TRIP COMPUTER
Driving Distance For Remaining Fuel Average Speed
Trip computer provides a driver with

driving information such as driving
distance for remaining fuel, average
fuel consumption, average speed, and
driving time.
Each time you press the MODE button,
the display changes in the following
order:
Driving distance for remaining fuel 
Average speed  Driving time 
Average fuel consumption  Driving
distance for remaining fuel This mode indicates the estimated This mode indicates the average speed.
To reset average speed or driving time driving distance to empty from the To reset the average speed to zero, press
or average fuel consumption, press the current fuel in the fuel tank. the MODE button for more than 2
MODE button for more than 2 seconds. When the distance to empty is less seconds.
To change the distance unit, do the than 50 km (30 miles), --- will display.
following: Note
1. Press the SET button for more than The driving distance for remaining fuel
2 seconds. The temperature unit can differ from the actual distance
will blink. according to driving conditions, driving
2. Press the SET button again. The pattern or vehicle speed.
distance unit will blink.
3. Press the or button to change the
distance unit (km  mile).

Driving Time Average Fuel Consumption
- The average fuel consumption can

vary according to the driving
conditions, driving pattern or vehicle
speed.
This mode indicates the total driving This mode indicates the vehicle’s
time. average fuel consumption.
To reset the driving time to zero, press Note
the MODE button for more than 2 - Average fuel consumption is reset to
seconds. 10.0 if the battery is disconnected.
The driving time will be initialized to - To reset the average fuel consump-
0:00 after being displayed to 99:59. tion to zero, press the MODE button
for more than 2 seconds.
- The average fuel consumption can
differ from the actual average fuel
consumption according to driving
conditions.

Compass Compass Calibration
2. Turn the vehicle around 1 complete

circle within 90 seconds slowly, then
the calibration will be accomplished.
3. When the calibration is finished, the
compass display does not flash
anymore. You can turn around to
any direction, left or right.
If enough space is not available to
turn around 1 circle, turn the vehicle
around as shown in the figure.
This displays the vehicle’s driving Whenever the DIC or the battery is
direction to 8–direction (N, NE, E, SE, disconnected, the DIC must be
S, SW, W, NW). recalibrated.
To do this, the vehicle must be driven
through 360°. Until calibrated the
compass will not function correctly.
1. If you press the MODE and SET
button simultaneously for more
than 2 seconds, the compass display
flashes.

FATC Display Panel / Outside

Temperature
Release conditions for the compass Caution See Automatic Climate Control on page
calibration 7-1.
• Press the SET button twice continu- If there are mobile telephones or
ously. magnetic bodies around the DIC, the
compass may not be operated
• When the vehicle is not turned properly.
within 90 seconds after calibration
mode started.
Note
The direction will be displayed while
driving.
If the compass display continues to
flash, turn around again slowly until it
goes off.
Note
In the compass calibration mode, press
the SET button to move to deflection
calibration mode. At that time, press00
or button to adjust deflection calibra-
tion value.


Lighting 5-1
LIGHTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING

EXTERIOR LAMP
CONTROLS
Exterior Lighting following:

Exterior Lamp Controls .......... 5-1  Taillamps
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ..5-2  License Plate Lamp
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
 Instrument Panel Lights
Changer ................................... 5-2
 Ambient Lights
Flash-to-Pass ........................... 5-3
Headlamp Range Adjustment .. 5-3 (Headlamps): Turns on the low-
beam headlamps, together with the
Hazard Warning Flashers ........ 5-4 following:
Turn and Lane-Change
 Taillamps
Signals ..................................... 5-4
Front Fog Lamps ..................... 5-5 The turn signal / multifunction lever  License Plate Lamp
Rear Fog Lamps ...................... 5-5 located on the side of the steering  Instrument Panel Lights
column operates the exterior lamps.
Interior Lighting  Parking Lamps
To turn the head, tail and parking lamps
Instrument Panel Illumination  Ambient Lights
on or off, twist the end of the combina-
Control .................................... 5-6
tion switch lever. Caution
Dome Lamps .......................... 5-6
The light switch has three positions
Reading Lamps.........................5-7 which activate various lamp functions If you open a driver's door using key
Lighting Features as follows: or when you press UNLOCK button
Entry Lighting ..........................5-8 on the remote keyless entry trans-
OFF : Turns all the lamps off. mitter, instrument panel lamps will
Front Door Step Lamps .......... 5-8 (Parking Lamps): Turns on the come on automatically and stay on
Ambient Lighting ....................5-8 parking lamps, together with the for about 30 seconds.
Battery Power Protection ........ 5-8

5-2 Lighting
EXTERIOR LAMPS OFF HEADLAMP HIGH /

REMINDER LOW-BEAM CHANGER
A warning chime sounds, if the driver Caution

door is opened while the ignition is OFF
and the exterior lamps control is in the Always switch the high-beam head-
or position. lamps to low-beam when you
If the lamps are turned off while the approach on coming vehicles or when
warning is chiming and then turned other vehicles are ahead.
back the lamps on, you will not hear a High-beam headlamps can temp-
warning chime. orarily blind other drivers, which
could result in a collision.
To turn the high-beam headlamps on,

make sure the low-beam headlamps are
on.
Push the turn signal/lane change lever
away from you and release, to turn the
high beams on. To return to low beams,
pull the lever towards you and release.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the
high beam headlamps are on.

Lighting 5-3
FLASH-TO-PASS HEADLAMP RANGE

ADJUSTMENT
Manual Headlamp Range Adjustment
2 = All seats occupied.
2 = All seats occupied and load in the
luggage compartment.
3 = Driver's seat occupied and load in
the luggage compartment.
The flash to pass feature works with the For vehicles with manual headlamp
low beams on or off. leveling, the manual headlamp range
To flash the high beams, pull the turn control is located next to the steering
signal/lane change lever all the way column. This feature lets the headlamp
towards you, then release it. range be adjusted to suit the vehicle
load to prevent dazzling.
The lever will return to its normal
position when you release it. The low beam headlamps must be on to
adjust the headlamp range.
The high beam headlamps will stay on
as long as you hold the turn signal/lane 0 = Driver’s seat occupied.
change lever towards you. 1 = Front seats occupied.

5-4 Lighting
HAZARD WARNING TURN AND LANE-CHANGE

FLASHERS SIGNALS
Move the lever to the resistance point

and hold for longer indication.
Switch the indicator off manually by
moving the lever to its original position.
The hazard warning flasher button is Move the lever all the way up or down
located on the instrument panel. to signal a turn.
Hazard Warning Flasher: - Push the lever up for left turn
Operated with the button. - Push the lever down for right turn
To activate the hazard warning flashers, An arrow on the instrument panel
push the button. cluster flashes in the direction of the
To turn off the flashers, push the button turn or lane change.
again. The lever returns to its starting position
The hazard warning button will be lit, when the turn is completed.
when a door is opened. If the key is For three flashes, e.g. when changing
removed from the ignition and a door is lanes, move the lever until resistance is
opened and closed, the hazard warning felt and then release.
button will light up for about 10 minutes.

Lighting 5-5
FRONT FOG LAMPS REAR FOG LAMPS
returns to its starting position when

released. The front fog lamp indicator
light comes on in the instrument panel
cluster.
To turn the front fog lamps off, turn the
band to again. The fog lamp indicator
light will go off.
The front fog lamps are controlled by For vehicles with rear fog lamps, they
the band located on the middle of the are controlled by the band located on
turn signal/multifunction lever. the middle of the turn signal/multifun-
To use the front fog lamps, the low- ction lever.
beam headlamps or parking lamps must To use the rear fog lamps, the low-beam
be on. headlamps or parking lamps and front
Fog lamps provide : fog lamps must be on.
Extra illumination to the sides of the Turn the band to to turn the rear fog
road ahead. lamps on. The band automatically
returns to its starting position when
Improved visibility in fog or snow. released. The rear fog lamp indicator
Turn the band to to turn the front fog light comes on in the instrument panel
lamps on. The band automatically cluster.

5-6 Lighting
INTERIOR LIGHTING
INSTRUMENT PANEL DOME LAMPS
ILLUMINATION CONTROL
To turn the rear fog lamps off, turn the

band to again. The rear fog lamp
indicator light will go off.
Reversing Lamps
The reversing lamps come on when the
ignition is ON and reverse gear is
selected.
Misted Lamp Covers
The inside of the light housing may mist
up briefly in poor, wet and cold weather
conditions, in heavy rain or after This feature controls the brightness of Press the button on the dome lamp to
washing. The mist disappears quickly the instrument panel lights. turn it on or off.
by itself; to help switch on the head- To dim the panel illumination, push the The dome lamps come on when a door
lights. button and turn it clockwise. or the tailgate is opened. If you continue
To brighten the illumination, push the to open a door or tailgate, the lamps will
button and turn it counterclockwise. stay on for about 10 minutes. If all doors
and tailgate are closed, the lamps dim
gradually after about 10 seconds
instead of immediately turning off.

Lighting 5-7
READING LAMPS
Dome Lamp Override
Warning
Avoid using the courtesy light while
driving in the dark.
A lit passenger compartment reduces
visibility in the dark, and could cause
a collision.
(Dome Lamp Override): Press to Press the button near each

keep the dome lamps and other interior lamp to turn the reading lamps on or off.
lamps turned off while any door is open.
Press again to return it to the out
position and the lamps automatically
come on when any door is opened.
Note
The battery can be discharged if the
lights keep turning on for a long time.

5-8 Lighting
LIGHTING FEATURES
ENTRY LIGHTING FRONT DOOR STEP LAMPS AMBIENT LIGHTING
Welcome Lighting
Some lights are switched on for a short If your vehicle has this feature, ambient
time when unlocking the vehicle with lighting illuminates on front door sill
the remote control. This function plates, underneath front passenger
facilitates locating the vehicle when it is footwell* and rear seats when head-
dark.
lamp is on.
The lighting switches off immediately
when the ignition is turned to the BATTERY POWER
accessory position.
PROTECTION
Your vehicle has a feature to help,
prevent you from draining the battery in
Front door step lamps turn on when you case you accidentally leave on the
open a door. If you continue to open a lamps like headlamps, parking lamps,
door, the lamps will stay on for about 10 fog lamps, etc.
minutes. If all doors are closed, the If you leave any of these lamps on, they
lamp stays on for about 10 seconds and will automatically turn off after 10
then goes out. minutes after you turn the ignition
Front door step lamps can be immedi- switch to the OFF position.
ately turned off by pushing the button Battery rundown protection will not
located on the headliner. See Dome operate when you turn the lamps on
Lamp Override function on page 5-7. again, 10 minutes after this feature
operated.

Infotainment System 6-1
INFOTAINMENT INTRODUCTION
SYSTEM INFOTAINMENT
Introduction Before using the device for the first Caution

Infotainment ............................ 6-1 time, please read the following pages to
become familiar with its features. Contact your CHEVROLET retailer
Overview (Radio with CD
before adding any equipment. Adding
and RDS) ................................. 6-2 Warning audio or communication equipment
Operation ................................ 6-3 could interfere with the operation of
Radio Taking your eyes off the road for the engine, radio, or other systems, and
extended periods could cause a crash could damage them. Follow federal
AM-FM Radio ........................ 6-4
resulting in injury or death to you or rules covering mobile radio and
RDS Operation ........................ 6-5 others. Do not give extended attention telephone equipment.
Radio Reception ...................... 6-5 to infotainment tasks while driving.
Backglass Antenna .................. 6-6
Audio Players This system provides access to many
CD Player ................................ 6-6 audio and non audio listings.
MP3 ..........................................6-9 To minimize taking your eyes off the
Auxiliary Devices ................. 6-12 road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
Phone
 Become familiar with the operation
Bluetooth ............................... 6-12
and controls of the audio system.
 Set up the tone, speaker adjustments,
and preset radio stations.

6-2 Infotainment System
OVERVIEW (RADIO WITH CD AND RDS)
A. SEEK
 Radio: Press to go to the next
available radio station.
B C D  CD: Press to go to the next folder.
B. DIR
 Press to repeat the tracks in the
current directory.
C. Buttons 1 6
DIR EJECT
 Press to select a preset station.
 Press to select a screen softkey
A SEEK TUNE
E option.
F SEEK TUNE
O D. EJECT
AST
 Press to eject CD.

MENU TP CD
BAND FAV
SOUND INFO AUX
E. TUNE
P  Radio: Press to manually select the
next radio station.
 CD: Press to go to the next track.
G H I J K L M N  CD: Press and hold to fast search
forward through the current track.
F. SEEK/AST (Automatic store)
 Radio: Press to go to the previous
available radio station.

 CD: Press to go to the previous  TP: Press to access the traffic  Press and hold to turn the radio off.
folder. program menu.  Turn to adjust the volume.
 AST: Press and hold to access the  INFO: Press and hold to display AUDIO ADJUSTMENT
Autostore menu. radio station information or track
information. Bass Tone Adjustment
G. BAND
N. CD/AUX 1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
 Press to select between AM and button; the audio menu displays.
FM.  Press to choose between CD and
auxiliary device. 2. Press the softkey under “Bass” and
H. FAV (Favorites) turn the knob to adjust.
 Press to select favorites page. O. TUNE
Midrange Tone Adjustment
I. MENU/SOUND  Radio: Press to manually select the
previous radio station. 1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
 Press to go to the tone menu. button; the audio menu displays.
 CD : Press to go to previous track.
J. (Power) 2. Press the softkey under “Mid” and
 CD: Press and hold to fast search turn the knob to adjust.
 Press to turn on or mute the system. backward through the current track.
 Press and hold to turn off. Treble Tone Adjustment
P. Auxiliary input jack.
K. (Volume) 1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
OPERATION button; the audio menu displays.
 Turn to adjust the volume.
POWER ON/OFF 2. Press the softkey under “Treb” and
L. (Bluetooth) turn the knob to adjust.
(Power):
 Press to access the Bluetooth menu. Balance Control
 Press to turn on the radio.
M. TP / INFO 1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
 Press to mute the radio while the
(Traffic Program/ Information) button; the audio menu displays.
power is on. Press again to cancel
mute.

RADIO
AM-FM RADIO
Radio Mode Selection
2. Press the softkey under “Bal” and Press the BAND button to listen the 1. Seek the station or tune button
turn the knob to adjust. radio from other mode. manually.
Fader Control Band Selection 2. Select the favorite page by pressing
1. Press and hold the MENU/SOUND Press the BAND button to change from the FAV button.
button; the audio menu displays. AM to FM or FM to AM. 3. Press and hold the softkey to store
2. Press the softkey under “Fad” and Manual Tune the station in that position.
turn the knob to adjust. Press TUNE or TUNE to manually Recall Favorite Stations
Preset EQ Selection change the frequency down or up. Listen to the station stored in the
1. Press and hold MENU/SOUND If this button is pressed continuously, the favorite preset by using the following
button; the audio menu displays. frequency increases or decreases conti- procedure:
2. Press the softkey under “P EQ”, nuously. 1. Select the favorite page by pressing
then the preset EQ menu displays. Seek FAV.
3. Press the softkey under the preset Press SEEK to find the next station 2. Press the softkey under the favorite
EQ mode you want. automatically. preset number.
To cancel the selected preset EQ, Press SEEK to find previous station AST (AUTOSTORE)
press the softkey under “P EQ”once automatically. 1. Press and hold the SEEK/AST
more with the same procedure. Saving Favorite Stations button, then auto store menu dis-
The preset EQ modes are POP, It has 6 favorite pages and can store up plays.
Rock, Country, Voice, Jazz, and to 36 stations regardless of AM or FM 2. Press the softkey under “On.” The
Classic. band. radio will start autostore operation
To save stations as favorites: and store 12 stations automatically.

RADIO RECEPTION
Delete Autostore Page Regional Frequency interference and static can

1. Press and hold the SEEK/AST Regional function enables the radio to occur during normal radio reception if
button, then auto store menu jump to regional stations (Regional items such as cell phone chargers,
displays. off). vehicle convenience accessories, and
external electronic devices are plugged
2. Press the softkey under “Off” to To turn Regional on or off: into the accessory power outlet. If there
delete the autostore page. 1. Press the MENU/SOUND button, is interference or static, unplug the item
RDS OPERATION (RADIO and then the radio menu displays. from the accessory power outlet.
WITH CD AND RDS) 2. Press the softkey under “RDS,” and AM
AF (Audio Frequency) then the RDS menu displays. The range for most AM stations is
AF function enables the radio to track 3. Press the softkey under “REG.” greater than for FM, especially at night.
the best station at all times. Regional is turned on or off The longer range can cause station
whenever you press this softkey. frequencies to interfere with each other.
To turn AF on or off:
Traffic Announcement For better radio reception, most AM
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button, radio stations boost the power levels
and then the radio menu displays. Press the TP/INFO button to listen to
traffic announcements if they are during the day, and then reduce these
2. Press the softkey under “RDS,” and available. Press TP/INFO again to levels during the night. Static can also
then the RDS menu displays. cancel. occur when things like storms and
3. Press the softkey under “AF.” power lines interfere with radio
Traffic Station Seek reception. When this happens, try
AF is turned on or off whenever you If traffic announcements are not reducing the treble on your radio.
press this softkey. available on the station currently
playing, press the TP/INFO button and
the radio searches for the next available
traffic announcement station.

AUDIO PLAYERS
CD PLAYER
FM Stereo window are not damaged. If the inside Playing a CD

FM stereo gives the best sound, but FM surface is damaged, it could interfere As each CD is inserted, the radio will
signals reach only about 16 to 65 km with radio reception. appear on the display and as each CD is
(10 to 40 miles). Tall buildings or hills Caution loading, File check will appear on the
can interfere with FM signals, causing display.
the sound to fade in and out. Using a razor blade or sharp object to Once playback begins, the track and
Cellular Phone Usage clear the inside rear window can track number will appear on the display.
damage the rear window antenna
Cellular phone usage may cause and/or the rear window defogger. If the ignition or radio is turned OFF
interference with the vehicle's radio. Repairs would not be covered by the with a CD in the player, it will stay in
This interference may occur when vehicle warranty. Do not clear the the player. When a CD is in the player
making or receiving phone calls, inside rear window with sharp objects. and the ignition is turned ON, the radio
charging the phone's battery, or simply must be turned ON before the current
having the phone on. This interference CD will start playback. When the
causes an increased level of static while Caution ignition and radio are turned ON, the
listening to the radio. If static is CD will start playing where it stopped,
received while listening to the radio, Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting if it was the last selected audio source.
unplug the cellular phone and turn it off. with metallic film.The metallic film in The CD player can play the smaller 8
some tinting materials will interfere cm (3 in) single CDs with an adapter
BACKGLASS ANTENNA with or distort the incoming radio ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs
Your antenna is located in the rear side reception. Any damage caused to the are loaded in the same manner.
window and tailgate window. Be sure backglass antenna due to metallic
that the inside surface of the window is tinting materials will not be covered by If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
not scratched and that the lines on the the vehicle warranty. may be reduced due to CD-R quality,
the method of recording, the quality of

the music that has been recorded, and Caution Do not touch the bottom surface of a
the way the CD-R has been handled. disc while handling it; this could
There may be an increase in skipping, If a label is added to a CD, more than damage the surface. Pick up discs by
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or one CD is inserted into the slot at a grasping the outer edges or the edge of
difficulty in loading and ejecting. If time, or an attempt is made to play the hole and the outer edge.
these problems occur, check the bottom scratched or damaged CDs, the CD
If the bottom surface of a disc is dirty,
surface of the CD. If the surface of the player could be damaged. While using
take a soft lint free cloth, or dampen a
CD is damaged, such as cracked, the CD player, use only CDs in good
condition without any label, load one clean soft cloth in a mild neutral
broken, or scratched, the CD will not detergent solution mixed with water,
play properly. If the surface of the CD is CD at a time, and keep the CD player
and the loading slot free of foreign and clean it. Wipe the disc from the
soiled, the CD will need to be cleaned. center to the outer edge.
materials, liquids, and debris.
If there is no apparent damage, try a CD Playback Mode Selection
known good CD.
If an error appears on the display, see Press the CD/AUX button to play back
Do not add any label to a CD; it could “CD Messages” later in this section. the disc from another mode.
get caught in the CD player. If a CD is
Care of CDs CD Load
recorded on a personal computer and a
description label is needed, try labeling Sound quality can be reduced due to Insert a CD partway into the slot, label
the top of the recorded CD with a disc quality, recording method, quality side up. The player pulls it in and the
marking pen instead. of the music recorded, and how the disc CD should begin playing.
has been handled. Handle discs
CD Eject
carefully and store them in their
original cases or other protective cases Press the EJECT button, then the disc
away from direct sunlight and dust. If will be ejected from the tray from the
the bottom surface of a disc is damaged, radio. Pull the disc out of the tray.
the disc may not play properly or at all.

Pause To cancel this function, press the  It is very hot. When the temperature
Press the CD/AUX button to pause softkey under RPT again. returns to normal, the CD should
playback while a CD is playing back. RDM (Random) play.
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button  You are driving on a very rough
“PAUSE” will flash on the display. road. When the road becomes
and the radio shows additional
Press CD/AUX again to start playing smoother, the CD should play.
functions for disc playback.
the CD.  The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, or
2. Press the softkey under RDM and
If the radio is connected with an AUX tracks play randomly. upside down.
unit, then the pause function is disabled. To cancel this function, press the  The air is very humid. If so, wait
Next/Previous Track softkey under RDM again. about an hour and try again.
INT (Scan)  The format of the CD is not
Press TUNE or TUNE to start
compatible. See “MP3 Format”
playback of the next or previous track. 1. Press the MENU/SOUND button
later in this section.
Fast Forward/Fast Reverse and the radio shows additional
functions for disc playback.  There was a problem while burning
Press and hold TUNE or TUNE the CD.
2. Press the softkey under INT and the
to fast forward or fast reverse the  The label is caught in the CD player.
radio plays back the first few
current track. If the CD is not playing correctly, for
seconds of all tracks sequentially.
RPT (Repeat) To cancel this function, press the any other reason, try a known good CD.
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button softkey under INT again. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an
and the radio shows additional error cannot be corrected, contact your
CD Messages CHEVROLET retailer. If the radio
functions for disc playback. CHECK CD: If this message appears displays an error message, write it down
2. Press the softkey under RPT and the on the display and/or the CD comes out, and provide it to your CHEVROLET
current track is repeated. it could be for one of the following retailer when reporting the problem.
reasons:

MP3
MP3/WMA Format
If you burn your own MP3/WMA disc multiple sessions. It is usually compressed audio files, the directory
on a personal computer: better to burn the disc all at once. will be displayed as ROOT. All files
 Make sure the MP3/WMA files are The player will be able to read and play a contained directly under the root
recorded on a CD-R disc. maximum of 50 folders, five sessions, directory will be accessed prior to any
 Do not mix standard audio and and 999 files. Long file names and folder other directory.
MP3/ WMA files on one disc. names may use more disc memory space Empty Directory or Folder
 Make sure each MP3/WMA file has than necessary. To conserve space on the If a root directory or a folder exists
a .mp3 or .wma extension; other file disc, minimize the length of the file and somewhere in the file structure that
extensions may not work. folder names. You can also play an contains only folders/subfolders and no
MP3/WMA CD that was recorded using compressed files directly beneath them,
 Files can be recorded with a variety
no file folders. The system can support the player will advance to the next
of fixed or variable bit rates. Song
up to eight folders in depth, but keep the folder in the file structure that contains
title, artist name, and album will be
depth of the folders to a minimum in compressed audio files and the empty
available for display by the radio
order to keep down the complexity and folder will not be displayed or num-
when recorded using ID3 tags
confusion in trying to locate a particular bered.
version 1 and 2.
folder during playback. If a CD contains No Folder
 Create a folder structure that makes more than the maximum of 50 folders,
it easy to find songs while driving. When the CD contains only com-
five sessions, and 999 files, the player
Organize songs by albums using pressed files, the files will be located
will let you access and navigate up to the
one folder for each album. Each under the root folder. The next and
maximum, but all items over the
folder or album should contain 18 previous folder functions will have no
maximum will be ignored.
songs or less. function on a CD that was recorded
Root Directory without folders. When displaying the
 Make sure to finalize the disc when
The root directory will be treated as a name of the folder the radio will display
burning an MP3/WMA disc, using
folder. If the root directory has ROOT.

When the CD contains only com- will display the file name without the radio are turned ON, the CD will start
pressed audio files, but no folders, all extension (such as Mp3/WMA) instead. playing where it stopped, if it was the
files will be located under the root Track names longer than 32 characters last selected audio source.
folder. When the radio displays the or four pages will be shortened. The The CD player can play the smaller 8
name of the folder, the radio will display will not show parts of words on cm (3 in) single CDs with an adapter
display ROOT. the last page of text and the extension of ring. Full size CDs and the smaller CDs
Order of Play the file name will not be displayed. are loaded in the same manner.
Tracks will be played in the following Playing an MP3/WMA If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
order: With the ignition ON, insert a CD may be reduced due to CD-R quality,
1. Playback will begin from the first partway into the slot, label side up. The the method of recording, the quality of
track under the root directory. player will pull it in. Loading, then the music that has been recorded, and
2. When all tracks from the root Filecheck, and then MP3 or WMA will the way the CD-R has been handled.
directory have been played, playback appear on the display. The CD should There may be an increase in skipping,
will continue from files, according to begin playing. You cannot insert a CD difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
their numerical listing. with the ACC OFF. difficulty in loading and ejecting. If
3. After playing the last track from the As each new track starts to play, the these problems occur, check the bottom
last folder, the player will begin track number and the song name will surface of the CD. If the surface of the
playing again at the first track of the appear on the display. CD is damaged, such as cracked,
first folder or root directory. If the ignition or radio is turned OFF broken, or scratched, the CD will not
with a CD in the player, it will stay in play properly. If the surface of the CD is
File System and Naming soiled, see “Care of CDs” for more
The song name in the ID3 tag will be the player. When a CD is in the player
and the ignition is turned ON, the radio information.
displayed. If the song name is not If there is no apparent damage, try a
present in the ID3 tag, then the radio must be turned ON before the CD will
start playback. When the ignition and known good CD.

Do not add any label to a CD; it could cases or other protective cases away Press the softkey under “ALL” and it
get caught in the CD player. If a CD is from direct sunlight and dust. If the changes to “DIR.” To cancel DIR
recorded on a personal computer and a bottom surface of a disc is damaged, the mode, press the softkey again.
description label is needed, try labeling disc may not play properly or at all. Do DIR (Directory): Press to repeat the
the top of the recorded CD with a not touch the bottom surface of a disc tracks in the current directory. DIR will
marking pen instead. while handling it; this could damage the appear on the display. Press again to
surface. Pick up discs by grasping the repeat the tracks in all of the directories.
Caution outer edges or the edge of the hole and ALL will appear on the display.
If a label is added to a CD, more than the outer edge.
Press again to turn off repeat play.
one CD is inserted into the slot at a If the bottom surface of a disc is dirty,
time, or an attempt is made to play take a soft lint free cloth, or dampen a SEEK SEEK (Next Folder /
scratched or damaged CDs, the CD Previous) (in MP3/WMA mode):
clean soft cloth in a mild neutral
player could be damaged. While using detergent solution mixed with water, Press SEEK SEEK to change the
the CD player, use only CDs in good and clean it. Wipe the disc from the folder. If the CD-R does not have a
condition without any label, load one center to the outer edge. folder, ROOT will flash on the display
CD at a time, and keep the CD player for a short time.
All of the CD functions work the same
and the loading slot free of foreign while playing an MP3/WMA, except TUNE TUNE (Next Track/
materials, liquids, and debris. for those listed here. See CD Player on Previous): Press TUNE to go to the
page 6-6 for more information. start of the current track or press A
Care of CDs TUNE to go to the next track. The track
All/Directory Mode
Sound quality can be reduced due to number will appear on the display. The
disc quality, recording method, quality Repeat, intro scan, random function player will continue moving backward
of the music recorded, and how the disc operates in the current folder when All or forward through the CD with each
has been handled. Handle discs mode is active. press of the TUNE TUNE.
carefully and store them in their original

PHONE
AUXILIARY DEVICES BLUETOOTH
TP/INFO (Information): Press to dis- The radio has one auxiliary input jack General Information
play additional text information related to (diameter 3.5 mm) located on the lower Vehicles with Bluetooth® provide the
the current MP3/WMA song. There is a right side of the faceplate. This is not an possibility of holding conversations via
choice of additional information such as audio output; do not plug the head- a vehicle microphone and the vehicle
Song Title, Album Title, and Artist. Bit phone set into the front auxiliary input loudspeakers, as well as operating the
rate may also appear on display. jack. You can, however, connect an most important functions via the
When information is not available, No external audio device such as an iPod, infotainment system.
info will appear on the display. laptop computer, MP3 player, or CD
changer to the auxiliary input jack for Not all mobile phone functions are
Press this button for longer than two use as another source for audio supported by every mobile phone. The
seconds to change display mode. listening. phone functions available depend on
Press to display the ID3 tag information the relevant mobile phone and network
AUX In Mode Selection provider. For further information, see
of the current files.
Press the CD/AUX button in the other the cell phone manufatrurer's user
playback mode. guide or contact your network provider.
®
If the auxiliary jack doesn’t detect the Bluetooth
presence of an output jack, the aux For security reasons, at least a four-digit
mode will be prevented from coming and randomly selected Personal Identi-
up. fication Number (PIN) code should be
used to pair devices.
Operation
Bluetooth can be operated via a steering
wheel remote control system or a
multifunction knob on the radio.

As soon as the mobile telephone has Telephone Connection Creating a Connection

been switched on and the mobile A connection can be created between a 1. Press .
telephone is logged in, the start page mobile telephone and the infotainment 2. Press the softkey button below
appears on the display. system via a Bluetooth® connection as PAIRING.
Steering Wheel Controls long as your mobile telephone and the 3. Search and select the device name
(Mute/Power): Press to turn on mobile telephone portal support this “CAR AUDIO” on the phone.
the system. Press to mute audio while function.
The name of the device will display for
the radio is on. Press and hold to turn off For information on the Bluetooth three seconds. “Mode Selection” will
radio. function for your mobile telephone, see display. When device is connected,
(Push to Talk / Bluetooth / the operating instructions for the “BT” will now display. Once a device is
End Call): Press once to answer or mobile telephone. paired, the radio will use an auto
make a call. Press to access the Bluetooth® Connection connection feature and try to connect to
Bluetooth menu. Press twice to dial a The Bluetooth function on the mobile the last device paired when turned on.
call. Press and hold to cancel, decline, telephone must be activated. See the Making a Call
or hang up a call. operating instructions for the mobile To dial the last number called using the
SEEK: Press to go to the next preset telephone. Bluetooth system:
radio station. Press and hold to search Bluetooth is a radio standard for wireless 1. Press .
for the next station. connection of a mobile telephone to 2. Press the softkey below CALL.
MODE: Press to toggle through radio other equipment. Information such as the
modes as follows: FM AM CD AUX phonebook, call list, network operator, 3. To redial the last call placed, press
and field intensity can be transmitted. the softkey below LAST CALL.
FM.
Depending on the type of equipment, the The radio will display “Dialing.”
: Press to increase volume. functions may be restricted.
: Press to decrease volume.

To dial a call using the Bluetooth for three seconds. The phone number
system: will display until the softkey below
1. Press . ANSWER or DECLINE is pressed.
2. Press the softkey below CALL.  To answer an incoming call, press
the softkey below ANSWER.
3. To place a new call, dial the phone
number or search the mobile phone  To decline an incoming call, press
address book. The radio will the softkey below DECLINE.
display “Dialing.” Bluetooth Music Controls
During a Call The infotainment system can connect to
There are three audio options on Bluetooth devices to play music
through the audio system.
the radio display:
To play music through an audio device:
 Press the softkey below MIC
MUTE to mute the phone call. 1. Connect to the Bluetooth device.
See “Creating a Connection” earlier
 Press the softkey below PRIVATE
in this section for help connecting
or to allow the call to be heard
the device.
from the mobile phone and not the
audio system. 2. In the Mode Selection menu, press
the softkey belowAUDIO PLAY.
 Press the softkey below HANG UP
to end the call. 3. Press the softkey below the desired
option to PLAY, PAUSE, TRACK
Incoming Calls
UP, or TRACK DOWN.
When there is an incoming call, the
4. To change folders, press SEEK.
radio will display INCOMING CALL

Climate Controls 7-1
CLIMATE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS

CONTROLS AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
General Description
Full Automatic Temperature Control (FATC) System controls the interior temperature in
Climate Control Systems your vehicle automatically and provides the greatest amount of comfort in the interior
Automatic Climate Control ......7-1 regardless of the weather, outside temperature or season. It will achieve the desired
Automatic Temperature temperature when you select the AUTO mode.
Control .....................................7-2 The desired temperature is controlled by an in-car sensor signal, coolant temperature,
Manual Control ........................7-4 sunlight sensor signal and the ambient temperature sensor signal.
Ionizer ..................................... 7-6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Outside Temperature Display ...7-6
Rear Window and Outside ION
Mirror Defogger .......................7-7 A/C R
Sunlight Sensor ........................7-8

SYNC AUTO
Temperature Sensor .................7-8
Rear Air Conditioning System..7-9
MODE OFF A
Auxiliary Heater ......................7-9
Air Vents
Adjustable Air Vents ...............7-10 8 9 10
Fixed Air Vents........................7-11
Maintenance 1. SYNC (Synchronized 6. Recirculation
Temperatures) /Temperature 7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Air Intake ................................7-11 Control /Temperature Control
Passenger Compartment 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
A/C Filter ...............................7-11
3. Defrost Control)
Air Conditioning Regular
4. Fan Control 9. OFF
Operation ................................7-13
5. Rear Window Defogger 10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)

7-2 Climate Controls
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

AUTO Button
When you operate your FATC in AUTO

mode, the only thing you have to do is
just set the desired temperature to your
preference.
DUAL ZONE 11
5
12
AUTO
ION
AUTO
When the AUTO button is pressed, the

interior temperature will be controlled
1. Passenger Side Set Temperature 7. Outside Air Mode Indicator automatically to reach the desired
2. Deforster Indicator 8. Recirculation Mode Indicator preset temperature. The system will
control air distribution mode, fan
3. Air Distribution Mode Indicator 9. Fan Operation Indicator speed, air conditioning and recircul-
4. Air Conditioning Indicator 10. Fan Speed Indicator ation functions automatically.
5. Outside Temperature 11. Dual Zone AUTO mode indicator will appear in
6. Auto Mode Indicator 12. Driver Side Set Temperature the DIC (Driver Information Centre)
located in the centre of the instrument
panel.

To Set the Desired Temperature OFF Button
Note
When desired temperature is set at
ION
either "HI" (maximum) or “LO” OFF
(minimum), the fan operates continu-
SYNC AUTO ously at highest speed even after the ION
interior temperature reaches the preset

temperature.
OFF
Dual Zone
The temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the
Rotate the temperature control knobs passenger. To turn off the entire system, press the
until the desired temperature is OFF button.
displayed. Adjust the SYNC dial to increase or
decrease the temperature for the
Clockwise : The desired temperature passenger.
will increase by 0.5ºC (1ºF).
Dual Zone display on the DIC can be
Counterclockwise : The desired tempera- switched on by pressing the SYNC
ture will decrease by 0.5ºC (1ºF). button each time.
You can set the desired temperature at Press the SYNC button during the Dual
your preference between 18ºC and Zone mode to link all climate settings to
28ºC. the driver setting.
Dual Zone display can also be switched
on by turning the SYNC dial.

MANUAL CONTROL
A/C Button Air Distribution Mode Change
Front
This setting directs air through centre
A/C MODE and side vents.
Bi-level
ION ION
A/C
Directs air in two ways. Half of the air
through the floor vents and the
MODE
remaining through the centre and side
vents.
Floor
Directs most of the air through the floor
Turns the air conditioning on or off. If the MODE button is pressed, AUTO vents. Some of the air will also be
AUTO mode is cancelled and indicator mode is cancelled and the air distribu- directed to the windshield defroster
will go off when this button is pressed. tion mode will be changed in the vents, side vents, and rear vents. Keep
The A/C indicator ( ) will illuminate following sequence. the area under front seat clear in order
when the air conditioning is on. FRONT( ) BI-LEVEL( ) not to block the airflow to the rear
Press the A/C button again to turn the FLOOR( ) FLOOR/DEFROST( ) compartment.
A/C off, or press the OFF button to turn Floor/Defrost
the entire system off. This mode directs most of the air
through windshield defroster vents,
front door window defroster vents and
the floor vents. A small amount of air is
also directed to the side vents.

Recirculation Mode Button AQS
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to

increase or decrease the fan speed.
A
AUTO mode is cancelled when the fan
control knob is turned. Press AUTO to
ION
return to automatic operation. ION
Defrosting
A
Selects either outside air or recirculated AQS (Air Quality Sensor) automatically
inside air. ION
draws outside air into the passenger
compartment or converts air mode into
Fan Speed Control Knob recirculation mode to cut off the exhaust
gas from the outside and prevent
contaminating air within the passenger
compartment.
Press the DEFROST button ( ) to Press the AQS button to activate AQS
defrost the windshield. The outside air mode. The indicator light on the button
ION
mode is automatically turned on. will come on.
Adjust the fan speed using fan speed
control knob.
This mode can be cancelled by pressing
the defrost button again, air distribution
mode knob or AUTO button.

IONIZER OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE

DISPLAY
To turn off the AQS mode, press the

button again. The indicator light will go
off to confirm the AQS is not activated. ION
Your windows may fog if you use the
AQS mode for extended periods. If this ION
happens, turn off the AQS mode and

turn to the outside air mode.
The ionizer system releases the ion. The outside temperature is always
It provides antibacterial effect to displayed in the DIC.
climate control and vehicle interior. The temperature sensor is located in the
When the ignition is switched on, the front bumper area.
ionizer is activated automatically. Due to its location, the displayed
The ionizer is deactivated when the temperature can be affected by road or
ignition is switched off. engine heat while slow driving or
idling.

REAR WINDOW AND OUT-

SIDE MIRROR DEFOGGER
Temperature Unit Change
To change the temperature unit, do the For vehicles with a rear window and Caution
followings: outside mirror defogger, they only work
when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Do not use anything sharp on the
1. Press SET button on the driver
inside of the rear window. If you do,
information centre for more than 2
you could cut or damage the warming
seconds. The temperature unit will
grid, and the repairs would not be
blink.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do
2. Press the or button to change ION
not attach a temporary vehicle license,
R
the temperature unit (°C to °F). A/C
tape, a decal, or anything similar to the

SYNC AUTO
3. Press the SET button again for more defogger grid.

than 2 seconds to confirm the MODE OFF A
change.
R (Rear Window Defogger): Press

to turn the rear window and outside
mirror defogger on or off. An indicator
light on the button comes on to show
that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger turns off
automatically within 15 minutes. It
can also be turned off by pressing
R again.

SUNLIGHT SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Caution
Do not place stickers over the
ION
R
temperature sensor as this will impair
A/C
its function.
SYNC AUTO
MODE OFF A
The sunlight sensor located on top of The temperature sensors are located on
the instrument panel near the wind- the climate control faceplate on the
shield monitors the solar heat. either side of fan control knob.
This sensor detects sunlight when The climate control system uses the
operating in AUTO mode. sensor information to adjust the tempe-
rature, fan speed, recirculation, and air
Caution distribution mode for best comfort.
Do not place stickers or other items Do not cover the sensors or the auto-
over the sensor. Doing so could cause matic climate control system will not
the sensor to malfunction. work properly.

REAR AIR CONDITIONING AUXILIARY HEATER

SYSTEM
3rd Row Air Conditioning
This supplementary heater is an

electrical air heating type and installed
in the air conditioner module. This
device improves the heating effect by
1 2
increasing the temperature of flowing
0
3
air into the passenger compartment.
To turn on the 3rd row air conditioning (Fan Control): Set the fan speed to
control system, press the 3rd row air the desired speed with the 3rd row fan
conditioning ON/OFF button located speed switch.
on the centre of the instrument panel. You can also control the direction of
Indicator light on the ON/OFF button airflow through adjustable vents.
will illuminate. To turn off the 3rd row air conditioning
control system, press the 3rd row air
conditioning ON/OFF button once more
on the centre of the instrument panel
(indicator light on the ON/OFF button is
not illuminated) or set the fan speed to
the "0" position with the 3rd row fan
speed switch.

AIR VENTS
ADJUSTABLE AIR VENTS
Side Vents Centre Vents
Move the sliding knob on the air outlets

up and down or left and right to direct
the airflow. Use the thumbwheels near
the air outlets to open or close off the
airflow.
Operation Tips
 Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves
from air inlets at the base of the
windshield that could block the
flow of air into the vehicle.
 Keep the path under the front seats You can direct air through both You can control the direction of airflow
clear of objects to help circulate the adjustable side vents towards either side through both adjustable centre vents.
air inside the vehicle more effectively. of the front passenger area, or towards
 Use of non approved hood deflectors the side windows.
can adversely affect the performance
of the system. Check with your
CHEVROLET retailer before adding
equipment to the outside of the
vehicle.
 Do not insert any objects in the
outlets, as failure of the mechanism
may occur.

MAINTENANCE
FIXED AIR VENTS AIR INTAKE
To Shut Off the Centre Vents and the Windshield Defroster Vents The air intake in front of the windshield
Side Vents The windshield defroster vents direct in the engine compartment must be kept
Turn the wheel below or next to each air onto the windshield. clear to allow air intake.
vent outlet to block the airflow through Floor Vents Remove any leaves, dirt or snow.
the vents.
The floor vents direct air into the front PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Warning foot area.
A/C FILTER
Front Door Window Defroster Vents
Do not attach any objects to the slats The filter removes dust, pollen, and
of the air vents. Risk of damage and The front door window defroster vents other airborne irritants from outside air
injury in case of an accident. direct air onto the side windows, mainly that is pulled into the vehicle.
in the area near the outside mirror.
The filter should be replaced as part of
Rear Vents routine scheduled maintenance. See the
Cooled or heated air travels to the rear Maintenance Schedule for replacement
foot area through ducts underneath the intervals.
front seats. The passenger compartment A/C filter
can be accessed by removing the entire
glove box.

1. Remove the six screws from around 4. Remove the A/C filter cover screw. 5. Replace the air conditioner filter.
the glove box. See your CHEVROLET retailer if
2. Lower the loosened glove box Caution additional assistance is needed.
housing.
Your hands could be hurt by sharp
3. Remove the glove box. materials around the filter housing. Note
Be sure to wear protective gloves When inserting new filter, make sure
when replacing air conditioner filter. they are inserted to the correct airflow.
Note
We recommend that you consult
CHEVROLET retailer to replace the
filter.

AIR CONDITIONING
REGULAR OPERATION
Caution In order to ensure continuously efficient Warning

performance, cooling must be operated
More frequent maintenance of the A/C for a few minutes once a month, Climate control systems are serviced
filter is required if the driving irrespective of the weather and time of by qualified personnel only. Improper
circumstances are dusty roads, air year. Operation with cooling is not service methods may cause personal
pollution areas, and frequent unpaved possible when outside temperature is injury.
roads. low.
It makes the filter efficiency to be Service
decreased.
For optimal cooling performance, it is
recommended to annually check the
climate control system.
 Functionality and pressure test
 Heating functionality
 Leakage check
 Check of drive belts
 Cleaning of condenser
 Evaporator drainage
 Performance check
Caution
Use only correct refrigerant.


Driving and Operating 8-1
DRIVING AND
OPERATING
Driving Information Shifting into Park .................. 8-15 Brake Assist* ......................... 8-31
Driving for Better Fuel Shifting out of Park ............... 8-16 Ride Control Systems
Economy ................................. 8-2 Parking .................................. 8-17 Electronic Stability
Distracted Driving ................... 8-2 Parking over Things Control (ESC)* ..................... 8-31
Defensive Driving ................... 8-3 That Burn .............................. 8-17 Descent Control
Control of a Vehicle ................ 8-3 Engine Exhaust System (DCS)* ..................... 8-33
Braking .................................... 8-3 Engine Exhaust ..................... 8-18 Automatic Level Control* .... 8-34
Steering ................................... 8-3 Running the Vehicle While Cruise Control
Off-Road Recovery ................. 8-4 Parked ................................... 8-19 Cruise Control ....................... 8-34
Loss of Control ....................... 8-4 Automatic Transmission Object Detection Systems
Driving on Wet Roads ............. 8-5 Automatic Transmission ....... 8-20 Ultrasonic Parking Assist (Rear
Highway Hypnosis .................. 8-6 Manual Mode ........................ 8-22 Parking Assist System) ........ 8-37
Hill and Mountain Roads ........ 8-6 Fuel Economy Mode* ........... 8-24 Fuel
Winter Driving ........................ 8-7 Manual Transmission Fuel ....................................... 8-38
If the Vehicle Is Stuck ............. 8-8 Manual Transmission ............ 8-25 Fuel for Diesel Engines ........ 8-38
Vehicle Load Limits ................ 8-9 Drive Systems Water in Fuel ......................... 8-39
Starting and Operating All-Wheel Drive ................... 8-26 Running Out of Fuel ............. 8-39
New Vehicle Break-In ........... 8-11 Brakes Filling the Tank ..................... 8-40
Ignition Positions .................. 8-11 Brakes ................................... 8-26 Filling a Portable Fuel
Starting the Diesel Engine .... 8-13 Antilock Brake System Container ............................... 8-41
Retained Accessory (ABS) .................................... 8-28
Power (RAP) ......................... 8-14 Parking Brake ....................... 8-29

8-2 Driving and Operating
DRIVING INFORMATION
DRIVING FOR BETTER DISTRACTED DRIVING
FUEL ECONOMY
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Distraction comes in many forms and and adjusting climate control and seat
Here are some driving tips to get the can take your focus from the task of settings.
best fuel economy possible. driving. Exercise good judgment and  Wait until the vehicle is parked to
 Avoid fast starts and accelerate do not let other activities divert your retrieve items that have fallen to the
smoothly. attention away from the road. Many floor.
local governments have enacted laws  Stop or park the vehicle to attend to
 Brake gradually and avoid abrupt
regarding driver distraction. Become children.
stops.
familiar with the local laws in your
 Avoid idling the engine for long area.  Keep pets in an appropriate carrier
period of time. or restraint.
To avoid distracted driving, always
 When road and weather conditions keep your eyes on the road, hands on the  Avoid stressful conversations while
are appropriate, use cruise control. wheel, and mind on the drive. driving, whether with a passenger
 Always follow posted speed limits or
or on a cell phone.
 Do not use a phone in demanding
drive more slowly when conditions driving situations. Use a hands-free Warning
require. method to place or receive necessary
 Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. phone calls. Taking your eyes off the road too
 Watch the road. Do not read, take
long or too often could cause a crash
 Combine several trips into a single
notes, or look up information on resulting in injury or death. Focus
trip.
phones or other electronic devices. your attention on driving.
 Replace the vehicle's tires with the
same TPC Spec number molded  Designate a front seat passenger to
Refer to the Infotainment section for
into the tire's sidewall near the size. handle potential distractions.
more information on using that system,
 Follow recommended scheduled  Become familiar with vehicle including pairing and using a cell
maintenance. features before driving, such as phone.
programming favorite radio stations

DEFENSIVE DRIVING BRAKING STEERING
Defensive driving means “always Braking action involves perception Hydraulic Power Steering
expect the unexpected.” The first step in time and reaction time. Deciding to Your vehicle has hydraulic power
driving defensively is to wear the safety push the brake pedal is perception time. steering. It may require maintenance.
belt. See Safety Belts on page 2-14. Actually doing it is reaction time. See Power Steering Fluid on page 9-20.
 Assume that other road users Average driver reaction time is about If power steering assist is lost because
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other three-quarters of a second. In that time, the engine stops or a system malfunc-
drivers) are going to be careless and a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) tion, the vehicle can be steered but may
make mistakes. Anticipate what travels 20m (66 ft), which could be a lot require increased effort. See your
they might do and be ready. of distance in an emergency. CHEVROLET retailer if there is a
 Allow enough following distance
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind problem.
between you and the driver in front include: Curve Tips
of you.  Keep enough distance between you
 Take curves at a reasonable speed.
and the vehicle in front of you.
 Focus on the task of driving.  Reduce speed before entering a curve.
 Avoid needless heavy braking.
 Keep pace with traffic.  Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve.
If the engine ever stops while the
CONTROL OF A VEHICLE vehicle is being driven, brake normally  Wait until the vehicle is out of the
but do not pump the brakes. Doing so curve before accelerating gently
Braking, steering, and accelerating are
could make the pedal harder to push into the straightaway.
important factors in helping to control a
vehicle while driving. down. If the engine stops, there will be Steering in Emergencies
some power brake assist but it will be
 There are some situations when
used when the brake is applied. Once
the power assist is used up, it can take steering around a problem may be
longer to stop and the brake pedal will more effective than braking.
be harder to push.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY LOSS OF CONTROL
 Holding both sides of the steering Skidding

wheel allows you to turn 180 There are three types of skids that
degrees without removing a hand. correspond to the vehicle's three control
 The Antilock Brake System (ABS) systems:
allows steering while braking.  Braking Skid - wheels are not rolling.
 Steering or Cornering Skid - too
Caution much speed or steering in a curve
If the steering wheel is turned until it causes tires to slip and lose cornering
reached the end of its travel, and is force.
held in that position for more than 10  Acceleration Skid - too much throttle
seconds, damage may occur to the The vehicle's left wheels can drop off causes the driving wheels to spin.
power steering system and there may the edge of a road onto the shoulder Defensive drivers avoid most skids by
be loss of power steering assist. while driving. Follow these tips: taking reasonable care suited to existing
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if conditions, and by not overdriving
there is nothing in the way, steer the those conditions. But skids are always
vehicle so that it straddles the edge possible.
of the pavement. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
2. Turn the steering wheel about one- these suggestions:
eighth of a turn, until the left front  Ease your foot off the accelerator
tire contacts the pavement edge. pedal and quickly steer the way you
3. Then turn the steering wheel to go want the vehicle to go. The vehicle
straight down the roadway. may straighten out. Be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.

DRIVING ON WET ROADS

Hydroplaning
 Slow down and adjust your driving Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can
according to weather conditions. traction and affect your ability to stop build up under the vehicle's tires so they
Stopping distance can be longer and and accelerate. Always drive slower in actually ride on the water. This can
vehicle control can be affected these types of driving conditions and happen if the road is wet enough and
when traction is reduced by water, avoid driving through large puddles and you are going fast enough. When the
snow, ice, gravel, or other material deep standing or flowing water. vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or
on the road. Learn to recognize no contact with the road.
warning clues - such as enough Warning
There is no hard and fast rule about
water, ice, or packed snow on the Wet brakes can cause crashes. They hydroplaning. The best advice is to
road to make a mirrored surface- might not work as well in a quick slow down when the road is wet.
and slow down when you have any stop and could cause pulling to one Other Rainy Weather Tips
doubt. side. You could lose control of the
Besides slowing down, other wet
 Try to avoid sudden steering, vehicle.
weather driving tips include:
acceleration, or braking, including After driving through a large puddle
 Allow extra following distance.
reducing vehicle speed by shifting of water or a car/vehicle wash,
to a lower gear. Any sudden lightly apply the brake pedal until the  Pass with caution.
changes could cause the tires to brakes work normally.  Keep windshield wiping equipment
slide. Flowing or rushing water creates in good shape.
Remember: Antilock brakes help strong forces. Driving through  Keep the windshield washer fluid
avoid only the braking skid. flowing water could cause the reservoir filled.
vehicle to be carried away. If this  Have good tires with proper tread
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not depth. See Tires on page 9-44.
ignore police warnings and be very  Turn off cruise control.
cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

HIGHWAY HYPNOSIS HILL AND MOUNTAIN

ROADS
Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through Caution
your surroundings while driving. If you mountains is different than driving on
become tired or sleepy, find a safe place flat or rolling terrain. Tips for driving in It is recommended to drive both
to park the vehicle and rest. these conditions include: Automatic and Manual Transmission
vehicles up to the altitude of 4000
Other driving tips include:  Keep the vehicle serviced and in meters maximum. Contact your
 Keep the vehicle well ventilated. good shape. CHEVROLET retailer for more
 Keep the interior temperature cool.  Check all fluid levels and brakes, information.
tires, cooling system, and trans-
 Keep your eyes moving - scan the
mission. Warning
road ahead and to the sides.
 Shift to a lower gear when going
 Check the rearview mirror and Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or
down steep or long hills. with the ignition off is dangerous.
vehicle instruments often.
 Stay in your own lane. Do not swing The brakes will have to do all the
wide or cut across the center of the work of slowing down and they
road. Drive at speeds that let you could get so hot that they would not
stay in your own lane. work well. You would then have
poor braking and you could crash.
 Be alert on top of hills; something Always have the engine running and
could be in your lane (stalled car, the vehicle in gear when going
accident). downhill.
 Pay attention to special road signs If you do not shift down, the brakes
(falling rocks area, winding roads, could get so hot that they would not
long grades, passing or no-passing work well. You would then have
zones) and take appropriate action. poor braking and you could crash.
Shift down to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

WINTER DRIVING
Driving on Snow or Ice apply the brakes sooner than when on Warning
Drive carefully when there is snow or dry pavement.
ice between the tires and the road, Allow greater following distance on Snow can trap engine exhaust under
creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for the vehicle. This may cause exhaust
slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on gases to get inside. Engine exhaust
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°F) contains carbon monoxide (CO)
when freezing rain begins to fall, otherwise clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an overpass which cannot be seen or smelled. It
resulting in even less traction. Avoid can cause unconsciousness and even
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain can remain icy when the surrounding
roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering death.
until roads can be treated with salt or
sand. maneuvers and braking while on ice. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
Turn off cruise control on slippery  Clear away snow from around the
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so traction surfaces. base of your vehicle, especially
is not lost. Accelerating too quickly Blizzard Conditions any that is blocking the exhaust
causes the wheels to spin and makes the pipe.
Being stuck in snow can be a serious
surface under the tires slick, so there is  Check again from time to time to
situation. Stay with the vehicle unless
even less traction. there is help nearby. To get help and be sure snow does not collect
Try not to break the fragile traction. If keep everyone in the vehicle safe: there.
you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels  Open a window about 5 cm (2 in)
 Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
will spin and polish the surface under on the side of the vehicle that is
 Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. away from the wind to bring in
the tires even more.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) on  Use warning triangle. fresh air.
page 8-28 improves vehicle stability (Continued)
during hard stops on slippery roads, but

IF THE VEHICLE IS
STUCK
Warning (Continued) Run the engine for short periods only as Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels
needed to keep warm, but be careful. to free the vehicle when stuck in sand,
 Fully open the air outlets on or mud, ice, or snow.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
under the instrument panel. short periods as needed to warm the If stuck too severely for the traction
 Adjust the climate control system vehicle and then shut the engine off and system to free the vehicle, turn the
to a setting that circulates the air close the window most of the way to traction system off and use the rocking
inside the vehicle and set the fan save heat. Repeat this until help arrives method.
speed to the highest setting. but only when you feel really uncom-
fortable from the cold. Moving about to Warning
For more information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust on keep warm also helps. If the vehicle's tires spin at high
page 8-18. If it takes some time for help to arrive, speed, they can explode, and you or
now and then when you run the engine, others could be injured. The vehicle
push the accelerator pedal slightly so can overheat, causing an engine
the engine runs faster than the idle compartment fire or other damage.
speed. This keeps the battery charged to Spin the wheels as little as possible
restart the vehicle and to signal for help and avoid going above 56 km/h (35
with the headlamps. Do this as little as mph).
possible to save fuel.
For information about using tire chains
on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page
9-52.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMITS

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out Tire Information Label
Turn the steering wheel left and right to It is very important to know how much
clear the area around the front wheels. weight the vehicle can carry. This
Turn off any traction system. Shift back weight is called the vehicle capacity
and forth between R (Reverse) and a weight and includes the weight of all
forward gear, or with a manual occupants, cargo and all nonfactory -
transmission, between 1 (First) or 2 installed options. Two labels on the
(Second) and R (Reverse), spinning the vehicle show how much weight it may
wheels as little as possible. To prevent properly carry, the Tire Information
transmission wear, wait until the wheels label and the Certification label.
stop spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while Warning
shifting, and press lightly on the A vehicle specific Tire Information
accelerator pedal when the transmis- Do not load the vehicle any heavier label is attached to the vehicle’s center
sion is in gear. Slowly spinning the than the Gross Vehicle Weight pillar (B-pillar). With the driver’s door
wheels in the forward and reverse Rating (GVWR), or either the open, you will find the label attached
directions causes a rocking motion that maximum front or rear Gross Axle near the door lock post.
could free the vehicle. If that does not Weight Rating (GAWR). This can The Tire Information label shows the
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it cause systems to break and change tire size of the original equipment tires
might need to be towed out. If the the way the vehicle handles. This and the recommended cold tire inflation
vehicle does need to be towed out, see could cause loss of control and a pressures. For more informaion on tires
Towing the Vehicle on page 9-64. crash. Overloading can also shorten and inflation, see Tires on page 9-44 and
the life of the vehicle. Tire Pressure on page 9-46.

Certification Label
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy load, it Warning

should be spread out.
Things inside the vehicle can strike
and injure people in a sudden stop or
Note turn, or in a crash.
Identification plate / label includes the  Put things in the cargo area of the
Certification label information as well. vehicle. In the cargo area, put
them as far forward as possible.
Warning Try to spread the weight evenly.
 Never stack heavier things, like
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
suitcases, inside the vehicle so
than the Gross Vehicle Weight
that some of them are above the
A vehicle specific Certification label is Rating (GVWR), or either the tops of the seats.
attached to the lower area of the center maximum front or rear Gross Axle  Do not leave an unsecured child
pillar (B-Pillar) on the passenger side of Weight Rating (GAWR). This can restraint in the vehicle.
the vehicle. The label tells you the Gross cause systems to break and change  Secure loose items in the vehicle.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the the way the vehicle handles. This  Do not leave a seat folded down
front and rear axles. The GVWR could cause loss of control and a unless needed.
includes the weight of the vehicle, all crash. Overloading can also shorten
occupants, fuel, and cargo. See Technical the life of the vehicle.
Data - Vehicle Specifications on page no
11-3. Never exceed the GVWR for the
vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.

STARTING AND
OPERATING
NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN IGNITION POSITIONS
Use the following precautions for the LOCK (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
first few hundred kilometers to improve LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is
the performance and economy of your stopped, turn the ignition switch to
vehicle and add to its long life : LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
 Avoid full-throttle starts. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will
remain active. See Retained Accessory
 Do not race the engine.
Power (RAP) on page 8-14.
 Avoid hard stops except in emergen-
This is the only position from which
cies. This will allow your brakes to you can remove the key. This locks the
bed in properly. steering wheel, ignition, and automatic
 Avoid quick starts, sudden accelerat- transmission. Push in the ignition
ions, and prolonged highspeed The ignition switch has four different switch as you turn the key towards you.
driving in order to avoid damage to positions. Do not turn the engine off when the
the engine and conserve fuel. Avoid vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss
full-throttle acceleration in low gear. Caution
of power assist in the brake and steering
 Do not tow any other vehicle. Using a tool to force the key to turn in systems and disable the airbags.
the ignition could cause damage to the
switch or break the key. Use the If the vehicle must be shut off in an
correct key, make sure it is all the way emergency:
in, and turn it only with your hand. If 1. Brake using a firm and steady
the key cannot be turned by hand, see pressure. Do not pump the brakes
your CHEVROLET retailer. repeatedly. This may deplete power
assist, requiring increased brake
pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This can The ignition switch can bind in the to ON/RUN and apply the brake pedal.
be done while the vehicle is LOCK/OFF position with your wheels The battery could be drained if you
moving. After shifting to neutral, turned off center. If this happens, move leave the key in the ACC/ ACCES-
firmly apply the brakes and steer the steering wheel from right to left while SORY or ON/RUN position with the
the vehicle to a safe location. turning the key to ACC/ ACCESSORY. engine off. You may not be able to start
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift to P If this doesn't work, then the vehicle the vehicle if the battery is allowed to
(Park) with an automatic transmis- needs service. drain for an extended period of time.
sion, or Neutral with a manual ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This START: This position starts the engine.
transmission. Turn the ignition to position provides power to some of the When the engine starts, release the key.
LOCK/OFF. electrical accessories. It unlocks the The ignition switch will return to
4. Set the parking brake. See Parking steering wheel and ignition. To move ON/RUN for normal driving.
Brake on page 8-29. the key from ACC/ ACCESSORY to
LOCK/OFF, push in the key and then
Warning turn it to LOCK/OFF.
ON (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
Turning off the vehicle while
stays in this position when the engine is
moving may cause loss of power
running. This position can be used to
assist in the brake and steering
operate the electrical accessories. This
systems and disable the airbags.
position can also be used for service and
While driving, only shut the vehicle
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
off in an emergency.
operation of the malfunction indicator
lamp as may be required for emission
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
inspection purposes.
must be shut off while driving, turn the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. To shift out of P (Park), turn the ignition

STARTING THE DIESEL

ENGINE
Automatic Transmission Starting the Diesel Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. 3. If the engine does not start after 15
(Neutral). The engine will not start in Observe the wait to start light. See seconds of cranking, turn the
any other position. To restart the vehicle Wait-to-Start Light on page 4-25. ignition switch to LOCK/OFF.
when it is already moving, use N This light may not come on if the Wait one minute for the starter to
(Neutral) only. engine is warm. cool, then try the same steps again.
2. As soon as the wait to start light If you are trying to start the engine after
Caution goes off, immediately turn the you have run out of fuel, follow the
Shifting into P (Park) with the vehicle ignition key to START. When the steps in Running Out of Fuel on page
moving could damage the transmis- engine starts, release the key. The 8-39.
sion. Shift into P (Park) only when the engine has a fast warm-up glow When the engine is cold, let it run for a
vehicle is stopped. plug system. The wait to start light few minutes before you move the
will illuminate for a much shorter vehicle. This lets oil pressure build up.
Manual Transmission time than most diesel engines, due The engine will sound louder when it's
to the rapid heating of the glow plug cold.
The shift lever should be in N (Neutral)
system.
and the parking brake engaged. Hold
the clutch pedal to the floor and start the Caution
Caution
engine. The vehicle will not start if the If you are not in an idling vehicle and
clutch pedal is not all the way down. If the wait to start light stays on after the engine overheats, you would not
To restart the engine when the vehicle is starting the vehicle, the vehicle may be there to see the overheated engine
already moving, use N (Neutral) only. not run properly. Have the vehicle indication. This could damage the
serviced right away. vehicle. Do not let the engine run
when you are not in the vehicle.

RETAINED ACCESSORY
POWER (RAP)
If the Diesel Engine will not Start
If you have run out of fuel, look at Be sure you have the right oil for the These vehicle accessories may be used
Running Out of Fuel on page 8-39. See engine, and that you have changed the for up to 10 minutes after the ignition
Fuel for Diesel Engines on page 8-38. oil at the proper times. If you use the key is turned to the LOCK/OFF
If the vehicle is not out of fuel, and the wrong oil, the engine may be harder to position:
engine will not start, do this: start.  Outside Mirror
Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN. Be sure you are using the proper fuel for  Power Windows
Immediately after the wait-to-start light existing weather conditions.
 Sunroof (if equipped)
goes off, turn the ignition key to See Fuel for Diesel Engines on page
 Radio
START. 8-38.
If the light does not go off, wait a few If the engine starts, runs a short time, The outside mirror, power windows,
seconds, then try starting the engine then stops, the vehicle needs service. radio and sunroof will function until a
again. See your CHEVROLET retailer door is opened.
as soon as you can for a starting system If no door is opened after the ignition key
Warning is turned to the LOCK/OFF position, all
check.
If the light comes on and then goes off Do not use starting aids, such as accessories will be turned off after 10
and you know the battery is charged, ether, in the air intake. They could minutes.
but the engine still will not start, the damage the engine, which may not
vehicle needs service. be covered by the warranty. There
If the light does not come on when the could also be a fire, which could
engine is cold, the vehicle needs cause serious personal injury.
service.
If the battery does not have enough
charge to start the engine, see Battery
on page 9-27.

SHIFTING INTO PARK

Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Torque Lock
Running
Warning Warning Torque lock is when the weight of the
vehicle puts too much force on the
It can be dangerous to get out of the It can be dangerous to leave the parking pawl in the transmission. This
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in vehicle with the engine running. The happens when parking on a hill and
P (Park) with the parking brake vehicle could move suddenly if the shifting the transmission into P (Park) is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with not done properly and then it is difficult
have left the engine running, the the parking brake firmly set. And, if to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
vehicle can move suddenly. You or you leave the vehicle with the engine torque lock, set the parking brake and
others could be injured. To be sure running, it could overheat and even then shift into P (Park). To find out how,
the vehicle will not move, even when catch fire. You or others could be see “Shifting into Park” listed previ-
you are on fairly level ground, use the injured. Do not leave the vehicle ously.
steps that follow. with the engine running. If torque lock does occur, the vehicle
may need to be pushed uphill by
Use this procedure to shift into P (Park): If you have to leave the vehicle with the
another vehicle to relieve the parking
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set engine running, the vehicle must be in P
pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P
the parking brake. See Parking Brake (Park) and the parking brake set.
(Park).
on page 8-29 for more information. Release the button and check that the
2. Hold the button on the shift lever shift lever cannot be moved out of P
and push the lever towards the front (Park).
of the vehicle into P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key.

SHIFTING OUT OF PARK

Shift Lock Manual Release
This vehicle is equipped with an 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
electronic shift lock release system. press the shift lever button again.
The shift lock release is designed to: 3. Move the shift lever to the desired
 Prevent movement of the shift lever position.
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is If the shift lever still cannot be moved
in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is from P (Park), see “Shift Lock Manual
applied. Release.”
The shift lock release is always func-
tional except in the case of an uncharged
or low voltage (less than 9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged battery The vehicle may have a Shift Lock
or a battery with low voltage, try Manual Release system. If you cannot
charging or jump starting the battery. shift out of P (Park) with the ignition in
See Jump Starting on page 9-60. ON/RUN and the brake pedal applied:
To shift out of P (Park): 1. Turn the ignition off and remove the
1. Apply the brake pedal. key.
2. Press the shift lever button. 2. Hold the brake pedal down.
3. Move the shift lever to the desired 3. Remove the mat from the bottom of
position. the storage area in front of the
If still unable to shift out of P (Park): shifter.
1. Fully release the shift lever button.

PARKING PARKING OVER THINGS

THAT BURN
If the vehicle has a manual transmis- Warning

sion, before getting out of the vehicle,
move the shift lever into R (Reverse), Things that can burn could touch hot
and apply the electric parking brake. exhaust parts under the vehicle and
See Parking Brake on page 8-29. Once ignite. Do not park over papers,
the shift lever has been placed into R leaves, dry grass, or other things that
(Reverse) with the clutch pedal pressed can burn.
in, turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
remove the key, and release the clutch.
4. Press and hold the shift lock release

button in the floor of the storage
area.
5. Shift to N (Neutral).
6. Reinstall the mat.
7. Start the engine and shift into the
gear you want.
8. Have the vehicle repaired as soon as
possible.

ENGINE EXHAUST
ENGINE EXHAUST
Catalytic Converter
Warning Warning (Continued) The catalytic converter reduces the

amount of harmful substances in the
Engine exhaust contains carbon  There are holes or openings in the exhaust gas.
monoxide (CO) which cannot be vehicle body from damage or
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can aftermarket modifications that are Caution
cause unconsciousness and even not completely sealed.
death. Use of fuel with low quality or too
If unusual fumes are detected or if it low cetane number may damage the
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: is suspected that exhaust is coming engine, the catalytic converter or
 The vehicle idles in areas with into the vehicle: electronic components.
poor ventilation (parking garages,  Drive it only with the windows Unburnt fuel will overheat and
tunnels, deep snow that may block completely down. damage the catalytic converter.
underbody airflow or tail pipes).  Have the vehicle repaired imme- Therefore avoid excessive use of
 The exhaust smells or sounds diately. starter, running the fuel tank dry and
strange or different. Never park the vehicle with the starting the engine by pushing or
 The exhaust system leaks due to engine running in an enclosed area towing.
corrosion or damage. such as a garage or a building that has
no fresh air ventilation. In the event of misfiring, uneven engine
 The vehicle exhaust system has been
running, a reduction in engine perfor-
modified, damaged or improperly
mance or other unusual problems, have
repaired.
the cause of the fault rectified by a
(Continued) CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
possible. In an emergency, driving can
be continued for a short period, keeping
vehicle speed and engine speed low.

RUNNING THE VEHICLE

WHILE PARKED
Caution It is better not to park with the engine Warning

running. But if you ever have to, here
Don't touch the catalytic converter are some things to know. It can be dangerous to get out of the
during engine operating and it can be vehicle if the automatic transmission
possible to touch the catalytic Warning shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with
converter after cooling down the the parking brake firmly set. The
catalytic converter because the Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area vehicle can roll. Do not leave the
catalytic converter is very hot so the with poor ventilation is dangerous. vehicle when the engine is running
skin (i.e. hand or body) can be Engine exhaust may enter the unless you have to. If you have left
burned. Cooling down condition- vehicle. Engine exhaust contains the engine running, the vehicle can
cool down over two hours under Carbon Monoxide (CO) which move suddenly. You or others could
ambient temperature after engine cannot be seen or smelled. be injured. To be sure the vehicle will
stop. It can cause unconsciousness and not move, even when you are on
even death. Never run the engine in fairly level ground, always set the
an enclosed area that has no fresh air parking brake and move the shift
ventilation. For more information, lever to P (Park).
see Engine Exhaust on page 8-18.
Follow the proper steps to be sure the
vehicle will not move. See Shifting into
Park on page 8-15.

AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Shift Lever
The automatic transmission permits 2. Release the parking brake and the
manual gear shifting (manual mode) or brake pedal.
automatic gear shifting (automatic 3. Slowly press the accelerator pedal
mode). to set the vehicle in motion.
The automatic transmission is an electr-
onically controlled six-speed trans- Transmission Display
mission.
Sixth gear is overdrive.
Starting the Vehicle
1. After warming up the engine,
continue to press the brake pedal The shift lever is located on the console
while shifting the shift lever to between the seats.
either the R, D position. There are several different positions for
the automatic transmission.
Caution
P (Park): This position locks the front
Do not shift between D (Drive) and R wheels. It is the best position to use
(Reverse) or P (Park) while the vehicle when starting the engine because the
is moving. If your vehicle has a DIC in the middle vehicle cannot move easily.
of the cluster, the selected gear or
This will cause damage to your transmi-ssion mode display will be
transmission and personal injury. shown on the bottom of the cluster DIC.

Warning brakes must be applied first and then the N (Neutral): In this position, the
shift lever button pressed before you engine does not connect with the
It is dangerous to get out of the can shift from P (Park) when the wheels. To restart the engine when the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in ignition key is in ON/RUN. If you vehicle is already moving, use N
P (Park) with the parking brake cannot shift out of P (Park), ease (Neutral) only. Also, use N (Neutral)
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. pressure on the shift lever and push the when the vehicle is being towed.
Do not leave the vehicle when the shift lever all the way into P (Park) as
you maintain brake application. Then Warning
engine is running unless you have to.
If you have left the engine running, press the shift lever button and move Shifting into a drive gear while the
the vehicle can move suddenly. You the shift lever into another gear. See engine is running at high speed is
or others could be injured. To be sure Shifting out of Park on page 8-16. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly
the vehicle will not move, even when R (Reverse): Use this gear to back up. on the brake pedal, the vehicle could
you are on fairly level ground, move very rapidly. You could lose
always set the parking brake and Caution control and hit people or objects. Do
move the shift lever to P (Park). See not shift into a drive gear while the
Shifting into Park on page 8-15. Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
engine is running at high speed.
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The repairs
Make sure the shift lever is fully in P would not be covered by the vehicle Caution
(Park) before starting the engine. The warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral)
vehicle has an automatic transmission after the vehicle is stopped. with the engine running at high speed
shift lock control system. The regular may damage the transm-ission. The
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get repairs would not be covered by the
out of snow, ice or sand without vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine
damaging the transmission, see If the is not running at high speed when
Vehicle is Stuck on page 8-8. shifting the vehicle.

MANUAL MODE
MANUAL SHIFT MODE (MSM)
(Automatic Transmission)
Shifting between gear positions
D (Drive): This position is for normal Shifts that require you to push the
driving, and allows the transmission to
P release button are indicated by black
shift into all forward gears. It provides R arrows.
the best fuel economy. N
Downshifting the transmission in D
slippery road conditions could result in
skidding. See“Skidding” under Loss of
Control on page 8-4.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill using Shifting between gear positions is Push the release button to shift.
only the accelerator pedal may as follows: White arrows indicate shifts that do not
damage the transmission. The repair require you to push the release button.
will not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin
the tires. When stopping on a hill, use
the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.
Depress the brake pedal and push

release button to shift.
Shift freely.

Whether your vehicle is stationary or in Note Caution

motion, manual mode is selected by In manual mode, downward shifts are
pulling the shift lever from the "D" In manual mode, the driver must
made automatically when the vehicle execute upward shifts in accordance
position to the left into the manual gate. slows down. When the vehicle stops,
To return to "D" range operation, push with prevailing road conditions, taking
1st gear is automatically selected. care to keep the engine speed below
the shift lever back to the right into the
main gate. To maintain the required levels of vehicle the red zone.
performance and safety, the system may Since sudden engine braking and/or
In manual mode, moving the shift lever not execute certain gearshifts when the
backwards and forwards can make rapid acceleration can cause a loss of
shift lever is operated. traction, however, downshifts must be
rapid gearshifts simple. In contrast to a
manual transaxle, the manual mode Before driving away from a stop on a made carefully in accordance with the
allows gearshifts with the accelerator slippery road, push the shift lever vehicle's speed.
pedal depressed. forward into the + (up) position. This
causes the transaxle to shift into 2nd
Up(+): Push the lever forward once to Engine braking
gear which is better for smooth driving
shift up one gear. away on a slippery road. Pull the shift To help use the braking effect of engine
Down(-): Pull the lever backwards lever to the - (down) to shift back to 1st compression when driving on a long
once to shift down one gear. gear. downhill select manual mode downshift
to a lower gear in a sequential order.
Note
In manual mode, only the five forward
gears can be selected.
To reverse or park the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the "R" or "P" position as
required.

FUEL ECONOMY MODE*

Kickdown
Warning
Do not downshift transmission by
two or more gear positions at a time.
This prevents damage to your
transmission or loss of control and
personal injuries.
Note
Use of engine compression during long
mountainous descents may prolong the
life of your brakes. For faster acceleration press the acce- The vehicle may have a fuel economy
Rocking the vehicle lerator pedal all the way down and hold. mode. When engaged, fuel economy
The transmission shifts to a lower gear mode can improve the vehicle's fuel
Rocking the vehicle is only permissible if depending on the engine speed. economy.
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud or snow.
Move the shift lever between D and R in
a repeat pattern. Fault
eco
Do not race the engine and avoid sudden In the event of a fault, the malfunction Pressing the eco button, the shift lever
acceleration. indicator light illuminates. The trans- will engage fuel economy mode. When
Parking mission no longer shifts autom-atically activated, the eco light in the instrument
nor manually because it is locked in a cluster will come on. See Fuel Economy
After stoping the vehicle with pressing certain gear. Light on page 4-28. Pressing the button
the brake pedal, engage P and apply the a second time will turn fuel economy
parking brake and then remove ignition Have the cause of the fault remedied by
CHEVROLET retailer. mode off.
key.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
When fuel economy mode is on: shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let
 The transmission will upshift up on the clutch pedal as you press the
sooner, and downshift later. accelerator pedal.
 The torque converter will lock-up
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), 6
sooner, and stay on longer. (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth),
5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the same way
 The accelerator pedal will be less you do for 2 (Second). Slowly let up on
sensitive. the clutch pedal as you press the
 The vehicle's computers will more accelerator pedal.
aggressively shut off fuel to the If vehicle speed drops below 32 km/h
engine under deceleration. (20 mph), or if the engine is not running
Do not use fuel economy mode while 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal and smoothly, you should downshift to the
towing. shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let up next lower gear. You may have to
on the clutch pedal as you press the downshift two or more gears to keep the
accelerator pedal. engine running smoothly or for good
You can shift into 1 (First) when you are performance.
going less than 32 km/h (20 mph). If To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal
you have come to a complete stop and it and press the brake pedal. Just before
is hard to shift into 1 (First), put the shift the vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal
lever in N (Neutral) and let up on the and the brake pedal, and shift to N
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back (Neutral).
down. Then shift into 1 (First). N (Neutral): Use this position when
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal as you start or idle the engine.
you let up on the accelerator pedal and R (Reverse): To back up, press down on

DRIVE SYSTEMS BRAKES

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE BRAKES
the clutch pedal and press the button on If your vehicle has active on demand The braking system is designed for
the back of the shift knob while moving all-wheel drive (AWD), the AWD braking performance under a wide
the shift lever into the R (Reverse) system operates automatically without range of driving conditions.
position. Let up on the clutch pedal any action required by the driver. If the Your vehicle is equipped with front and
slowly while pressing the accelerator front drive wheels begin to slip, the rear rear disc brakes and a dual circuit
pedal. wheels will automatically begin to braking system.
drive the vehicle as required. There may
Caution be a slight engagement noise during If one brake circuit should fail, the
hard use but this is normal. vehicle can still be stopped with the
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the remaining circuit, however, stopping
vehicle is moving forward could The AWD warning light blinks when distance will be increased and more
damage the transmission. The repairs AWD system is temporarily disabled. If brake pedal pressure will be required.
would not be covered by the vehicle the light blinks briefly, and then goes
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only out, this is normal and does not indicate Warning
after the vehicle is stopped. a system fault. However if the light
blinks continuously, you should consult If one of the circuits fail, the brake
Also, use R (Reverse) along with the a CHEVROLET retailer to repair the pedal must be pressed with greater
parking brake for parking the vehicle. problem as soon as possible. pedal pressure and the braking
Do not grind the clutch unnecessarily. The light comes on to indicate that there distance is increased.
When operation, depress the clutch is a malfunction in the AWD system. If Have the brake system checked and
pedal completely. Do not use pedal as a it happens, your vehicle should be repaired by a CHEVROLET retailer.
foot rest. serviced by a CHEVROLET retailer.
Caution
It is inadvisable to drive with hand
resting on the shift lever.

Warning - When ABS is working at that time. Warning

Wet Brakes
If the brake pedal can be pressed After driving through deep water,
further than normal, the brakes may Driving through water or washing your washing the vehicle, or using the
be in need of repair. car can get the brake components wet. brakes excessively when going
Consult a CHEVROLET retailer. To restore normal braking: down a steep hill, the brakes can
1. Check behind you for other vehicles. temporarily lose their stopping
power. This may be due to wet brake
Caution 2. Keep a safe forward speed with components or overheating.
Do not drive with your foot resting on plenty of space to your rear and sides.
If your brakes temporarily lose their
the brake pedal. 3. Gently apply brakes until normal stopping power because of overheat-
Doing so will accelerate wear of the performance is restored. ing:
brake components. The brakes may Shift to a lower gear when going
also become overheated, resulting in Overheated Brakes down hills. Do not continuously
longer braking distance and an unsafe apply the brakes.
condition. Braking excessively when going down a
long steep hill can temporarily overheat
In some models, center high-mounted the brakes. Shift to a lower gear when
stop lamp (or with brake lamps) blinks going down hills. Do not continuously
serveral times to alert drivers coming apply the brakes.
behind your vehicle on the following
condition:
- Although brakes are operated, a
vehicle run more than a certain
speed.

ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(ABS)
Warning pedal is pulsating. Do not reduce the

pressure on the pedal.
If your brakes temporarily lose their The ABS control can be known by
power because of wet brake compo- vibration and noise of the ABS process.
nents, the following procedure will
help restore their normal perfor- To optimum stop the vehicle, keep
mance. depressing the footbrake even if the
brake pedal vibrate.
1. Check behind you for other
vehicles. Do not decrease your power to depress
the footbrake.
2. Keep a safe forward speed with
plenty of space to your rear and When you start the vehicle after
sides. Antilock brake system (ABS) prevents ignition switched ON, you can hear
the wheels from locking. mechanical sounds. It is normal that the
3. Gently apply the brakes until ABS is to be ready.
normal performance is restored. ABS starts to regulate brake pressure as
soon as a wheel shows a tendency to See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning lock. The vehicle remains steerable, Warning Light on page 4-23.
even during hard braking.
When brake noise is heard, do not ABS control is made apparent through a
continue to drive your vehicle. pulse in the brake pedal and the noise of
This may indicate the brake pads the regulation process.
need to be repaired or replaced. For optimum braking, keep the brake
Driving with worn brake pads could pedal fully depressed throughout the
result in a collision and personal braking process, despite the fact that the
injury.

PARKING BRAKE
Fault Before leaving the vehicle, check the

parking brake status lamp to insure the
Warning parking brake is applied.
If there is a fault in the ABS, the EPB Apply
wheels may be liable to lock due to The EPB can be applied any time the
braking that is heavier than normal. vehicle is stopped. The EPB is applied
The advantages of ABS are no longer by momentarily lifting up on the EPB
available. During hard braking, the switch. Once fully applied, the parking
vehicle can no longer be steered and brake status light will be on. While
may swerve. the brake is being applied, the status
lamp will flash until full apply is
The vehicle has an Electric Parking reached. If the light does not come on,
Have the cause of the fault remedied by
Brake (EPB). The switch for the EPB is or remains flashing, you need to have
a CHEVROLET retailer.
in the center console. The EPB can the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
Using ABS always be activated, even if the ignition vehicle if the parking brake status light
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the is OFF. To prevent draining the battery, is flashing. See your CHEVROLET
brake pedal down firmly and let ABS avoid repeated cycles of the EPB retailer. See Electric Parking Brake
work. You might hear the ABS pump or system when the engine is not running. Light on page 4-22 for more informa-
motor operating and feel the brake The system has a parking brake status tion.
pedal pulsate, but this is normal. light and a parking brake warning If the EPB is applied while the vehicle
Braking in Emergencies light . See Electric Parking Brake Light is in motion, a chime will sound. The
ABS allows the driver to steer and on page 4-22. In case of insufficient vehicle will decelerate as long as the
brake at the same time. In many electrical power, the EPB cannot be switch is held in the up position.
emergencies, steering can help more applied or released. Releasing the EPB switch during the
than even the very best braking.

deceleration will release the parking If the EPB fails to apply, the rear wheels Note
brake. If the switch is held in the up should be blocked to prevent vehicle Driving with the parking brake on can
position until the vehicle comes to a movement. overheat the brake system and cause
stop, the EPB will remain applied. EPB Release premature wear or damage to brake
If the parking brake status light 00 To release the EPB, place the ignition in system parts. Make sure that the parking
flashes continuously, the EPB is only the ON/RUN position, apply and hold brake is fully released and the brake
partially applied or released, or there is a the brake pedal, and push down warning light is off before driving.
problem with the EPB. If this light momentarily on the EPB switch. If you
flashes continuously, release the EPB, attempt to release the EPB without the
and attempt to apply it again. If this light Automatic EPB Release
brake pedal applied, a chime will sound
continues to flash, do not drive the and the apply footbrake light will The EPB will automatically release if
vehicle. See your CHEVROLET retailer. appear. The EPB is released when the the vehicle is running, placed into gear
If the parking brake warning light is on, parking brake status light is off. and an attempt is made to drive away.
the EPB has detected an error in another Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB
If the parking brake warning light is is applied, to preserve parking brake
system and is operating with reduced on, the EPB has detected an error in
functionality. To apply the EPB when this lining life.
another system and is operating with
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch and reduced functionality. To release the Warning
hold it in the up position. Full application EPB when this light is on, push down on
of the parking brake by the EPB system the EPB switch and hold it in the down If the parking brake is not set properly,
may take a longer period of time than position. EPB release may take a longer the vehicle may move suddenly. See a
normal when this light is on. Continue to period of time than normal when this CHEVROLET retailer if an adjust-
hold the switch until the parking brake light is on. Continue to hold the switch ment is required.
status light remains on. If the parking until the parking brake status light
brake warning light is on, see your is off. If the light is on, see your
CHEVROLET retailer. CHEVROLET retailer.

RIDE CONTROL
SYSTEMS
BRAKE ASSIST* ELECTRONIC STABILITY
CONTROL (ESC)*
Caution This vehicle has a brake assist feature The vehicle has an Electronic Stability
designed to assist the driver in stopping Control (ESC) system which combines
Do not drive with the parking brake or decreasing vehicle speed in antilock brake, traction, and stability
on. emergency driving conditions. This control systems and helps the driver
This can cause your rear parking feature uses the stability system maintain directional control of the
brakes to overheat or wear out hydraulic brake control module to vehicle in most driving conditions.
prematurely. You may have to replace supplement the power brake system ESC activates when the computer
them, and you could damage other under conditions where the driver has senses a discrepancy between the
parts of your vehicle. quickly and forcefully applied the intended path and the direction the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly vehicle is actually travelling. ESC
stop or slow down the vehicle. The selectively applies braking pressure at
Caution stability system hydraulic brake control any one of the vehicle's brakes to assist
module increases brake pressure at the driver with keeping the vehicle on
Do not park or operate your vehicle each corner of the vehicle until the ABS the intended path.
over combustible materials. activates. Minor brake pedal pulsation
or pedal movement during this time is When the vehicle is started and begins
They could touch hot exhaust parts to move, the system performs several
under your vehicle and ignite. normal and the driver should continue
to apply the brake pedal as the driving diagnostic checks to insure there are no
situation dictates. The brake assist problems. The system may be heard or
feature will automatically disengage felt while it is working. This is normal
when the brake pedal is released or and does not mean there is a problem
brake pedal pressure is quickly with the vehicle.
decreased.

may be necessary to turn the system off

if the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice,
or snow, and you want to “rock” the
vehicle to attempt to free it.
If cruise control is being used when
ESC activates, the cruise control
This light on the instrument panel automatically disengages. The cruise
cluster will flash when ESC is on and control can be re-engaged when road
activated. conditions allow. See Cruise Control on
If the system fails to turn on or page 8-34.
activate, this light will be on solid. Traction Control System (TCS)*
When the light is on solid, the system The ESC can be turned off or on by The vehicle has a Traction Control
will not assist the driver in maintain- pressing and releasing on the instru- System that limits wheel spin. This is
ing directional control of the vehicle. ment panel. especially useful in slippery road
Adjust your driving accordingly. conditions. The system operates only if
ESC may also turn off automatically if it senses that any of the drive wheels are
it determines that a problem exists with spinning or beginning to lose traction.
the system. The ESC warning light will When this happens, TCS applies the
be on solid to warn the driver that ESC is brakes to limit wheel spin and also
disabled and requires service. If the reduces engine power. The system may
problem does not clear itself after restart- be heard or felt while it is working, but
ing the vehicle, see your CHEVROLET The ESC Off light turns on solid when this is normal.
retailer for service. the system has been turned off. Hill Start Assist (HSA)*
It is recommended to leave the system The system helps prevent rollback
on for normal driving conditions, but it when driving away on hill. When

DESCENT CONTROL
SYSTEM (DCS)*
depress the accelerator pedal after

release the brake pedal on hill, the
brakes remain on for approximately 2
seconds.
Active Rollover Protection (ARP)*
This function is part of the ESC system.
When the vehicle moves in an extremely Turn the system on by pressing the DCS
unstable manner, this function helps the
button located on the instrument panel.
vehicle maintain normal stability.
The green DCS light comes on steady
Caution when the system is on.
When the ESC system activates to The Descent Control System (DCS)
correct the vehicle stability, reduce the allows the vehicle to travel at a low
speed and pay extra attention to the speed without applying the brake.
road.
The vehicle will automatically deceler-
The ESC system is only a supplemen- ate to a low speed and remain there when
tary device for the vehicle. When the DCS is turned on. The green DCS light flashes on the
vehicle exceeds its physical limits, it
Use only when descending steep grades instrument panel while driving at
cannot be controlled. Do not rely on
while driving off-road. Do not use speeds below 50 km/h (30 mph) to
the system. Keep driving safely.
when driving on normal road surfaces. show the system is operating.
When the ESC is applied, you may
Some noise or vibration from the brake DCS will not activate at speeds above
hear some noise or feel a vibration
system may be heard or felt when DCS 50 km/h (30 mph), even if the button is
from the brake pedal or other relevant
is active. This is normal. pressed.
system. They are caused by pressure
changes in the relevant systems.

CRUISE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC LEVEL CRUISE CONTROL
CONTROL*
Caution This feature keeps the rear of the For vehicles with cruise control, a
vehicle level as the load changes. The speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
 DCS is designed for driving system is automatic and no adjustments more can be maintained without
down steep off-road hills. are necessary. keeping your foot on the accelerator.
 Unnecessary use of DCS can Cruise control does not work at speeds
cause malfunctions in the brake below 40 km/h (25 mph).
system or ESC. When the brakes are applied, or the
cancel button pressed, the cruise
To turn the system off, press the DCS
control turns off.
button again and the DCS light turns
off. Applying the brake or accelerator If the vehicle is in cruise control when
will also cause DCS to turn off. the traction control system, if equipped,
The amber DCS light flashes when the begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
system is not ready due to high temper- control automatically disengages. The
ature through severe or repeated braking. cruise control can be turned back on,
The light will turn off when the system when road conditions are safe again.
cools.
The amber DCS light comes on steady
if there is a system malfunction.
Caution
If the amber Descent Control System
Light comes on and stays on, the
system is malfunctioning. See your
CHEVROLET retailer for service.

Warning Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not in
Cruise control can be dangerous use, you might hit a button and go into
where you cannot drive safely at a RES
+
cruise when not desired. Keep the
steady speed. So, do not use the cruise control switch off when cruise is
cruise control on winding roads or in not being used.
heavy traffic. SET
1. Press to turn cruise control on.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast 2. Get up to the speed desired.
changes in tire traction can cause 3. Press SET/ and release it. The
excessive wheel slip, and you could cruise control light comes on in the
lose control. Do not use cruise The cruise control buttons are located instrument panel cluster to show
control on slippery roads. on the right side of the steering wheel. that the cruise control is on.
(On/Off): Press to turn the cruise 4. Take your foot off the accelerator
control on or off. pedal.
RES/+ (Accelerate/Resume): Press to Resuming a Set Speed
make the vehicle resume to a previously
If the cruise control is set at a desired
set speed or accelerate.
speed and then the brakes are applied,
SET/ (Set/Coast): Press to set the or is pressed, the cruise control is
speed and activate cruise control or disengaged without erasing the set
make the vehicle decelerate. speed from memory.
(Cancel): Press to disengage the Once the vehicle speed is about 40 km/h
cruise control without erasing the set (25 mph) or more, briefly press RES/+.
speed from memory.

The vehicle returns to the previously set The accelerate feature only works after hills depends upon the vehicle speed,
speed and stays there. the cruise control is turned on by load, and the steepness of the hills.
If RES/+ is held, the vehicle speed pressing SET/ . When going up steep hills, you might
continues to increase until the button is Reducing Speed While Using Cruise have to step on the accelerator pedal to
released, the brake pedal is applied, or Control maintain the vehicle speed. When
is pressed. Do not hold in the RES/+ going downhill, you might have to
If the cruise control system is already brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the
button, unless you want the vehicle to activated:
go faster. vehicle speed down. When the brakes
 Press SET/ until the lower speed are applied the cruise control is
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise disengaged.
Control desired is reached, then release it.
 To decrease the vehicle speed in Disengaging Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already
activated: small amounts, briefly press SET/ . There are several ways to turn off the
Each time this is done, the vehicle cruise control :
 Use the accelerator pedal to get to a goes about 2 km/h(1.2 mph) slower.
higher speed. Press SET/ , then  Step lightly on the brake pedal or
release the button and the accele- Passing Another Vehicle While Using press the button, or press the
rator pedal. Cruise Control clutch pedal, if you have a manual
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the transaxle.
 Press and hold the RES/+ until the
desired speed is reached, and then vehicle speed. When you take your foot  Press the button on the cruise
release it. off the pedal, the vehicle will slow control pad.
down to the previously set cruise Erasing Speed Memory
 To increase the vehicle speed in control speed.
small amounts, briefly press RES/+ The cruise control set speed is erased
and then release it. Each time this is Using Cruise Control on Hills from memory by pressing or if the
done, the vehicle goes about 2 km/h How well the cruise control works on vehicle is turned off.
(1.2 mph) faster.

OBJECT DETECTION
SYSTEMS
ULTRASONIC PARKING
ASSIST (Rear Parking Assist
System)
to R (Reverse). This indicates a normal Caution
condition.
If the following happens, this indicates
Chime Warning Sound
that there is a malfunction in the
You can figure out the distance between parking assistance system. Consult a
your vehicle and obstacles using the CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
chime warning sound. possible.
Note  The parking assistance system
The parking assistance system warning warning lamp comes on while
light can come on to indicate that the driving.
sensors are dirty.  The chime sounds for 6 times
The parking assistance system aids the
driver during backward movement of If the warning light is on due to the repeatedly when there are no
the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensors being dirty, clean the sensors obstacles around the rear bumper.
sensed behind the vehicle. with a soft sponge and clean water.
This system is turned on whenever the If the warning light is still on after
ignition switch is ON and the transmis- cleaning the sensors, consult your
sion is shifted to R (Reverse). CHEVROLET retailer to repair the
problem as soon as possible.
This system is a deactivated when the
vehicle's speed is greater than approxi- Rear Warning Type
mately 25 km/h.
Warning Zone Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3
The chime sounds once when shifting
Warning Range 120~81 cm 80~41 cm 40 cm~
Warning Sound gong---gong---gong gong-gong-gong continuous

FUEL
FUEL
Caution Caution Use of the recommended fuel is an

important part of the proper mainte-
Parking assistance system should only When receiving other ultrasonic nance of this vehicle, keeps the engine
be considered as a supplementary signals (metal sound or air braking clean, and maintains optimum vehicle
function. The driver must check the noises from heavy commercial performance.
view. vehicles), the parking assistance
system may not work properly. FUEL FOR DIESEL ENGINES
The audible warning signal can be
different depending on the objects. Clean dirty sensors with a soft sponge Diesel engines must be operated only on
and clean water. commercially available diesel fuel
The audible warning signal might not meeting the specifications of DIN EN
activate in case the sensor is frozen or You should continue to utilise the 590. Marine diesel fuel, fuel oils, diesel
stained with dirt or mud. mirror or turning your head. fuels, which are entirely or partially
There is a chance of malfunction of the Normal precautions when reversing plant based such as rape seed oil or bio-
parking assistance system when should be maintained. diesel, Aquazole and similar diesel-
driving on uneven surface such as Do not press or shock the sensors by water emulsions must not be used. The
woods, gravel road, jagged road, or hitting or directing a high pressure flow and filterability of diesel fuels are
gradient. water gun directly at them while insufficient at low temperatures, as a
Do not push, or scratch the surface of washing, or the sensors will be result of crystallized paraffins. Diesel
the sensor. This will likely damage the damaged. fuels with improved low temperature
covering. In the car park, the upper portion of the properties are therefore available on the
The parking assistance system might vehicle can be hit before the sensor market during the winter months. Make
not recognise sharp objects, thick operation, so check with outside sure that you use winter fuel before the
winter clothes or sponges which rearview mirrors or by turning your start of the cold weather season. Use of
absorb the frequency. head during parking. diesel fuels with manufacturer guaran-
teed winter properties eliminates the
need for additives.

WATER IN FUEL RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Drain diesel fuel filter of residual water Check diesel fuel filter at shorter Running out of diesel fuel requires
at every engine oil change. intervals if the vehicle is subjected to priming after fuel is added. With engine
1. Place a container underneath the extreme operating conditions such as switched off, turn ignition key to ON,
filter housing. high humidity (primarily in coastal wait approximately 5 seconds, and turn
areas), extremely high or low outside key to LOCK to perform priming
2. Turn drain plug, located on the left temperatures and substantially varying operation. Perform this operation 3 times
of the filter housing, counterclock- daytime and nighttime temperatures. If or more while the engine is switched off,
wise using a suitable screwdriver, there is water in the diesel fuel filter, a to avoid air entering the fuel line.
to drain off the water. The filter is warning light illuminates in the
drained as soon as diesel fuel instrument panel. See Water in Fuel
emerges from the port. Warning Light on page 4-29. Drain the
3. Retighten the drain plug by turning water immediately.
it clockwise.
4. With engine switched off, turn
ignition key to ON, wait approx. 5
seconds, and turn key to LOCK to
perform priming operation. Perform
this operation 3 times or more while
the engine is switched off, to avoid
air entering the fuel line.

FILLING THE TANK
Caution Danger Danger

If you use inappropriate grade fuel or Before refueling, switch off engine If you can smell fuel in your vehicle,
put incorrect fuel additives into the and any external heaters with have the cause of this remedied
fuel tank, the engine and catalytic combustion chambers. Switch off immediately by a CHEVROLET
converter may seriously be damaged. any mobile phone. retailer.
Be sure to use the correct fuel Vaporised fuel can be ignited by
corresponding to your vehicle when electromagnetic waves or electric
refueling. If you fill petrol in your current of mobile phone.
diesel powered vehicle, your vehicle Fuel is flammable and explosive. No
can be seriously damaged. If your smoking. No naked flames or sparks.
vehicle has diesel engine, you can Follow the operating and safety
confirm the correct fuel by taking a instructions of the filling station
look at information on the fuel filler when refueling.
cap.
Remove static electricity on your
For safety reasons, fuel containers, hands by touching something able to
pumps and hoses must be properly release static electricity when touching
earthed. Static electricity build up can or opening fuel cap or refueling
ignite the fuel vapor. You can be burnt The fuel filler door is in the left rear side
nozzle.
and your vehicle can be damaged. of vehicle.
Don't do any action making static
1. Stop the engine.
electricity like getting on and off
vehicle when refueling. Vaporised 2. Unlock the door by pressing the
fuel can be ignited by static electricity. door lock switch on the driver's
door trim pad.

FILLING A PORTABLE FUEL

CONTAINER
3. Open the fuel filler door. Note Warning

4. Turn the fuel filler cap counter- If, in cold weather, the fuel filler door
clockwise slowly. If a hissing sound does not open, tap the door lightly. Then Never fill a portable fuel container
is heard, wait for it to stop before try to open it again. while it is in the vehicle. Static
completely unscrewing the cap. electricity discharge from the container
can ignite the fuel vapor. You can be
Caution
badly burned and the vehicle damaged
Wipe off any overflowing fuel if this occurs. To help avoid injury to
immediately. you and others:
 Dispense fuel only into approved
containers.
 Do not fill a container while it is
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's
trunk, pickup bed, or on any
surface other than the ground.
 Bring the fill nozzle in contact
5. Remove the cap. The cap is tethered with the inside of the fill opening
to the hinge hook. before operating the nozzle.
6. After refueling, refit cap. Turn it Contact should be maintained
clockwise until you hear "click" until the filling is complete.
sound.  Do not smoke while pumping fuel.
7. Push the fuel filler door closed until  Do not use a cellular phone while
it latches. pumping fuel.


Vehicle Care 9-1
VEHICLE CARE
General Information Engine Overheating .............. 9-19 Tail Lamps and Stop Lamps
Accessories and Power Steering Fluid ............ 9-20 (LED) .....................................9-35
Modifications .......................... 9-2 Washer Fluid ......................... 9-22 Side Turn Signal Lamps..........9-35
Vehicle Storage ........................ 9-2 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
Brakes ................................... 9-23
(CHMSL) ................................9-35
Radio Frequency Identification Brake Fluid ........................... 9-24 Rear Fog Lamps (LED) ..........9-35
(RFID) Tag .............................. 9-3
Clutch Fluid* ........................ 9-26 License Plate Lamp ............... 9-35
Vehicle Checks Interior Lamps ....................... 9-36
Battery ................................... 9-27
Doing Your Own Electrical System
All-Wheel Drive ................... 9-28
Service Work ........................... 9-3
Starter Switch Check ............ 9-28 Electrical System Overload .. 9-36
Hood ........................................ 9-4
Automatic Transmission Shift Fuses and Circuit Breakers ... 9-37
Engine Compartment
Lock Control Function Engine Compartment
Overview ................................. 9-5
Check .................................... 9-29 Fuse Block ............................ 9-38
Engine Oil ............................... 9-6
Park Brake and P (Park) Instrument Panel Fuse Block ..9-40
Engine Oil Life System ......... 9-11 Mechanism Check ................. 9-29 Auxiliary Engine Room
Recommended Engine Oil and Wiper Blade Replacement .... 9-30 Fuse Block ............................ 9-43
Maintenance Schedule ............9-12
Headlamp Aiming ................. 9-30 Wheels and Tires
Automatic Transmission
Bulb Replacement ................. 9-31 Tires ...................................... 9-44
Fluid ...................................... 9-12
Halogen Bulbs ....................... 9-31 Winter Tires .......................... 9-45
Manual Transmission Fluid ...9-13
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal Tire Pressure ......................... 9-46
Hydraulic Clutch ................... 9-13
and Parking Lamps ............... 9-31 Tread Depth ............................9-48
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-13
Fog Lamps ............................ 9-33 Tire Inspection ...................... 9-48
Cooling System ..................... 9-14
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps Tire Rotation ......................... 9-49
Engine Coolant ..................... 9-16 and Back-Up Lamps ............. 9-34

9-2 Vehicle Care
GENERAL
INFORMATION
ACCESSORIES AND VEHICLE STORAGE
MODIFICATIONS Storage for a long period of time
When It Is Time for We recommend to use genuine parts and If the vehicle is to be stored for several
New Tires .............................. 9-50 accessories and factory approved parts months:
Buying New Tires ................. 9-50 specific for your vehicle type. We cannot  Wash and wax the vehicle.
Different Size Tires and assess or guarantee reliability of other
 Have the wax in the engine compart-
products - even if they have a regulatory
Wheels .................................. 9-51 ment and underbody checked.
or otherwise granted approval.
Wheel Alignment and Tire  Clean and preserve rubber seals.
Balance .................................. 9-51 Do not make any modifications to the
electrical system. e.g. changes of electronic  Change engine oil.
Wheel Replacement .............. 9-51 control units (chip turning).  Drain washer fluid reservoir.
Tire Chains ............................ 9-52
 Check coolant anti-freeze and
If a Tire Goes Flat ................. 9-53 Caution
corrosion protection.
Tire Changing ....................... 9-54 Never modify your vehicle. It may  Adjust tire pressure to the value
Storing a Flat Tire and Tools ..9-59 affect the performance, durability and specified for full load.
Compact Spare Tire .............. 9-59 safety of the vehicle and the warranty
 Park the vehicle in a dry, well venti-
may not cover any problems caused
Jump Starting lated place. For manual transmis-
by the modification.
Jump Starting ........................ 9-60 sion, engage first or reverse gear.
Towing For automatic transmission, park in
P position. Prevent the vehicle from
Towing the Vehicle ............... 9-64
rolling.
Emergency Towing ................9-66
 Do not apply the parking brake.
Appearance Care
 Open the hood, close all doors and
Exterior Care ......................... 9-68
lock the vehicle.
Interior Care .......................... 9-71
Floor Mats ............................. 9-73

Vehicle Care 9-3
VEHICLE CHECKS
RADIO FREQUENCY DOING YOUR OWN
IDENTIFICATION (RFID) TAG SERVICE WORK
This vehicle is equipped with Radio
Frequency Identification (RFID) tag,
 Disconnect the clamp from the which can be used for Electronic Toll
negative terminal of the vehicle Collection (ETC) or any other applica-
battery. Beware that all systems are tions as decided by the Regulatory
not functional, e.g. anti-theft alarm authority. The RFID tag is located on
system. inside the windshield. Data for necessary
 Close the hood. applications will be added by the agency
authorized by the Regulatory authority,
Putting back into operation from time to time. Take proper care
When the vehicle is to be put back into during washing or cleaning of windshield
operation: so as to avoid any damage to the RFID
 Connect the clamp to the negative tag. In case of any damage or malfunction
terminal of the vehicle battery. of RFID tag, or in case of windshield
Warning
replacement, contact your CHEVROLET
Activate the electronics of the retailer or agency authorized by the
power windows. Only perform engine compartment
Regulatory authority for the installation checks when the ignition is OFF.
 Check tire pressure. of new RFID tag.
The cooling fan may start operating
 Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.
Caution even if the ignition is OFF.
 Check the engine oil level.
Do not touch or peel off. Do not place
 Check the coolant level. any sticker or other metallic compo- Caution
 Fit the number plate if necessary. nents over the RFID tag neither from
inside nor from outside of the wind- Even small amounts of contamina-
shield. Avoid exposure to chemicals tion can cause damage to vehicle sys-
or liquid solvents. This will impair tems. Do not allow contaminants to
the function of RFID tag. The RFID contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or
tag is tamperproof and will not func- dipsticks.
tion once removed from windshield.

9-4 Vehicle Care
HOOD
Warning
Pull on the front edge of the hood to
make sure it is latched securely
before you drive your vehicle.
Do not pull the hood release handle
while your vehicle is moving.
Do not move your vehicle with the
hood open. An open hood will
obscure the driver's vision.
Operating your vehicle with the
To open the hood: To close the hood: hood open can lead to a collision
1. Pull the release lever with this 1. Make sure hands and other body resulting in damage to your vehicle,
symbol. It is located below the parts as well as those of other to other property, personal injury or
instrument panel to the right of the persons, are completely away from even death.
steering wheel. the engine compartment and hood-
to-body edges. Warning
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and 2. Lower the hood allowing it to drop
push the secondary hood release from a height of about 30cm (1 Only perform engine compartment
lever to right side. foot). checks when the ignition is OFF.
3. Lift the hood. 3. Make sure the hood is locked firmly The cooling fan may start operating
in place. even if the ignition is OFF.

Vehicle Care 9-5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW

Diesel Engine, Z22D1 (LNQ)

9-6 Vehicle Care
ENGINE OIL
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking To ensure proper engine performance
9-13. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil on and long life, careful attention must be
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See page 9-7. paid to engine oil. Following these
Power Steering Fluid on page 9-20. 11. Auxiliary Engine Room Fuse Block simple, but important steps will help
on page 9-43. protect your investment:
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to
Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil  Always use engine oil approved to
on page 9-8. the proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See “Select-
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes ing the Right Engine Oil” in this
Fluid on page 9-24. section.
5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and  Check the engine oil level regularly
Pressure Cap. See “Checking and maintain the proper oil level.
Coolant” under Engine Coolant on See “Checking Engine Oil” and
page 9-17. “When to Add Engine Oil” in this
6. Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Reservoir. section.
See Clutch Fluid on page 9-26.  Change the engine oil at the
7. Engine Compartment Fuse Block appropriate time. See Engine Oil
on page 9-38. Life System on page 9-11.
8. Battery on page 9-27.  Always dispose of engine oil
9. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. properly. See “What to Do with
See “Adding Windshield Washer Used Oil” in this section.
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on page
9-22.

Vehicle Care 9-7
Checking Engine Oil
The engine oil dipstick handle is having

a yellow color loop. See Engine Comp-
artment Overview on page 9-5 for the
location of the engine oil dipstick.
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and give the oil
10 minutes to drain back into the oil
pan. If this is not done, the oil
dipstick might not show the actual
level.
Keep your engine properly lubricated 3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it 7. Check oil level, as shown on the
by keeping the engine oil at the correct clean. dipstick. Oil should be between
level. 4. Re-insert dipstick completely. MIN and MAX.
It is normal for an engine to consume 5. Pull the dipstick out again. If oil level is not clear, read the
some engine oil. 6. Check the oil on the dipstick to opposite side of gauge instead. Diff-
Check the oil level at regular intervals make sure it is not contaminated. erent dipsticks are used depending
such as every time you stop for fuel. on engine variant.
In order to get an accurate reading, the 8. If the oil level is below MIN, add
oil must be warm and the vehicle must enough oil of the same grade as is
be on level ground. currently in the engine to raise the
oil level to MAX. Do not fill over
MAX mark.

9-8 Vehicle Care
When To Add Engine Oil
Warning
Engine oil is an irritant and, if
ingested, can cause illness or death.
Keep out of reach of children.
Avoid repeated or prolonged contact
with skin.
Wash exposed areas with soap and
water or hand cleaner.
Warning If the oil is below the MIN (minimum) Caution

mark, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended
Adding too much oil can affect oil and then recheck the level. See Do not add too much oil. If the
engine operation. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this engine has so much oil that the oil
section for an explanation of what kind of level gets above the upper mark, the
Do not allow oil to go above MAX
oil to use. For engine oil crankcase engine could be damaged.
mark on dipstick.
capacity, see Recommended Fluids and
Overfilling reservoir can damage See Engine Compartment Overview on
Lubricants on page 10-5.
your vehicle by: page 9-5 for the location of the engine oil
Add enough oil of the same grade as is fill cap.
Increasing oil consumption.
currently in the engine to raise the oil
Building excessive carbon deposits Push the dipstick all the way back in
level to MAX. Do not fill over MAX
in the engine. when through.
mark.

Vehicle Care 9-9
Changing Engine Oil and Filter
Warning  Frequent short trips. Caution

 Frequent driving when outside
Before attempting to do the work, temperature remains below freezing. Use of unauthorised or low quality
be sure you are fully acquainted  Prolonged idling. engine oil or chemical engine
with doing this job. See your  Frequent low-speed driving. treatments (additives) can damage
CHEVROLET retailer. Otherwise, the engine and void your vehicle
 Driving in dusty areas.
you could be injured or damage the warranty.
vehicle.
Warning
Engine oil looses its ability to lubricate Engine oil and its containers can be Caution
when contaminated. Be sure to change hazardous to your health.
your engine oil according to maintenance Do not dispose of used engine oil and
schedule. Avoid repeated or prolonged contact filter with your household waste.
with engine oil. See your local, authorised waste
Be sure to replace the engine oil filter
each time you change engine oil. Clean your skin and nails with soap management facility.
Under severe conditions, change oil and and water, or hand cleaner after Used engine oil and filter contain
oil filter more frequently than is handling engine oil. Also keep this harmful elements that may be
recommended in the standard maint- and other toxic materials out of the unhealthy to you and threat to the
enance schedule. reach of children. environment.
Severe conditions include, but are not Engine oil can irritate the skin and
limited to : can cause illness and even death if
 Frequent cold starts. swallowed.
 Considerable travel in stop-and-go
traffic.

9-10 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Viscosity Grade
Selecting the right engine oil depends SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity grade * Cold Temperature Operation: In an
on both the proper oil specification for the vehicle.* Do not use other area of extreme cold, where the
and viscosity grade. viscosity grade oils such as SAE 10W- temperature falls below −29°C (−20°F),
Specification 30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil
of this viscosity grade will provide
This vehicle was filled at the factory easier cold starting for the engine at
with dexos approved engine oil. extremely low temperatures. When
Ensure that the correct specification of selecting an oil of the appropriate
oil is used. See Recommended Fluids viscosity grade, always select an oil of
and Lubricants on page 10-5. the correct specification. See “Specifi-
cation” earlier in this section for more
information.
Caution
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil
Use only engine oil that is approved to Flushes
the dexos specification or equivalent Do not add anything to the oil. The use
engine oil as defined in Recom- of engine oil additives could cause
mended Fluids and Lubricants. engine damage not covered by the
Failure to use the recommended vehicle warranty. Engine oil system
engine oil or equivalent can result in flushes are not recommended and could
engine damage not covered by the cause engine damage not covered by
vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.

Vehicle Care 9-11
ENGINE OIL LIFE SYSTEM

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain This vehicle has a computer system that It is also important to check the oil
elements that can be unhealthy for your indicates when to change the engine oil regularly over the course of time and oil
skin and could even cause cancer. Do and filter. This is based on engine drain interval and keep it at the proper
not let used oil stay on your skin for revolutions, engine temperature and level.
very long. Clean your skin and nails mileage. Based on driving conditions, If the system is ever reset accidentally,
with soap and water, or a good hand the mileage at which an oil change is the oil must be changed at 15,000 kms
cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of indicated can vary considerably. For the since the last oil change.
clothing or rags containing used engine oil life system to work properly, the
oil. See the manufacturer's warnings system must be reset every time the oil After you change the oil, the oil life
about the use and disposal of oil is changed. monitor will need to be reset. See
products. CHEVROLET retailer for service.
When the system has calculated that oil
Used oil can be a threat to the environ- life has been diminished, it indicates How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
ment. If you change your own oil, be that an oil change is necessary. A The engine oil life system calculates
sure to drain all the oil from the filter change engine oil lamp displays. when to change your engine oil and
before disposal. Never dispose of oil by Change the oil as soon as possible filter based on vehicle use. Anytime
putting it in the trash or pouring it on the within the next 1,000 kms. It is possible engine oil is changed, reset the system
ground, into sewers, or into streams or that, if driving under the best condi- so it can calculate when the next oil
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it tions, the oil life system might indicate change is required.
to a place that collects used oil. that an oil change is not necessary for To reset the engine oil life system, do
up to a year. The engine oil and filter one of the following:
must be changed at least once a year
 Using the scan tool
and, at this time, the system must be
reset. Your CHEVROLET retailer has Your CHEVROLET retailer will
trained service people who will reset the system using scan tool after
perform this work and reset the system. changing the engine oil.

9-12 Vehicle Care
RECOMMENDED ENGINE AUTOMATIC

OIL AND MAINTENANCE TRANSMISSION FLUID
SCHEDULE
 Using accelerator pedal Recommended engine oil It is not necessary to check the automatic
1. Remove key from ignition switch See Recommended Fluids and transmission fluid level.
for more than one minute. Then turn Lubricants on page 10-5. If you have a problem e.g. leak, have it
on ignition key (do not start engine). remedied by a CHEVROLET retailer.
2. Perform the following procedure: Maintenance schedule Note
2-1. Press the accelerator pedal to See Service Schedules on page 10-2. Use of the incorrect fluid may damage
the floor and hold it on the the vehicle. Always use the fluid listed in
floor for 2 seconds. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants.
2-2. Release the accelerator pedal
and take your foot off of the Caution
pedal for 2 seconds.
Use of the incorrect automatic
2-3. Repeat this sequence (1,2) two transmission fluid may damage the
more times (for a total of three vehicle, and the damages may not be
times) within one minute. covered by the vehicle warranty.
If the change engine oil lamp comes Always use the automatic transmis-
back on and stays on when you start sion fluid listed in Recommended
your vehicle, the engine oil life system Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5.
is not reset. Repeat the procedure.
Caution
Remember to reset the engine oil life
system whenever the engine oil is
changed.

Vehicle Care 9-13
MANUAL HYDRAULIC CLUTCH ENGINE AIR CLEANER/

TRANSMISSION FLUID (Manual Transmission) FILTER
It is not necessary to check the manual It is not necessary to check the clutch See Engine Compartment Overview on
transmission fluid level. If you have a fluid level. A clutch fluid leak is the only page 9-5 for the location of the engine
problem e.g. leak, have it remedied by a reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, air cleaner/filter.
CHEVROLET retailer. take the vehicle to the CHEVROLET When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Note retailer and have it repaired as soon as Filter
possible.
Use of the incorrect fluid may damage Inspect and replace the air cleaner/ filter
the vehicle. Always use the fluid listed in Change the fluid at the intervals listed at the scheduled maintenance intervals.
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants. in Maintenance Schedule, and be sure See the Maintenance Schedule for more
to use the clutch and transmission fluid information. If you are driving in dusty/
listed in Recommended Fluids and dirty conditions, inspect the filter at
Lubricants on page 10-5. every 7,500 kms or 6 months, which-
ever comes first.

9-14 Vehicle Care
COOLING SYSTEM
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
7. Clean air filter element by blowing
compressed air through it in the
direction opposite to normal airflow.
If the air filter is dirty, you should
replace it.
8. Reverse steps 1-3 to reinstall the
engine air cleaner element.
Caution
The engine needs clean air to operate
1. Remove the four screws on the sides properly. When it is safe to lift the hood:
of the air cleaner cover assembly. Do not operate your vehicle without A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View)
2. Lift the cover to remove the air the air cleaner element installed.
B. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
cleaner element. Driving without the air cleaner element Cap
3. Remove the air cleaner element properly installed can damage your
from the vehicle. engine. Warning
4. Shake the air cleaner element to An electric engine cooling fan under
remove surface dust. Caution the hood can start up even when the
5. Clean the inside of the air cleaner If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can engine is not running and can cause
housing. easily get into the engine, which injury. Keep hands, clothing, and
could damage it. Always have the air tools away from any underhood
6. Cover the open filter housing with a electric fan.
damp cloth while cleaning the cleaner/filter in place when you are
element. driving.

Vehicle Care 9-15
Warning Caution
Never remove the coolant reservoir Using coolant other than recom-
cap when the engine and radiator are mended can cause premature engine,
hot. It could cause serious injury. The heater core, or radiator corrosion.
engine must be cool before opening Any repairs would not be covered by
the cap. Carefully open the cap, the vehicle warranty.
relieving the pressure slowly.
Caution
If the coolant inside the coolant surge Too low a coolant level can cause
tank is hot, do not do anything else until engine damage.
it cools down. The vehicle should be
parked on a level surface. If there seems to be no leak, with the
engine on, check to see if the electric
When the engine is cool, the coolant
engine cooling fan is running. If the
level should be between the MIN and
MAX mark on the coolant reservoir. engine is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, your vehicle needs
If it is not, your vehicle may have a leak service. Turn off the engine.
at the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere Caution
else in the cooling system.
The level of coolant rises as the engine Engine damage from running the
warms and drops back as the engine engine without coolant is not
cools. covered by the warranty.

9-16 Vehicle Care
ENGINE COOLANT
What to use
Your vehicle cooling system is filled Caution Warning

with ethylene glycol based long life
coolant. Plain water or the wrong mixture can Scalding hot coolant and steam
damage the cooling system. could be blown out under pressure,
In the correct mixture, this coolant
 Do not use plain water, alcohol or which could cause serious injury.
provides the cooling and heating system methanol antifreeze in coolant
with excellent protection against corrosion Never remove the coolant reservoir
system. cap when the engine and radiator are
and freezing.  Use only recommended coolant hot.
When the engine is cool, the coolant available with your CHEVROLET
level should be between the MIN and retailer.
MAX mark on the coolant reservoir. The engine may overheat or even Caution
The level of coolant rises as the engine catch fire.
Coolant can be hazardous material.
warms and drops back as the engine If the coolant level falls below the  Avoid repeated or prolonged
cools. MIN mark, refill the reservoir with contact with coolant.
recommended coolant available with  Clean your skin and nails with
your CHEVROLET retailer. If no soap and water after coming in
antifreeze is available, topping up with contact with coolant.
water, have the antifreeze concentra-  Keep out of reach of children.
tion checked by your CHEVROLET  Coolant can irritate the skin and
retailer. can cause illness or death if
In order to protect your vehicle in swallowed.
extremely cold weather, use mix of 48
percent demineralized water and 52
percent antifreeze.

Vehicle Care 9-17
Caution Never dispose of engine coolant by The vehicle must be on a level surface.
putting it in the trash, pouring it on the When the engine is cold, the coolant
If an improper coolant mixture is ground, or into sewers, streams, or level should be between the MIN and
used, the engine could overheat and bodies of water. Have the coolant MAX lines.
be badly damaged. The repair cost changed by CHEVROLET retailer. Adding Coolant
would not be covered by the vehicle
Checking Coolant If more coolant is needed, add the
warranty. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack the The coolant surge tank is located on the proper coolant mixture at the coolant
engine, radiator, heater core, and passenger side of the engine compart- surge tank, but only when the engine is
other parts. ment. See Engine Compartment Over- cool. See below for instructions on
view on page 9-5 for more information “How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
If you are adding coolant often, this may on location. Surge Tank”.
be a sign that your engine needs
maintenance. Have the CHEVROLET Warning Warning
retailer check the vehicle cooling system. Turning the surge tank pressure cap You can be burned if you spill
when the engine and radiator are hot coolant on hot engine parts.
Caution
can allow steam and scalding liquids
If extra inhibitors and/or additives are to blow out and burn you badly. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
used in the vehicle's cooling system, Never turn the surge tank pressure and it will burn if the engine parts are
the vehicle could be damaged. Use cap—even a little—when the engine hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a
only the proper mixture of the engine and radiator are hot. hot engine.
coolant listed in this Manual for the When replacing the pressure cap, make
cooling system. See Recommended sure it is hand-tight and fully seated.
Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5

9-18 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant

Surge Tank
Caution Warning Caution
This vehicle has a specific coolant Steam and scalding liquids from a In cold weather, water can freeze and
fill procedure. Failure to follow this hot cooling system can blow out and crack the engine, radiator, heater core
procedure could cause the engine to burn you badly. They are under and other parts. Use the recommended
overheat and be severely damaged. pressure, and if you turn the coolant coolant and the proper coolant
surge tank pressure cap-even a little- mixture.
If a problem yet has not been found, they can come out at high speed.
check to see if coolant is visible in the Never turn the cap when the cooling
coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible system, including the coolant surge Warning
but the coolant level is not at between tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and coolant surge You can be burned if you spill
the MIN and MAX lines, add only coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant
recommended coolant available with tank pressure cap to cool if you ever
have to turn the pressure cap. contains ethylene glycol and it will
your CHEVROLET retailer. At the burn if the engine parts are hot
coolant surge tank, but be sure the enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot
cooling system, including the coolant engine.
Caution
surge tank pressure cap, is cool before
doing it. See Engine Overheating on It is not needed to add coolant more
page 9-19 for more information. frequently than the recommended
interval. If you are adding coolant
often, this may be a sign that your
engine needs maintenance.
Contact your CHEVROLET retailer
for a check of the cooling system.

Vehicle Care 9-19
ENGINE OVERHEATING
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the There is a coolant temperature warning
proper coolant between the MIN light on the vehicle instrument panel. See
and MAX lines. Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure Light on page 4-25.
cap off, start the engine and let it run If the engine coolant temperature gauge
until the upper radiator hose can be pointer is in the red area, or if you have
felt getting hot. Watch out for the any other reason to suspect the engine
engine cooling fan. may be overheating:
By this time, the coolant level 1. Stop the vehicle.
inside the coolant surge tank may be 2. Turn off the air conditioning.
lower. If the level is lower, add more
1. Remove the coolant surge tank of the proper coolant to the coolant 3. Let the engine idle for a few minutes.
pressure cap when the cooling surge tank until the level reaches 4. Be sure the cooling fan is operating.
system, including the coolant surge between the MIN and MAX lines.
tank pressure cap and upper radiator
hose, is no longer hot. 5. Then replace the pressure cap. Be Warning
sure the pressure cap is hand-tight.
Turn the pressure cap slowly If steam is visible, move away from
counterclockwise about one-quarter Check the level in the surge tank when vehicle until engine is cool. Steam
of a turn. If a hiss sound is heard, the cooling system has cooled down. If can cause serious burns.
wait for that to stop. This will allow the coolant is not at the proper level,
any pressure still left to be vented out repeat Steps 1 to 3 and reinstall the Note
the discharge hose. pressure cap. If the coolant still is not at
the proper level when the system cools Using A/C while driving up long hills or
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap down again, see the CHEVROLET in heavy traffic can cause the engine
slowly, and remove it. retailer. overheating.

9-20 Vehicle Care
POWER STEERING FLUID
If the fan is not operating and steam is 4. Check the coolant level.
visible, perform the following: If the coolant level is low, check for
1. Turn off engine. leaks for following components:
2. Move away from vehicle without 1. Radiator.
opening the hood. 2. Radiator hoses.
3. Allow engine to cool. 3. Radiator connections.
4. When steam is no longer visible, 4. Heater hoses.
carefully open hood.
5. Heater hose connections.
5. Consult a CHEVROLET retailer as
soon as possible. 6. Water pump.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if See Engine Compartment Overview on
If the fan is operating and steam is not page 9-5 for reservoir location.
visible, perform the following: the coolant is still leaking, consult a
CHEVROLET retailer immediately. When to Check Power Steering Fluid
1. Carefully open the hood.
It is not necessary to regularly check
2. Idle engine until cool. Warning power steering fluid unless there is a
3. Check coolant level. leak in the system is suspected or an
Scalding hot coolant steam could be unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss in
If the fan is operating, but engine
blown out under pressure, which this system could indicate a problem.
temperature does not fall, perform the
could cause serious injury. Have the system inspected and repaired.
following:
Never remove the coolant reservoir
1. Stop the engine.
cap when engine and radiator are hot.
2. Carefully open the hood.
3. Allow the engine to cool.

Vehicle Care 9-21
How to Check Power Steering Fluid
5. Remove the cap again and look at Caution

the fluid level on the dipstick.
Extremely small amounts of contami-
When the engine is hot, the level should
nation can cause steering system
be at the hot MAX level. When the
damage and cause it to not work
engine is cold, the fluid level should be
properly.
between MIN and MAX on the
dipstick. Do not allow contaminates to contact
the fluid side of the reservior cap or
What to Use
from entering the reservior.
To determine what kind of fluid to use,
refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 10-5. Always use Caution
To check the power steering fluid, do
the following: the proper fluid. Do not operate vehicle without the
1. Turn the ignition OFF and let the required amount of power steering
Caution fluid.
engine compartment cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Use of the incorrect fluid may Doing so can damage power steering
reservoir clean. damage the vehicle and the damages system of your vehicle, leading to
may not be covered by the vehicle's costly repairs.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the warranty. Always use the correct
dipstick with a clean rag. fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
4. Replace the cap and completely and Lubricants on page 10-5.
tighten it.

9-22 Vehicle Care
WASHER FLUID
Adding Windshield Washer Fluid
Warning
An overflow of the fluid may cause
the fluid to burn or discolor paintwork.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
An engine fire can cause personal
injuries and damage your vehicle
and other property.
Before you drive, make sure the Open the cap with the washer symbol on
windshield washer fluid reservoir is at it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full.
the appropriate level and filled with the See Engine Compartment Overview on
correct solution. page 9-5 for reservoir location.
In cold weather, do not fill the wind- To refill windshield washer fluid
shield washer fluid reservoir more than reservoir :
three quarters full.  Use only recommended ready-to-
Washer fluid can freeze to expand in use washer fluid for that purpose.
cold temperatures. Filling the reservoir  Do not use tap water. Minerals
too much does not allow enough present in tap water may plug the
expansion room to prevent possible windshield washer lines.
damage to the reservoir.

Vehicle Care 9-23
BRAKES
 If air temperature is likely to go be- Caution This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brake
low freezing, use windshield washer pads have built-in wear indicators that
fluid which has sufficient anit-  When using concentrated washer make a high-pitched warning sound
freezing property. fluid, follow the manufacturer's when the brake pads are worn and new
instructions for adding water. pads are needed.
Caution  Do not mix water with ready-to- The sound can come and go or be heard
Do not put water or radiator anti- use washer fluid. Water can all the time the vehicle is moving,
freeze in windshield washer reservoir. cause the solution to freeze and except when applying the brake pedal
damage the washer fluid tank firmly.
Water can allow solution to freeze.
and other parts of the washer
Frozen solution can damage wind-
system. Warning
shield washer system.
 Fill the washer fluid tank only The brake wear warning sound
Radiator antifreeze can damage wind-
three-quarters full when it is very means that soon the brakes will not
shield washer system and vehicle
cold. This allows for fluid expan- work well. That could lead to a crash.
paint.
sion if freezing occurs, which When the brake wear warning sound
could damage the tank if it is is heard, have the vehicle serviced.
completely full.
 Do not use engine coolant
Caution
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the winds- Continuing to drive with worn-out
hield washer system and paint. brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.

9-24 Vehicle Care
BRAKE FLUID
Replacing Brake System Parts
Some driving conditions or climates The braking system on a vehicle is

can cause a brake squeal when the complex. Its many parts have to be of
brakes are first applied or lightly top quality and work well together if the
applied. This does not mean something vehicle is to have really good braking.
MAX
is wrong with the brakes. The vehicle was designed and tested
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary with top-quality brake parts. When
to help prevent brake pulsation. When parts of the braking system are
tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for replaced, be sure to get new, approved MIN
wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the replacement parts.

proper sequence to torque specifications. If this is not done, the brakes might not
Brake linings should always be replaced work properly. For example, installing
as complete sets. disc brake pads that are wrong for the The brake master cylinder reservoir is
vehicle, can change the balance filled with DOT 4 brake fluid.
Brake Pedal Travel between the front and rear brakes — for There are only two reasons why the
See your CHEVROLET retailer if the the worse. The braking performance brake fluid level in the reservoir might
brake pedal does not return to normal expected can change in many other go down:
height, or if there is a rapid increase in ways if the wrong replacement brake
 The brake fluid level goes down
pedal travel. This could be a sign that parts are installed.
brake service might be required. because of normal brake lining wear.
When new linings are installed, the
Brake Adjustment fluid level goes back up.
Every time the brakes are applied, with  A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic
or without the vehicle moving, the system can also cause a low fluid
brakes adjust for wear. level. Have the brake hydraulic
system fixed, since a leak means

Vehicle Care 9-25
that sooner or later the brakes will When the brake fluid falls to a low Caution
not work well. level, the brake warning light comes on.
See Brake System Warning Light on  Using the wrong fluid can badly
Do not top off the brake fluid.
page 4-20. damage brake hydraulic system
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If parts. For example, just a few
fluid is added when the linings are What to Add
drops of mineral-based oil, such
worn, there will be too much fluid when Use only new DOT 4 brake fluid from a as engine oil, in the brake
new brake linings are installed. Add or sealed container. It is recommended hydraulic system can damage
remove brake fluid, as necessary, only that the brake hydraulic system be brake hydraulic system parts so
when work is done on the brake flushed and refilled with new DOT 4 badly that they will have to be
hydraulic system. fluid at a regular maintenance service replaced. Do not let someone put
every two years. See the maintenance in the wrong kind of fluid.
Warning
schedule.
 If brake fluid is spilled on the
If too much brake fluid is added, it Always clean the brake fluid reservoir vehicle's painted surfaces, the
can spill on the engine and burn, if cap and the area around the cap before paint finish can be damaged. Be
the engine is hot enough. You or removing it. This helps keep dirt from careful not to spill brake fluid on
others could be burned, and the entering the reservoir. the vehicle. If you do, wash it off
vehicle could be damaged. Add immediately.
brake fluid only when work is done Warning
on the brake hydraulic system.
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the brakes
Warning might not work well. This could
Brake fluid is poisonous and corro- cause a crash. Always use the proper
sive. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, fab- brake fluid.
rics and painted surfaces.

9-26 Vehicle Care
CLUTCH FLUID*
Caution Caution
Make sure you thoroughly clean Do not dispose of used clutch fluid
around the clutch fluid reservoir cap with your household waste.
before removing the cap. Use your local, authorised waste
Contamination of the clutch fluid management facility.
system can affect system perfor- Used clutch fluid and their contain-
mance, leading to costly repairs. ers are hazardous. They can damage
your health and the environment.
Caution
The clutch fluid level must be between Caution
the MIN and the MAX marks. An overflow of clutch fluid on the
engine may cause the fluid to burn. Clutch fluid is harsh and can irritate
When filling up, ensure maximum skin and eyes.
cleanliness as contamination of the Do not overfill the reservoir.
An engine fire can cause personal Do not allow the clutch fluid to
clutch fluid can lead to clutch system
injuries and damage your vehicle contact your skin or eyes. If it does,
malfunctions. Have the cause of the
and other property. immediately wash the affected area
loss of clutch fluid remedied by a
thoroughly with soap and water, or
CHEVROLET retailer.
hand cleaner.
Only use clutch fluid approved for the
vehicle.
See Clutch Fluid under Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5.

Vehicle Care 9-27
BATTERY
Refer to the original battery label when a Warning Warning

new battery is required. See Engine
Compartment Overview on page 9-5 for Batteries have acid that can burn you Keep smoking materials away from
battery location. and gas that can explode. the battery to avoid flames or sparks
The vehicle battery is maintenance free. You can be badly hurt if you are not when the battery is checked because
careful. See Jump Starting on page the explosive gas could be occurred.
Batteries do not belong in household
waste. They must be disposed of at an 9-60 for tips on working around a If the battery explodes, it can be
appropriate recycling collection point. battery without getting hurt. result in damages of your vehicle and
serious injury or death.
Laying up the vehicle for more than 4
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, Avoid skin contact with battery acid
weeks can lead to battery discharge.
negative (−) cable from the battery to because it can damage by contained
Disconnect the clamp from the negative
keep the battery from running down. highly corrosive and toxic sulfuric
terminal of the vehicle battery.
acid.
Ensure the ignition is switched OFF Extended Storage: Remove the black,
before connecting or disconnecting the negative (−) cable from the battery or If you accidentally get it on your
vehicle battery. See Battery Power use a battery trickle charger. skin, flush the place with water and
Protection on page 5-8. get medical help immediately.
Keep batteries out of the reach of
children because it contains sulfuric
acid and gas.
Do not allow battery acid to contact
your skin, eyes, clothing or paint.
Do not open and tilt the battery.

9-28 Vehicle Care
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE STARTER SWITCH CHECK

When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly check the Warning For manual transmission vehicles,
transfer case fluid unless a leak is put the shift lever in Neutral, push the
suspected or an unusual noise is heard. When you are doing this inspection, clutch pedal down halfway, and try to
A fluid loss could indicate a problem. the vehicle could move suddenly. If start the engine. The vehicle should
Have it inspected and repaired. the vehicle moves, you or others start only when the clutch pedal is
could be injured. pushed down all the way to the floor.
If the vehicle starts when the clutch
1. Before starting this check, be sure pedal is not pushed all the way down,
there is enough room around the contact your CHEVROLET retailer
vehicle. for service.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake. See Parking
Brake on page 8-29.
Do not use the accelerator pedal,
and be ready to turn off the engine
immediately if it starts.
3. For automatic transmission vehi-
cles, try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start only in
P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle
starts in any other position, contact
your CHEVROLET retailer for
service.

Vehicle Care 9-29
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION PARK BRAKE AND P (PARK)

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL MECHANISM CHECK
FUNCTION CHECK
Warning Warning  To check the P (Park) mechanism's
holding ability: With the engine
When you are doing this inspection, When you are doing this check, the running, shift to P (Park). Then
the vehicle could move suddenly. If vehicle could begin to move. You or release the parking brake followed
the vehicle moves, you or others others could be injured and property by the regular brake.
could be injured. could be damaged. Make sure there Contact your CHEVROLET retailer if
is room in front of the vehicle in case service is required.
1. Before starting this check, be sure it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
there is enough room around the regular brake at once should the
vehicle. It should be parked on a vehicle begin to move.
level surface.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. See vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your
Parking Brake on page 8-29. foot on the regular brake, set the
Be ready to apply the regular brake parking brake.
immediately if the vehicle begins to
 To check the parking brake’s
move.
holding ability: With the engine
3. With the engine OFF, turn the ignition running and the transmission in N
ON, but do not start the engine. (Neutral), slowly remove foot
Without applying the regular brake, pressure from the regular brake
try to move the shift lever out of P pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
(Park) with normal effort. If the shift held by the parking brake only.
lever moves out of P (Park), contact
your CHEVROLET retailer for
service.

9-30 Vehicle Care
WIPER BLADE HEADLAMP AIMING

REPLACEMENT
Replacing Wiper Blades
Properly functioning windshield wipers Headlamp aim has been preset and
are essential for clean vision and safe should need no further adjustment. If the
driving. Regularly check the condition vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
of the wiper blades. Replace hard, brittle headlamp aim may be affected. If
or cracked blades or those that smear adjustment to the headlamps is neces-
dirt on the windshield. sary, see your CHEVROLET retailer.
Foreign material on the windshield or
wiper blades can reduce the effectiveness
of the wipers. If the blades are not wiping
properly, clean both the windshield and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly with 1. Press and hold the wiper blade
water. retaining clip.
Repeat the process, if necessary. There 2. Pull the wiper blade off the wiper
is no way to remove traces of silicone arm.
from glass. Therefore never apply 3. Install a new wiper blade onto the
silicone polish or wax polish to your arm.
vehicle's windshield or you will get
streak, blade chatter or blade noise that
impairs the dirver's vision.
Do not use solvents, gasoline, kerosene,
or paint thinner to clean wipers. These
are harsh and can damage the blades
and painted surfaces.

Vehicle Care 9-31
BULB REPLACEMENT HEADLAMPS, FRONT TURN

SIGNAL AND PARKING
LAMPS
Use only the same bulb type for Replace headlight bulbs from within
replacement. See Bulb Specifications the engine compartment.
on page 11-5. Note
For any bulb changing procedure not After driving in heavy rain or washing,
listed in this section, contact your some exterior lamp lenses could appear
CHEVROLET retailer. frosty.
This condition is caused by the
HALOGEN BULBS temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside.
Warning This is similar to the condensation on
your windows inside your vehicle Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas during the rain and doesn't indicate a Similar
inside and can burst if you drop or problem with your vehicle.
scratch the bulb. You or others could A. Turn Signal Lamp
be injured. Be sure to read and follow If the water leaks into the light bulb B. Low Beam Headlamp
the instructions on the bulb package. circuitry, have the vehicle checked, by
your CHEVROLET retailer. C. High Beam Headlamp
Switch OFF the ignition and switch D. Parking Lamp
OFF the relevant switch or close the
doors.
Only hold a new bulb at the base. Do not
touch the bulb glass with bare hands.

9-32 Vehicle Care
Headlamps Parking Lamps
5. Remove the bulb socket from the

headlamp by releasing the spring
clamp and pulling the socket
straight out of the lamp assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket.
7. Install the new bulb in the socket.
8. Install the bulb socket into the lamp
assembly and attach the spring
clamp.
9. Install the dust cover in the back of
To replace one of these bulbs: the headlamp housing by turning To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page clockwise a quarter turn. 1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
9-4. 10. Reverse the steps to install the 2. Remove the dust cover from the
2. Remove the three screws (A) headlamp assembly. back of the headlamp housing by
retaining the headlamp assembly. turning counterclockwise a quarter
3. Pull the headlamp assembly straight turn.
forward releasing the retaining 3. Turn the bulb socket (C) counter-
studs from the grommets. clockwise to remove it from the
4. Remove the dust cover from the headlamp assembly (A).
back of the headlamp housing by 4. Pull the bulb (B) straight out from
turning counterclockwise a quarter the socket (C).
turn.

Vehicle Care 9-33
FOG LAMPS
Front Turn Signal Lamps
5. Push the new bulb into the socket

(C) and reinstall the socket into the
headlamp assembly (A) by turning
it clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs: To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page
2. Turn the bulb socket (C) counter- 9-4.
clockwise to remove it from the 2. Remove the headlamp assembly.
headlamp assembly (A). See Headlamps, Front Turn Signal
3. Remove the bulb (B) from the and Parking Lamps on page 9-31.
socket (C) by turning counterclock- 3. Remove the connector retaining tab
wise and pulling straight out. (A).
4. Install the new bulb into the socket 4. Disconnect the wiring harness
(C) and reinstall the socket into the connector from the bulb (C) by
headlamp assembly (A) by turning pressing the connector release (B)
it clockwise. and pulling straight back.
5. Install the headlamp assembly.

9-34 Vehicle Care
TAIL LAMPS, TURN SIGNAL,

STOP LAMPS AND
BACK-UP LAMPS
5. Remove the old bulb from the from
the fog lamp assembly by squeez-
A
ing the bulb release tabs and pulling
straight out.
B
6. Push the new bulb into the bulb
assembly until it locks into place. A
7. Install the wiring harness connector
to the bulb. Be sure the connector C
release (B) locks into place.
8. Install the connector retaining tab
(A). Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side To replace one of these lamps:
9. Replace the headlamp assembly. Similar 1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate on
A. Stoplamp/Taillamp page 1-7.
B. Back-Up Lamp 2. Remove the two screws retaining
C. Turn Signal Lamp the taillamp assembly in place.
3. Pull the lamp assembly straight
rearward releasing the retaining
studs from the grommets.
4. Turn the bulb socket counterclock-
wise to remove it.
5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise to
remove it from the bulb socket.

Vehicle Care 9-35
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS LICENSE PLATE LAMP
6. Install the new bulb into the bulb If the side turn signal lamp in the
socket. outside rearview mirror is not operated,
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to have the checked by CHEVROLET
reinstall. retailer.
8. Install the lamp assembly into the
vehicle. Make sure to align the
retaining studs to the grommets. CENTER HIGH-MOUNTED
9. Install two screws to secure lamp STOPLAMP (CHMSL)
assembly in place on the vehicle. If the CHMSL is not operated, have the
checked by CHEVROLET retailer.
TAIL LAMPS AND STOP The licence plate lamps for this vehicle
LAMPS (LED) REAR FOG LAMPS (LED) are on the trunk lid.
To replace one of these bulbs:
Have the LED lamps inspected and Have the LED lamps inspected and
replaced by CHEVROLET retailer. 1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate on
replaced by CHEVROLET retailer. page 1-7.
2. Remove two screws and the lamp
assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclock-
wise to remove it from the lamp
assembly.
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the bulb
socket.

9-36 Vehicle Care
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
INTERIOR LAMPS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
OVERLOAD
Courtesy Lamps
5. Push the replacement bulb straight 1. To remove it, prise the opposite side The vehicle has fuses and circuit
into the bulb socket and turn the of the lamp switch using a flat-blade breakers to protect against an electrical
bulb socket clockwise to install it screwdriver. system overload.
into the lamp assembly. (Be careful not to make scratches.) When the current electrical load is too
6. Install the bulb socket back into the 2. Remove the bulb. heavy, the circuit breaker opens and
lamp housing. closes, protecting the circuit until the
3. Replace the bulb. current load returns to normal or the
7. Install the lamp cover using two
screws. 4. Reinstall the lamp assembly. problem is fixed. This greatly reduces
the chance of circuit overload and fire
Warning caused by electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
The same rating of the bulb to be power devices in the vehicle.
used during replacement and any
usage of higher wattage bulbs can Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
cause thermal issues such as melting identical size and rating.
of lamp housing and its surrounding If there is a problem on the road and a
parts. Warranty would be void if fuse needs to be replaced, the same
higher wattage bulbs are being used. amperage fuse can be borrowed.
Choose some feature of the vehicle that
is not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.

Vehicle Care 9-37
FUSES AND CIRCUIT

BREAKERS
Headlamp Wiring Fuse Extractor
An electrical overload may cause the The wiring circuits in the vehicle are A fuse extractor may be located in the
lamps to go on and off, or in some cases protected from short circuits by a fuse box in the engine compartment.
to remain off. Have the headlamp combination of fuses and circuit Place the fuse extractor on the various
wiring checked right away if the lamps breakers. This greatly reduces the types of fuse from the top or side, and
go on and off or remain off. chance of damage caused by electrical withdraw fuse.
Windshield Wipers problems.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
If the wiper motor overheats due to Data on the replacement fuse must breakers, and relays, see Engine
heavy snow or ice, the windshield match the data on the defective fuse. Compartment Fuse Block on page 9-38
wipers will stop until the motor cools Before replacing a fuse, turn off the and Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
and will then restart. respective switch and the ignition. page 9-40.
Although the circuit is protected from A blown fuse can be recognised by its
electrical overload, overload due to melted wire. Do not replace the fuse
heavy snow or ice may cause wiper until the cause of the fault has been
linkage damage. remedied.
Always clear ice and heavy snow from Some functions are protected by
the windshield before using the several fuses.
windshield wipers. Fuses may also be inserted without
If the overload is caused by an electrical existence of a function.
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to Note
get it fixed.
Not all fuse box descriptions in this
Manual may apply to your vehicle.
When inspecting the fuse box refer to
the fuse box label.

9-38 Vehicle Care
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BLOCK
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
20A 60A 20A 20A
10A
15A
20A
10A
10A
10A
30A
SPARE
10A
10A
20A
80A
15A
15A
10A
15A
COIL A
15A
25A
OIL PUMP
30A
15A
10A
15A
10A
10A
20A
15A
40A 60A 50A 60A
15A
The engine compartment fuse block is The vehicle may not be equipped with Fuses Usage
located on the right side of the engine all of the fuses, relays, and features
compartment, near the battery. shown. Instrument Panel Fuse
BATT1
Block Main Feed 1
Fuses Usage
Caution Instrument Panel Fuse
Antilock Brake BATT2
Spilling liquid on any electrical ABS Block Main Feed 2
System
component on the vehicle may Instrument Panel Fuse
damage it. Always keep the covers Heater, Ventilation, BATT3
Block Main Feed 3
on any electrical component. A/C and Air Conditioning
System BCM Body Control Module
AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump

Vehicle Care 9-39
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

ECM Engine Control Module HTD Heated Washer SPARE Not Used
ECM Engine Control WASH/MIR Fluid/Heated Mirrors
STOP LAMP Stoplamps
PWR TRN Module/Powertrain IGN COIL A Ignition Coil A
Miscellaneous STRTR Starter
ENG SNSR Engine Sensors IGN COIL B Ignition Coil B
Transmission
LO Low-Beam TCM
EPB Electric Parking Brake Control Module
BEAM LH Headlamp (Left)
FAN1 Cooling Fan 1 TRLR Trailer Parking
LO Low-Beam Lamps
Cooling Fan 3 PRK LP
FAN3 BEAM RH Headlamp (Right)
FRT FOG Front Fog Lamps PRK LP LH Parking Lamps (Left) Relays Usage
FRT WPR Front Wiper Motor SPARE Spare Relay
PRK LP RH Parking Lamps(Right)
Fuel Pump/ RELAY
FUEL/VAC Vacuum Pump PRK Parking Lamps (Right) SPARE Spare Relay
LP RH* (Europe Park Lamps) RELAY
HDLP Headlamp Washer
WASHER PRK LP RH/ Parking Lamps AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump Relay
High-Beam LIFTGATE (Right)/Liftgate RELAY
HI
BEAM LH Headlamp (Left) Pulse Width FRT
PWM FAN Front Fog Lamps
HI High-Beam Modulation Fan FOG RLY
BEAM RH Headlamp (Right) REAR Rear Window FUEL/VAC Fuel Pump/Vacuum
DEFOG Defogger PUMP RLY Pump Relay
HORN Horn
REAR WPR Rear Wiper Motor

9-40 Vehicle Care
INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE

BLOCK
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Relays Usage
HDLP Headlamp Washer
30A
DRVR
PWR
WSHR RLY SEAT
S/ROOF
10A
15A
20A
20A
/FOLDING
FSCM/ F/DOOR DR/LCK
MIRROR VENT SOL LOCK
HI High-Beam HTD SEAT

30A
15A
20A
20A
20A
APO JACK BCM
TRLR (CONSOLE) PWR / (PRK/TRN) PASS
REAR A/C PWR
BEAM RLY Headlamps BCM WNDW
15A
(STOP) 20A
BCM
15A
DRV/PWR
20A
LO Low-Beam ACC/RAP
SPARE
CIGAR (CTSY) WNDW
10A
RLY
BEAM RLY Headlamps APO JACK PAKS
20A
(REAR
CARGO)
30A
20A SPARE AMP
15A
CIGAR / RUN/
S/ROOF
PWR/ APO JACK
BATT
CRNK
15A
BCM
15A
RLY
Powertrain (TRN SIG) DRL
TRN RLY
10A
FRT
20A
L/GATE
RUN RLY WSR
REAR Rear Window

DEFOG RLY Defogger The instrument panel fuse block is RUN/CRNK
RLY
located on the driver side of the lower
15A
RR
STOP
10A
20A
HEATING
MAT SW
FSCM HEAT SEAT
AWD/
15A
Stoplamps console. VENT
15A
10A
ISRVM/ 5A
LAMP RLY RUN2
RCM
RR FOG
BCM
15A
15A
(DIMMER) LOGISTIC
Pull the latch of the fuse box cover

10A
PWR MODE
CLSTR
5A
40A BCM
10A
DIODE
STRTR RLY Starter straight back to access the fuses.

HVAC SDM
(VBATT)
10A
BLWR
15A
(IGN_1) RVS/ PWR/
2A
30A
TRLR
HAVC/DLC MODING
BATT
WPR SDM
10A
10A
10A
20A
10A
BCM (INT LIGHT 30A SPARE
SSPS XBCM TRLR FOG IPC (BATT)
Wiper Control DC/DC
CONV-
CNTRL RLY AUDIO/ STR/

10A
ERTER
2A
2A
OSRVM KEY SPARE WHL SW
CAPTURE
WPR Wiper Speed

SPD RLY
The vehicle may not have all of the
fuses, relays, and features shown.

Vehicle Care 9-41
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

AMP Amplifier BCM Body Control Module HEATING Heating Mat Switch
(VBATT) (Battery Voltage) MAT SW
APO JACK Auxiliary Power
(CONSOLE) Outlet Jack CIGAR Cigarette HTD
Heated Seat Power /
SEAT PWR /
APO JACK Auxiliary Power Communications Rear A/C
CIM REAR A/C
(REAR Outlet Jack Rear Integration Module
CARGO) Cargo Heating, Ventilation,
CLSTR Instrument Cluster HVAC
and Air Conditioning
All Wheel Drive/ BLWR
AWD/VENT Daytime Running Blower
Ventilation DRL Lamps
Body Control Instrument Panel
BCM (CTSY) IPC
Module (Courtesy) DR/LCK Driver Door Lock Cluster
BCM Body Control DRVR Inside Rearview
Driver Power Seat ISRVM/RCM Mirror/Remote
(DIMMER) Module (Dimmer) PWR SEAT
Compass Module
BCM (INT Body Control Module DRV/
Driver Power Window AUDIO/
LIGHT) (Interior Light), PWR WNDW Audio/
TRLR FOG Trailer Fog Lamps KEY Key Capture
F/DOOR
Fuel Door Lock CAPTURE
BCM Body Control Module LOCK
PRK/TRN) (Parking/Turn Signal) FRT WSR Front Washer L/GATE Tail Gate
Body Control Module Fuel System LOGISTIC
BCM (STOP) Logistic Mode
(Stop Lamp) FSCM MODE
Control Module
BCM Body Control Module FSCM/ Fuel System Control Outside Rear
(TRN SIG) (Turn Signal) OSRVM
VENT SOL Module,Vent Solenoid View Mirror

9-42 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage

PASS Passenger S/ROOF ACC/RAP Accessory/Run
Sunroof Battery
PWR WNDW Power Window BATT RLY Accessory Power
PWR DIODE Power Diode Speed Sensitive Cigarette and
SSPS Power Steering CIGAR APO
Auxiliary Power
PWR JACK RLY
Power Moding Steering Wheel Outlet
MODING STR/WHL SW
Switch RUN/
RADIO Radio Run/Crank
CRNK RLY
TRLR Trailer
RR FOG Rear Defogger RUN RLY Run
TRLR BATT Trailer Battery
Power Battery PA KS PA KS
RUN 2 Key On Run Export Body
XBCM
Control Module
RUN/CRNK Run Crank
Xm™ Satellite Radio
Safety Diagnosis (If Equipped)/Heating,
SDM (BATT) XM/HVAC/
Module (Battery) Ventilation, and Air
DLC
Safety Diagnosis Conditioning/ Data
SDM (IGN 1) Link Connection
Module (Ignition 1)
SPARE Spare
S/ROOF/ Sunroof/
FOLDING Folding Mirror
MIRROR

Vehicle Care 9-43
AUXILIARY ENGINE ROOM

FUSE BLOCK
Auxiliary Engine Room Fuse Block
F/F
RELAY PTC 3 PTC 2 PTC 1 GPCU
HTR
PTC 3 40A 40A 40A 60A
30A
RELAY RELAY RELAY

B+
PTC 2 PTC 1 F/F HTR
Auxiliary engine room fuse block is
located in the centre of the front panel.
Note
Not all fuse block descriptions in this
Manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box
on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box
label.

9-44 Vehicle Care
WHEELS AND TIRES

TIRES
Factory-fitted tires are matched to this Warning (Continued) Driving over sharp objects can damage
vehicle, offering the most effective the tires and wheels. If some objects are
combination of ride comfort, tread life  Overinflated tires are more likely unavoidable, drive over them slowly
and performance. to be cut, punctured, or broken by and at a right angle, if possible.
a sudden impact - such as when When parking, avoid making contact
Warning hitting a pothole. Keep tires at with the curb.
the recommended pressure.
 Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires are dangerous.  Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly worn,
Overloading the tires can cause replace them.
overheating as a result of too
much flexing. There could be a  Replace any tires that have been
blowout and a serious crash. See damaged by impacts with
Vehicle Load Limits on page 8-9. potholes, curbs, etc.
 Underinflated tires pose the same  Improperly repaired tires can
danger as overloaded tires. The cause a crash. Only the retailer or
resulting crash could cause serious an authorized tire service center
injury. Check all tires frequently to should repair, replace, dismount,
maintain the recommended and mount the tires.
pressure. Tire pressure should be  Do not spin the tires in excess of
checked when the tires are cold. 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
etc. Excessive spinning may
cause the tires to explode.

Vehicle Care 9-45
WINTER TIRES
Consider installing winter tires on the If using snow tires: 95 : Load index e.g. 95 is equivalent to
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or  Use them on all four wheels. 690 kg
ice covered roads is expected. All H : Speed code letter
 Never exceed the maximum speed
season tires provide good overall
performance on most surfaces but they specified by the tire manufacturer. Speed code letter:
may not offer the traction you would  Always use the tire pressure spec- Q : up to 160 km/h (100mph)
like or the same level of performance as ified by the tire manufacturer. S : up to 180 km/h (112mph)
winter tires on snow or ice covered Winter tires with the same speed rating T : up to 190 km/h (118mph)
roads. as the original equipment tires may not
be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR H : up to 210 km/h (130mph)
Winter tires, in general, are designed
for increased traction on snow and ice speed rated tires. If winter tires with a V : up to 240 km/h (150mph)
covered roads. With winter tires, there lower speed rating are chosen, never W : up to 270 km/h (168mph)
may be decreased dry road traction, exceed the tire's maximum speed
increased road noise, and shorter tread capability.
life. After changing to winter tires, be Tire Designations
alert for changes in vehicle handling
E.g. 215/60 R 16 95 H
and braking.
215 : Tire width, mm
See your CHEVROLET retailer for
details regarding winter tire availability 60 : Cross-section ratio (tire height to
and proper tire selection. Using incorrect tire width), %
winter tires may adversely affect R : Belt type : Radial
Stability System Performance. Also, see RF : Type : Run Flat
Buying New Tires on page 9-50.
16 : Wheel diameter, inches

9-46 Vehicle Care
TIRE PRESSURE
Incorrect tire pressures will impair Caution

safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
fuel economy and will increase tire Neither tire underinflation nor
wear. overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires that do
not have enough air, can result in:
 Tire overloading and overheating
which could lead to a blowout.
Under Correct Over  Premature or irregular wear.
inflation inflation inflation  Poor handling.
Check the pressure of cold tires at least  Reduced fuel economy.
every 14 days and before any long Warning Overinflated tires, or tires that have
journey. Do not forget the spare wheel. too much air, can result in:
If the pressure is too low, this can
Unscrew the valve cap.  Unusual wear.
result in considerable tire warmup
The tire pressure label is on the driver's and internal damage, leading to tread  Poor handling.
door frame. separation and even to tire blow-out
 Rough ride.
The tire pressure data refers to cold at high speeds.
tires. It applies to summer and winter  Needless damage from road
tires. hazards.
Always inflate the spare tire to the
pressure specified for full load.

Vehicle Care 9-47
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation

Front Rear
Tire Size More than five More than five
Less than four Less than four
occupants with occupants with
occupants occupants
towing a trailer towing a trailer
235/65R17 (Regular) 35 psi (240 kPa) 35 psi (240 kPa) 35 psi (240 kPa) 41 psi (280 kPa)
215/70R16 (Spare) 35 psi (240 kPa) 35 psi (240 kPa)
When to Check How to Check

The tire pressure should be checked Use an accurate tire pressure gauge to
each time you fill the fuel tank or at least check the pressure of the tires when
every 14 days using a tire pressure they are cold. Securely retighten the
gauge. valve caps after checking the tire
Check the inflation pressure when the inflation pressure.
tires are cold. Warm tires will produce
an inaccurate reading. Tires can
become warm after driving more than
1.6 km (1 mile) and stay warm for up to
three hours after stopping.

9-48 Vehicle Care
TREAD DEPTH TIRE INSPECTION
Check tread depth at regular intervals. Tires age, even if they are not used. We Regularly inspect the vehicle’s tires,
Tires should be replaced for safety recommend tire replacement every 6 including the spare tire, if the vehicle
reasons at a tread depth of 2-3 mm years. has one, for signs of wear or damage.
(4mm for winter tires). See When It Is Time for New Tires on
page 9-50 for more information.
Always remove the tires if any of the
following statements are true:
 You can see the indicators at three or
more places around the tire.
 You can see cord or fabric showing
through the tire’s rubber.
 The tread or sidewall is cracked,
cut, or snagged deep enough to
show cord or fabric.
 The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
The legally permissible minimum tread
 The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
depth (1.6 mm) has been reached when
the tread has worn down as far as one of damage that cannot be repaired well
the tread wear indicators (TWI). Their because of the size or location of the
position is indicated by markings on the damage.
sidewall.  Check the wheels for damage.
If there is more wear at the front than the
rear, swap round front wheels and rear
wheels.

Vehicle Care 9-49
TIRE ROTATION
Tire defects including those above can Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub
cause loss of control of the vehicle, with wheel bearing grease after a wheel
resulting in a possible collision. change or tire rotation to prevent
If the tires or wheels are damaged or show corrosion or rust build-up.
abnormal wear see your CHEVROLET Do not get grease on the flat wheel
retailer. mounting surface or on the wheel nuts
For reasons of safety, tires should be or bolts.
replaced when their tread depth has worn
down to 2 to 3 mm (winter tires : 4mm).
Warning Normally, the front tires wear faster

than the rear tires.
Use the recommended wheels and To prolong the life of the tires and avoid
wheel lug nuts/bolts only. uneven treadwear:
Otherwise, you can lose control of 1. Rotate the tires using the rotation
your vehicle and cause a collision pattern shown if the front tires show
that can result in injuries or damage greater wear than the rear tires.
to your vehicle or other property.
2. Maintain the correct tire pressure.
3. Tighten the lug nuts/bolts.

9-50 Vehicle Care
WHEN IT IS TIME FOR NEW BUYING NEW TIRES

TIRES
vehicle has one, even if it is never used. This vehicle was delivered with radial
Multiple conditions including tempe- tires. We recommend using radials of
ratures, loading conditions, and inflation the same size, design, tread wear,
pressure maintenance affect how fast temperature and speed rating when
aging takes place. Tires will typically replacing them.
need to be replaced due to wear before
they may need to be replaced due to age. Warning
Consult the tire manufacturer for more
information on when tires should be Tires could explode during improper
replaced. service. Attempting to mount or
dismount a tire could cause injury or
Tires age when stored normally mounted death. Only your CHEVROLET
Factors such as maintenance, tempera- on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that retailer or authorized tire service center
tures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, will be stored for at least a month in a should mount or dismount the tires.
and road conditions affect the wear rate cool, dry, clean area away from direct
of the tires. sunlight to slow aging. This area should
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell be free of grease, gasoline, or other Warning
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear substances that can deteriorate rubber.
indicators appear when the tires have Parking for an extended period can Mixing tires of different sizes,
only 1.6mm (1/16 in) or less of tread cause flat spots on the tires that may brands, or types may cause loss of
remaining. See Tire Inspection on page result in vibrations while driving. When control of the vehicle, resulting in a
9-48 and Tire Rotation on page 9-49 for storing a vehicle for at least a month, crash or other vehicle damage. Use
more information. remove the tires or raise the vehicle to the correct size, brand, and type of
reduce the weight from the tires. tires on all wheels.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This
also applies for the spare tire, if the

Vehicle Care 9-51
DIFFERENT SIZE TIRES WHEEL ALIGNMENT AND WHEEL REPLACEMENT

AND WHEELS TIRE BALANCE
If wheels or tires are installed that are a The tires and wheels were aligned and Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
different size than the original equip- balanced at the factory to provide the or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel
ment wheels and tires, vehicle perfor- longest tire life and best overall nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
mance, including its braking, ride and performance. Adjustments to wheel wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be
handling characteristics, stability, and alignment and tire balancing will not be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace
resistance to rollover may be affected. If necessary on a regular basis. However, it. Some aluminum wheels can be
the vehicle has electronic systems such check the alignment if there is unusual repaired. See your service partner if any
as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, tire wear or if the vehicle is pulling to of these conditions exist.
traction control, and electronic stability
one side or the other. If the vehicle Your CHEVROLET retailer will know
control, the performance of these
systems can also be affected. vibrates when driving on a smooth the kind of wheel that is needed.
road, the tires and wheels might need to
be rebalanced. See your CHEVROLET Each new wheel should have the same
Warning load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
retailer for proper diagnosis.
If different sized wheels are used, there offset, and be mounted the same way as
may not be an acceptable level of the one it replaces.
performance and safety if tires not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
recommended for those wheels are nuts, with new original equipment parts.
selected. This increases the chance of a
crash and serious injury. Only use
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and have them
properly installed by a CHEVROLET
retailer.
See Buying New Tires on page 9-50 and

Accessories and Modifications on page
9-2.

9-52 Vehicle Care
TIRES CHAINS
Used Replacement Wheels
Warning Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels, Replacing a wheel with a used one is
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. How it has been used or
dangerous. It could affect the braking how far it has been driven may be
and handling of the vehicle. Tires can unknown. It could fail suddenly and
lose air, and cause loss of control, cause a crash. When replacing wheels,
causing a crash. Always use the use a new original equipment wheel.
correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Before fitting chains, remove wheel

Caution covers to avoid scratching them.
The wrong wheel can also cause  Follow the chain manufacturer's
problems with bearing life, brake instructions.
cooling, speedometer or odometer
 Only use tire chains on the front tire
calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
of 16 inch size. Do not use chains on
height, vehicle ground clearance,
the other tire size.
and tire or tire chain clearance to the
body and chassis.  Re-tighten the chains after driving
about 1 km (.5 miles).

Vehicle Care 9-53
IF A TIRE GOES FLAT
Caution It is unusual for a tire to blow out while Warning

driving, especially if the tires are
Use of snow chains could adversely maintained properly. See Tires on page Driving on a flat tire will cause
affect vehicle handling. 9-44. If air goes out of a tire, it is much permanent damage to the tire. Re-
Do not exceed 50km/h (30 mph) or the more likely to leak out slowly. But if inflating a tire after it has been driven
chain manufacturer's recommended there is ever a blowout, here are a few on while severely underinflated or flat
speed limit, whichever is lower. tips about what to expect and what to may cause a blowout and a serious
do: crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
Avoid sharp turns, bumps and holes. that has been driven on while severely
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a underinflated or flat. Have your
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
drag that pulls the vehicle towards that CHEVROLET retailer or an autho-
side. Take your foot off the accelerator rized tire service center repair or
Note
pedal and grip the steering wheel replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
SAE class S-type chains are the proper firmly. Steer to maintain lane position,
type for your vehicle. and then gently brake to a stop, well off Warning
Always drive slowly when you are the road, if possible.
using tire chains. Lifting a vehicle and getting under it
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, to do maintenance or repairs is
If you hear the chains contacting the acts much like a skid and may require dangerous without the appropriate
vehicle, stop and re-tighten the chains. the same correction as used in a skid. safety equipment and training. If a
If the contact continues, slow down Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and jack is provided with the vehicle, it is
until it stops. steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be designed only for changing a flat tire.
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to If it is used for anything else, you or
a stop, well off the road, if possible. others could be badly injured or killed
if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a
jack is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.

9-54 Vehicle Care
TIRE CHANGING
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and

wheel damage by driving slowly to a
level place, well off the road, if
possible. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers
on page 5-4.
Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
The vehicle can slip off the jack and
roll over or fall causing injury or
death. Find a level place to change This vehicle may come with a jack and In some models, jack handle type is
the tire. To help prevent the vehicle spare tire. To use the jacking equipment applied to the vehicle.
from moving: to change a spare tire safely, follow the The actual tools in the vehicle may
1. Set the parking brake firmly. instructions below. Then see Tire
Changing on page 9-54. differ from the description.
2. Put an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual transmis- When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), use Warning
sion in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). the following example as a guide to
assist you in the placement of wheel Storing a jack, a tire, or other
3. Turn off the engine and do not equipment in the passenger compart-
restart while the vehicle is raised. blocks (A).
ment of the vehicle could cause injury.
4. Do not allow passengers to remain A. Wheel Block In a sudden stop or collision, loose
in the vehicle. B. Flat Tire equipment could strike someone. Store
5. Place wheel blocks on both sides all these in the proper place.
of the tire at the opposite corner
of the tire being changed.

Vehicle Care 9-55
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
The jack and tools are located in the To remove the spare tire: 1. Do a safety check before proceed-
luggage compartment and below the 1. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to remove ing. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page
rear bumper. 9-53.
the hole cover above the rear bumper.
To remove the jack and tools: Call CHEVROLET retailer for
2. Use the wheel wrench to loosen the
1. Open the tailgate. assistance if it is not safe to jack the
bolt to lower the spare tire.
2. Lift the floor cover to locate the vehicle or change the tire safely.
wing bolt. 3. Unhook the cable on the tire carrier
located below the rear bumper. 2. Use the wheel wrench or screw-
3. Turn the wing bolt counterclock- driver to remove the wheel cover if
wise to remove it from the jack. 4. Remove the spare tire. See Compact there is one.
4. Remove the jack and tool bag. Spare Tire on page 9-59.
3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all
5. Remove the straps holding the tool Stow the jack and tools securely so they the wheel nuts. Do not remove any
bag. do not rattle while the car is moving. of the nuts until the wheel is off the
6. Remove the tools from the bag. ground.

9-56 Vehicle Care
4. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack panel has an arrow to aid in locating
bolt head and rotate the wheel the jacking location.
wrench clockwise to lift the head a 6. Put the compact spare tire near you.
little.
Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage
the vehicle and even make the
vehicle fall. To help avoid personal
injury and vehicle damage, be sure to
fit the jack lift head into the proper 7. Turn the wheel wrench or jack
location before raising the vehicle. handle clockwise until the lifting
head fits firmly into the appropriate
notch and the tire is off the ground
5. There are notches under the doors at about 2.5 cm (1 in).
the front and rear of the vehicle. Do not raise the vehicle more than it
Position the jack vertically at the is necessary to change the tire.
front or rear jacking notch closest to
the wheel being changed. Make
sure all of the jack lift head is
touching the jacking flange under
the body. Do not place the jack
under a body panel. The lower body

Vehicle Care 9-57
Caution Warning
As the jack begins to raise the vehicle, Lifting a vehicle and getting under it
make sure jack is properly placed so it to do maintenance or repairs is
will not slip. dangerous without the appropriate
safety equipment and training. If a
jack is provided with the vehicle, it is
designed only for changing a flat tire.
Warning If it is used for anything else, you or
Getting under a vehicle when it is others could be badly injured or
jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle killed if the vehicle slips off the jack.
slips off the jack you could be badly If a jack is provided with the vehicle,
only use it for changing a flat tire. 8. Remove all the wheel nuts.
injured or killed. Never get under a
vehicle when it is supported only by 9. Remove the flat tire.
a jack. Caution 10. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces and
Make sure that the jack lift head is in spare wheel.
the correct position or you may
damage your vehicle. The repairs 11. Install the spare tire.
would not be covered by your
warranty.

9-58 Vehicle Care
Warning Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Wheel nuts that are improperly or
parts to which it is fastened, can incorrectly tightened can cause
make wheel nuts become loose after the wheels to become loose or come
time. The wheel could come off and off. The wheel nuts should be
cause an accident. When changing a tightened with a torque wrench to
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the proper torque specification
places where the wheel attaches to after replacing.
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or a paper towel can be used;
however, use a scraper or wire brush
14. Turn the wheel wrench or jack Caution
later to remove all rust or dirt.
handle counterclockwise to lower Improperly tightened wheel nuts can
12. Place the compact spare tire on the the vehicle to ground. lead to brake pulsation and rotor
wheel-mounting surface. damage. To avoid expensive brake
repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten
in the proper sequence and to the
each nut by hand until the wheel is
proper torque specification.
held against the hub.
Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or
nuts because the nuts might come
loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall
off, causing a crash.

Vehicle Care 9-59
STORING A FLAT TIRE AND COMPACT SPARE TIRE

TOOLS
Warning Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other Driving with more than one compact
equipment in the passenger compart- spare tire at a time could result in loss
ment of the vehicle could cause injury. of braking and handling. This could
In a sudden stop or collision, loose lead to a crash and you or others
equipment could strike someone. could be injured. Use only one
Store all these in the proper place. compact spare tire at a time.
1. Hang the tire carrier on the support The compact spare tire was fully
rod and tighten the bolt in the hole inflated when the vehicle was new, but
above the rear bumper to raise the it can lose air after a time. Check the
15. Tighten the wheel nuts to 140 Nm tire carrier. inflation pressure regularly.
(100 lb-ft) in a crisscross sequence,
2. Hook the cable and reinstall the Do not exceed 120 km/h when driving
as shown. hole cover in its original position. with a spare tire.
16. Install the wheel cover if there is 3. Secure the jack and tools in their
one. original location. The spare tire is for temporary emer-
gency use only. Replace it with a
17. Lower the jack all the way and 4. Secure the flat tire in the luggage
compartment. regular tire as soon as possible.
remove it from under the vehicle.
Do not store the flat tire below the Do not use the temporary spare on other
18. Tighten the bolts firmly with the vehicles.
rear bumper where the spare tire
wheel wrench or jack handle. was located.
The compact spare is for temporary use
only. Replace the compact spare tire
with a full-size tire as soon as possible.

9-60 Vehicle Care
JUMP STARTING
JUMP STARTING
Caution Caution Warning

When the compact spare is installed, Do not try to start vehicle by pushing Batteries can explode. You could be
do not take the vehicle through an or pulling it. burnt by battery acid and electrical
automatic car wash with guide rails. This can damage catalytic converter short could injure you or damage the
The compact spare can get caught on and automatic transaxle and may vehicles.
the rails which can damage the tire, cause personal injury.  Do not expose battery to flames
wheel, and other parts of the vehicle. or sparks.
 Do not lean over battery while
Do not mix the temporary spare tire or For more information about the vehicle jump starting vehicle.
wheel with other wheels or tires. They battery, see Battery on page 9-27.  Do not allow cable terminals to
will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its If the vehicle battery has run down, you touch each other.
wheel together. may want to use another vehicle and  Wear eye protection when
some jumper cables to start your
vehicle. Be sure to use the following working near any battery.
Caution steps to do it safely.  Do not allow battery fluid to
Tire chains will not fit the compact contact eyes, skin, fabric, or
painted surfaces.
spare. Using them can damage the
 Make sure battery providing
vehicle and can damage the chains
too. Do not use tire chains on the jump start has the same voltage
as the battery receiving the jump.
compact spare.
 Do not disconnect discharged
battery from vehicle.

Vehicle Care 9-61
Caution ground connection you do not want. See Engine Compartment Overview
You would not be able to start your on page 9-5 for more information on
Ignoring these steps could result in vehicle, and the bad grounding location of the Battery.
costly damage to the vehicle that could damage the electrical
would not be covered by the systems. Caution
warranty. To avoid the possibility of the If any accessories are left on or
Trying to start the vehicle by pushing vehicles rolling, set the parking plugged in during the jump starting
or pulling it will not work, and it brake firmly on both vehicles procedure, they could be damaged.
could damage the vehicle. involved in the jump start proce-
dure. Put the transmission in P The repairs would not be covered by
(Park) before setting the parking the vehicle warranty. Whenever
1. Check the other vehicle. It must brake. possible, turn off or unplug all acces-
have a 12-volt battery with a sories on either vehicle when jump
negative ground system. 3. Turn OFF the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary acce- starting the vehicle.
ssories plugged into the accessory
Caution power outlet. Turn off the radio and Warning
Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt all lamps that are not needed. This
system with a negative ground for will avoid sparks, helping save both An electric fan can start up even
jump starting. If the other vehicle batteries and the radio. when the engine is not running and
does not have a 12-volt system with a 4. Open the hood on the other vehicle can injure you. Keep hands, clothing
negative ground, both vehicles can and locate the positive (+) and and tools away from any underhood
be damaged. negative (−) terminal locations on electric fan.
that vehicle.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the Open the hood on your vehicle and
jumper cables can reach, but be sure find the positive (+) and negative
the vehicles are not touching each (−) terminal locations.
other. If they are, it could cause a

9-62 Vehicle Care
Warning Warning the negative (−) cable to the

negative (−) terminal on the dead
Using an open flame near a battery Fans or other moving engine parts battery because this can cause
can cause battery gas to explode. can injure you badly. Keep your sparks.
People have been hurt doing this, and hands away from moving parts once
the engine is running. 6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to
some have been blinded. Use a the positive (+) terminal on the
flashlight if you need more light. vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
Be sure the battery has enough water. 5. Check that the jumper cables do not remote positive (+) terminal if the
You do not need to add water to the have loose or missing insulation. If vehicle has one.
battery installed in your new vehicle. they do, you could get a spark. The
vehicles could also be damaged. 7. Do not let the other end touch metal.
But if a battery has filler caps, be sure Connect it to the positive (+)
the right amount of fluid is there. If it Before you connect the cables, here terminal of the good battery. Use a
is low, add water to take care of that are some basic things you should remote positive (+) terminal if the
first. If you do not, explosive gas know. Positive (+) will go to vehicle has one.
could be present. positive (+) or to a remote positive
(+) terminal if the vehicle has one. 8. Now connect the black negative (−)
Battery fluid contains acid that can cable to the negative (−) terminal of
burn you. Do not get it on you. If you Negative (−) will go to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or to a the good battery. Use a remote
accidentally get it in your eyes or on negative (−) terminal if the vehicle
your skin, flush the place with water remote negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one. has one.
and get medical help immediately.
Do not connect positive (+) to Do not let the other end touch
negative (−) or you will get a short anything until the next step. The
that would damage the battery and other end of the negative (−) cable
maybe other parts. Do not connect does not go to the dead battery. It
goes to a heavy, unpainted metal

Vehicle Care 9-63
engine part or to a remote negative Caution

(−) terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery. If the jumper cables are connected or
removed in the wrong order,
9. Connect the other end of the electrical shorting may occur and
negative (−) cable away from the damage the vehicle. The repairs
dead battery, but not near engine would not be covered by the vehicle
parts that move. The electrical warranty. Always connect and
connection is just as good there, and remove the jumper cables in the
the chance of sparks getting back to correct order, making sure that the
the battery is much less. cables do not touch each other or
10. Now start the vehicle with the good other metal.
battery and run the engine for a Jumper Cable Removal
while.
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
11. Press the unlock symbol on the Part or Remote Negative (−)
remote keyless entry transmitter to Terminal
disarm your security system, if
equipped. B. Good Battery or Remote Positive
(+) and Remote Negative (−)
12. Try to start the vehicle that had the Terminals
dead battery. If it will not start after a
few tries, it probably needs service. C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive
(+) Terminal

9-64 Vehicle Care
TOWING
TOWING THE VEHICLE
To disconnect the jumper cables from

both vehicles, do the following:
1. Disconnect the black negative (−)
cable from the vehicle that had the
dead battery.
2. Disconnect the black negative (−)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery.
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery. If you need to have your vehicle towed, If towing by 2 wheels, lift the front
4. Disconnect the red positive (+) please use our service network or driving wheels and tow with the front
cable from the other vehicle. professional towing company. tires locked.
5. Return the underhood fuse block The best method is to have the vehicle
cover to its original position, if transported using a recovery vehicle.
applicable.

Vehicle Care 9-65
Towing The Vehicle With All

Wheel Drive System
Please observe the following procedures
when towing a vehicle:
 No passenger should remain in the
vehicle being towed.
 Release the parking brake of the
towed vehicle and place the trans-
mission gear in neutral.
 Switch on the emergency warning
lights.
 Keep the speed limits.
Flat-bed equipment is the best method Caution
of towing the vehicle to be equipped
with all wheel drive (AWD) system to If you tow the vehicle equipped with
avoid any damages. the all wheel drive (AWD) system
while front or rear tires are rolling on
If not available to use a flat-bed the road, the drive system in the
equipment, use a towing dolly to tow vehicle could be severely damaged.
the vehicle as illustrated below.
Never tow your vehicle with the
front and rear tires on the road.

9-66 Vehicle Care
EMERGENCY TOWING
Front Towing Eye
If towing service is not available in an Caution

emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed by a cable secured to When towing the vehicle with a tow
the emergency towing eye. rope, the vehicle can be damaged.
To reduce damage:
 Use towing eye only if no other
towing equipment is available.
 Only tow the vehicle from the
front.
 Keep tow rope clear of bumper.
 Ensure tow rope is securely fixed
The front towing eye is provided under to towing eye, at both ends.
the front bumper. Remove air dam of Check by pulling on tow rope.
passenger’s side and attach towing eye.  Towing with a tow rope could
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it cause severe automatic transaxle
and operate the brakes. damage. When towing vehicle
Towing in this manner may be done with automatic transaxle, use flat
only on hard-surfaced road for a short bed or wheel lift equipment.
distance and at low speeds. Also the  Drive off slowly and avoid jerky
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and movements.
brakes must be all in a good condition.

Vehicle Care 9-67
Rear Towing Eye
Warning 2. Open the cover on the rear bumper

and screw the towing eye attach-
When towing with a tow rope, control ment firmly in place.
of towed vehicle can be lost.
When the rear towing eye attachment is
 Do not tow if the wheels, tran- used, always pull the cable or chain in a
saxle, axles, steering or brakes straight direction with respect to the
are damaged.
eye. Do not apply force to the hook from
 Do not remove the key from the any side direction. To prevent damage,
ignition switch as this will lock do not take up slack in the cable too
the steering and this will make
quickly.
the vehicle undriveable.
When towing another vehicle, use the Caution
Caution rear towing eye attachment. It should be
used only in an emergency situation. Do not use transport tie-down hook
Do not use transport tie-down hook (for example, to pull the vehicle out of a to tow another vehicle.
to tow your vehicle. ditch, a snow bank, or mud.) The vehicle could be damaged.
The vehicle could be damaged. To use the rear towing eye attachment,
do the following:
1. Find the rear towing eye attachment
below the floor cover in the luggage
compartment.

9-68 Vehicle Care
APPEARANCE CARE
EXTERIOR CARE
Washing The Vehicle Rinse the vehicle well, before washing Occasional hand waxing or mild
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it and after, to remove all cleaning agents polishing should be done to remove
often and out of direct sunlight. completely. If they are allowed to dry residue from the paint finish. See your
on the surface, they could stain. CHEVROLET retailer for approved
Caution Dry the finish with a soft, clean cotton cleaning products.
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, towel to avoid surface scratches and Do not apply waxes or polishes to
or abrasive cleaning agents as they water spotting. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,
can damage the vehicle's paint, Finish Care simulated wood, or flat paint as damage
metal, or plastic parts. If damage can occur.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
occurs, it would not be covered by sealant/wax materials is not recom-
the vehicle's warranty. Approved Caution
mended. If painted surfaces are
cleaning products can be obtained damaged, see your CHEVROLET Machine compounding or aggressive
from your CHEVROLET retailer. retailer to have the damage assessed polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat
Follow all manufacturer directions and repaired. Foreign materials such as paint finish may damage it. Use only
regarding correct product usage, calcium chloride and other salts, ice non-abrasive waxes and polishes that
necessary safety precautions, and melting agents, road oil and tar, tree are made for a basecoat/clearcoat
appropriate disposal of any vehicle sap, bird droppings, chemicals from paint finish on the vehicle.
care product. industrial chimneys, etc., can damage
Avoid using high pressure washes the vehicle's finish if they remain on To keep the paint finish looking new,
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as keep the vehicle garaged or covered
of the vehicle. Use of power washers soon as possible. If necessary, use non- whenever possible.
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
result in damage or removal of paint for painted surfaces to remove foreign
and decals. matter.

Vehicle Care 9-69
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a Wheels and Trim - Aluminum Or
Parts buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments Chrome
Regularly clean bright metal parts with may cause wiper streaking. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap
water or chrome polish on chrome or Replace the wiper blades if they are and water to clean the wheels. After
stainless steel trim, if necessary. worn or damaged. Damage can be rinsing thoroughly with clean water,
For aluminum, never use auto or caused by extreme dusty conditions, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may
chrome polish, steam, or caustic soap to sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice. then be applied.
clean. A coating of wax, rubbed to a Weatherstrips
high polish, is recommended for all Caution
bright metal parts. Apply silicone grease on weatherstrips
to make them last longer, seal better, Chrome wheels and other chrome
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses and not stick or squeak. trim may be damaged if the vehicle is
and Emblems not washed after driving on roads
Tires
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft that have been sprayed with magne-
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
sium, calcium, or sodium chloride.
exterior lamps and lenses. Follow clean the tires.
These chlorides are used on roads for
instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" conditions such as ice and dust.
earlier in this section. Caution Always wash the chrome with soap
Windshield and Wiper Blades Using petroleum-based tire dressing and water after exposure.
Clean the outside of the windshield products on the vehicle may damage
with glass cleaner. the paint finish and/or tires. When
applying a tire dressing, always wipe
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth off any overspray from all painted
or paper towel soaked with windshield surfaces on the vehicle.
washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash
the windshield thoroughly when cleaning

9-70 Vehicle Care
Caution Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood parts will provide the corrosion protection
To avoid surface damage, do not use while maintaining the vehicle warranty.
hinges, tailgate hinges, and the steel
strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive
fuel door hinge unless the components Finish Damage
polishes, cleaners, brushes, or clea-
are plastic. Applying silicone grease on Quickly repair minor chips and scratches
ners that contain acid on aluminum or
weatherstrips with a clean cloth will with touch-up materials available from
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
make them last longer, seal better, and your CHEVROLET retailer to avoid
approved cleaners. Also, never drive a
not stick or squeak. corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage
vehicle with aluminum or chrome-
plated wheels through an automatic Underbody Maintenance can be corrected in your CHEVROLET
car wash that uses silicone carbide tire Use plain water to flush dirt and debris retailer’s body and paint shop.
cleaning brushes. Damage could from the vehicle's underbody. Your Chemical Paint Spotting
occur and the repairs would not be CHEVROLET retailer or an underbody Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
covered by the vehicle warranty. car washing system can do this. If not attack painted vehicle surfaces causing
removed, rust and corrosion can blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis develop. small, irregular dark spots etched into the
Components Sheet Metal Damage paint surface. See your CHEVROLET
Visually inspect the front and rear If the vehicle is damaged and requires retailer for assistance and rectification.
suspension and steering system for sheet metal repair or replacement, make
damaged, loose, or missing parts or sure the body repair shop applies anti-
signs of wear. Inspect the power corrosion material to parts repaired or
steering for proper hook-up, binding, replaced to restore corrosion protec-
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually tion.
check constant velocity joints, rubber
boots, and axle seals for leaks.

Vehicle Care 9-71
INTERIOR CARE
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, Cleaners may contain solvents that can caustic soap.
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. become concentrated in the interior.  Do not heavily saturate the uphol-
Immediately remove any soils. Note Before using cleaners, read and adhere stery when cleaning.
that newspapers or dark garments that to all safety instructions on the label.
 Do not use solvents or cleaners
can transfer color to home furnishings While cleaning the interior, maintain
can also permanently transfer color to adequate ventilation by opening the containing solvents.
the vehicle’s interior. doors and windows. Interior Glass
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust To prevent damage, do not clean the To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
from knobs and crevices on the interior using the following cleaners or dampened with water. Wipe droplets
instrument cluster. Using a mild soap techniques: left behind with a clean dry cloth.
solution, immediately remove hand  Never use a razor or any other sharp
Commercial glass cleaners may be
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellant object to remove a soil from any used, if necessary, after cleaning the
from all interior surfaces or permanent interior surface. interior glass with plain water.
damage may result.
 Never use a brush with stiff bristles. Caution
Your CHEVROLET retailer may have
 Never rub any surface aggressively
products for cleaning the interior. Use To prevent scratching, never use
cleaners specifically designed for the or with excessive pressure.
abrasive cleaners on automotive
surfaces being cleaned to prevent  Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggres-
permanent damage. To prevent dishwashing soaps with degreasers. sive cleaning may damage the rear
overspray, apply all cleaners directly to For liquid cleaners, use approxi- window defogger.
the cleaning cloth. Cleaners should be mately 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
removed quickly. Never allow cleaners water. A concentrated soap solution Fabric/Carpet
to remain on the surface being cleaned will leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not use Start by vacuuming the surface using a
for extended periods of time.
solutions that contain strong or soft brush attachment. If a rotating

9-72 Vehicle Care
brush attachment is being used during 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled Caution
vacuuming, only use it on the floor area until there is no longer any
carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove color transfer from the soil to the Soaking or saturating leather, espec-
as much of the soil as possible using one cleaning cloth. ially perforated leather, as well as
of the following techniques: other interior surfaces, may cause
5. If the soil is not completely removed,
permanent damage. Wipe excess
 Gently blot liquids with a paper use a mild soap solution followed
moisture from these surfaces after
towel. Continue blotting until no only by club soda or plain water.
cleaning and allow them to dry
more soil can be removed. If the soil is not completely removed, it naturally. Never use heat, steam, spot
 For solid soils, remove as much as may be necessary to use a commercial lifters, or spot removers. Do not use
possible prior to vacuuming. upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a cleaners that contain silicone or wax-
To clean: small hidden area for colorfastness based products. Cleaners containing
before using a commercial upholstery these solvents can permanently
1. Saturate a clean lint-free colorfast cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation
cloth with water or club soda. change the appearance and feel of
occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet. leather or soft trim and are not
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the fabric Following the cleaning process, a paper recommended.
or carpet. towel can be used to blot excess moisture.
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Other Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
2. Remove excess moisture by gently
Plastic Surfaces especially on the instrument panel.
wringing until water does not drip
Reflected glare can decrease visibility
from the cleaning cloth. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened
through the windshield under certain
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil with water to remove dust and loose
conditions.
and gently rub towards the center. dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use
Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
area frequently to prevent forcing mild soap solution.
the soil into the fabric.

Vehicle Care 9-73
FLOOR MATS
Caution Warning  Use the floor mat with the correct

side up. Do not turn it over.
Use of air fresheners may cause If a floor mat is the wrong size or is  Do not place anything on top of the
permanent damage to plastics and not properly installed, it can interfere
driver side floor mat.
painted surfaces. If an air freshener with the pedals.
comes in contact with any plastic or Interference with the pedals can  Use only a single floor mat on the
painted surface in the vehicle, blot cause unintended acceleration and/or driver side.
immediately and clean with a soft increased stopping distance which  Do not place one floor mat on top of
cloth dampened with a mild soap can cause a crash and injury. Make another.
solution. Damage caused by air sure the floor mat does not interfere
fresheners would not be covered by with the pedals.
the vehicle warranty.
Use the following guidelines for proper
floor mat usage.
 The original equipment floor mats
were designed for your vehicle. If
the floor mats need replacing, it is
recommended that certified floor
mats be purchased. Non-recom-
mended floor mats may not fit
properly and may interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedal. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.

9-74 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the Floor

Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat

and remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
and snap into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured and verify that it does not
interfere with the pedals.

Service and Maintenance 10-1
SERVICE AND GENERAL

MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
SERVICE INFORMATION CONFIRMATIONS
General Information .................... 10-1 In order to ensure economical and safe Confirmation of service is recorded in
Scheduled Maintenance .............. 10-2 vehicle operation and to maintain the the Service Guide.
value of your vehicle, it is of vital The date and mileage is completed with
Recommended Fluids and importance that all maintenance work the stamp and signature of the servicing
Lubricants ................................... 10-5 is carried out at the proper intervals as CHEVROLET retailer.
specified.
Make sure that the Service Guide is
completed correctly as continuous
proof of service is essential if any
warranty or goodwill claims are to be
met, and is also a benefit when selling
the vehicle.

10-2 Service and Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICE SCHEDULES
Maintenance services and record retention are the owner’s responsibility. You should retain evidence that proper maintenance has
been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance services chart.
For vehicles with normal annual mileage.
MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
1.5 Years/22500
2.5 Years/37500
3.5 Years/52500
4.5 Years/67500
5.5 Years/82500
6.5 Years/97500
6 Months/7500
7 Years/105000
INTERVAL
3 Years/45000
4 Years/60000
5 Years/75000
6 Years/90000
2 Years/30000
1 Year/15000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Drive Belt (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) I I I I I I I
Engine Oil and Engine Oil Filter (1) (3) I R I R I R I R I R I R I R
Cooling System Hose and Connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Engine Coolant (3) I I I I I I R I I I I I I R
Fuel Filter I I R I I R I I R I I R I I
Fuel Line and Connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air Cleaner Element (2) I R I R I R I R I R I R I R
PCV System I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Chart Symbols:
I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R- Replace or change
(1) If a vehicle is operated under severe conditions: short distance driving, extensive idling or driving in dusty conditions, c hange engine oil and the filter every 7,500 kms or 6 months,
whichever comes first.
(2) Inspect the air cleaner element every 7,500 kms or 6 months if vehicle is driven under dusty driving conditions. If necessary, correct, clean or replace.
(3) Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”.


1.5 Years/22500
2.5 Years/37500
3.5 Years/52500
4.5 Years/67500
5.5 Years/82500
6.5 Years/97500
6 Months/7500
7 Years/105000
INTERVAL
3 Years/45000
4 Years/60000
5 Years/75000
6 Years/90000
2 Years/30000
1 Year/15000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
CHASSIS AND BODY

Exhaust Pipe & Mountings I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake / Clutch Fluid (3) (4) I I I R I I I R I I I R I I
Front Brake Pads & Discs (5) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Rear Brake Pads & Discs (5) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Parking Brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake Line and Connections (Including Booster ) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Manual Transaxle : Leak Check (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Transfer Case / Rear Differential : Leak Check (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Chart Symbols:
I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R- Replace or change
(3) Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”.
(4) Change the brake fluid every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier) if the vehicle is mainly driven under severe conditions:
- Driving in hilly or mountainous terrain, or
- Towing a trailer frequently.
(5) More frequent maintenance is required if under severe condition: frequent low-speed operation in stop-and go traffic or driving in dusty conditions.


1.5 Years/22500
2.5 Years/37500
3.5 Years/52500
4.5 Years/67500
5.5 Years/82500
6.5 Years/97500
6 Months/7500
7 Years/105000
INTERVAL
3 Years/45000
4 Years/60000
5 Years/75000
6 Years/90000
2 Years/30000
1 Year/15000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
CHASSIS AND BODY

Automatic Transaxle Fluid (7)(3) See remarks (7) under “Chart Symbols”
Tire Condition and Inflation Pressure (8) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Wheel Alignment (6) As and when required or as suggested by CHEVROLET retailer
Wheel Balancing (6) As and when required or as suggested by CHEVROLET retailer
Steering Wheel & Linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Power Steering Fluid & Lines I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Drive Shaft Boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
A/C Filter (9) I R I R I R I R I R I R I R
Chart Symbols:
I - Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R - Replace or change
L - Lubricate
(3) Refer to "Recommended Fluids and Lubricants".
(6) If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.
(7) Replace every 1,57,500 kms for normal driving condition (Inspection is not required. A fluid inspection is only required if there is a transmission failure or a fluid leak.)
Replace every 75,000 kms for severe driving condition as below
- For vehicles mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather, in hilly or mountainous terrain, when frequently towing a trailer, or used for taxi, police or delivery service.
(8) Tire condition should be inspected before driving and tire pressure should be checked each time you fill your fuel tank or at least every 14 days using a tire pressure gauge.
(9) More frequent maintenance is required if under dusty driving conditions.

RECOMMENDED
FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS
ADDITIONAL SERVICING
Extreme Operating Conditions  Driving as a taxi, police or delivery Only use products that have been tested
Extreme operating conditions are given vehicle. and approved. Damage resulting from
when at least one of the following  Frequent driving when outside the use of non approved materials will
occurs frequently : temperature remains below freezing. not be covered by the warranty.
 Repeated short-distance driving Police vehicles, taxis and driving
less than 5 miles (10 km). school vehicles are also classified as Warning
 Extensive idling and/or slow-speed operating under extreme conditions.
Operating materials are hazardous
driving in stop-and-go traffic. Under extreme operating conditions, it and could be poisonous. Handle with
 Driving on dusty roads. may be necessary to have certain care. Pay attention to information
scheduled service work done more given on the containers.
 Driving on hilly or mountainous
frequently than the scheduled intervals.
terrain.
Seek technical advice on the servicing
requirements dependent on the specific
Caution operating conditions.
Chevrolet recommends to consult
authorized CHEVROLET retailer
for instructions and vehicle health
check-up before setting out a long
journey.
 Towing a trailer.
 Driving in heavy city traffic where
the outside temperatures regularly
reach 90°F(32°C) or higher.

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Item Capacity Service Interval Classification

Engine Oil
5.4L Change every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier) 5W-30 ACEA A3/B4
(Including Oil Filter)
Ethylene Glycol Based
Engine Coolant 9.1L Change every 52,500 kms or 3.5 years (whichever is earlier)
Long Life Coolant
Manual Transaxle Fluid Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a
(FWD) 1.8L BOT303 Mod
transmission failure or a fluid leak
Replace every 1,57,500 kms for normal driving condition
(Inspection is not required. A fluid inspection is only required if
there is a transmission failure or a fluid leak)
Automatic Transaxle Replace every 75,000 kms for severe driving conditions as below
Fluid (AWD) 8.77L DEXRON VI
- For vehicles mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather,
in hilly or mountaneous terrain, when frequently towing a
trailer, or used for taxi, police or delivery service
Brake Fluid 0.67L Change every 30,000 kms or 2 years (whichever is earlier) DOT4
Clutch Fluid 0.053L Change every 30,000 kms or 2 years (whichever is earlier) DOT4
Inspect every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier)
Power Steering Fluid 1.1L DEXRON VI
and replenish if necessary
Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a Synthetic Hypoid
Transfer Case Fluid (AWD) 0.8L
failure or a fluid leak 75W-90
Differential Carrier Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a Synthetic Hypoid
0.6L
Assembly Fluid (AWD) failure or a fluid leak 75W-90

Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives

Engine Oil is identified by its Quality The use of supplemental Engine Oil
and its Viscosity Grade. “Quality” and Additives could cause damage and
“Specification” are equivalent terms in invalidate the warranty.
this respect. Engine Oil Quality is more Engine Oil Viscosity Grades
important than Viscosity when selecting
which Engine Oil to use. The Oil Quality The SAE Viscosity Grade gives inform-
ensures e.g. engine cleanliness, wear ation of the thickness of the Oil.
protection and oil aging control, whereas Multigrade Oil is indicated by two
Viscosity Grade gives information on figures:
the oil’s thickness over a temperature The first figure, followed by a W,
range. indicates the low temperature Viscosity SAE 5W-30 is the best Viscosity Grade
Engine Oil Quality for Service and the second figure indicates the high for your vehicle. Do not use other
Only use 5W-30 ACEA A3/B4 engine temperature Viscosity. Viscosity Grade Oils such as SAE 10W-
oil. 30, 10W-40 or 20W-50.
Topping up Engine Oil Cold Temperature Operation:
The viscosity should be of the correct If operating your vehicle in an area of
rating. Only use 5W-30 ACEA A3/B4 extreme cold, where the temperature
engine oil. falls below -25°C, a Viscosity Grade
SAE 0W-xx should be used. An Oil of
Use of Engine Oil with only ACEA
this Viscosity Grade will provide easier
A1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 Quality is
cold starting for the engine at extremely
prohibited, as it can cause long term
low temperatures.
engine damage under certain operating
conditions.

When selecting an Oil of the appropri- In countries with cold climate the Ensure brake fluid does not become
ate Viscosity Grade be sure to always coolant provides freeze protection contaminated.
select an Oil that meets the dexos™‚ down to approx. -50°C. This concentra- Power Steering Fluid
Specification. tion should be maintained all year-
round. Only use Dexron VI fluid.
 Down to -25°C: 5W-30, 5W-40.
Maintain a sufficient concentration of Manual Transmission Fluid
 Down to -25°C and below: 0W-30,
0W-40. anti-freeze. Only use Castrol BOT 303 Mod fluid.
The SAE viscosity grade gives infor- Coolant additives intended to give Automatic Transmission Fluid
mation of the thickness of the oil. additional corrosion protection or seal Only use Dexron VI fluid.
against minor leaks can cause function
Multi grade oil is indicated by two Transfer Case Fluid (AWD)
problems. Liability for consequences
figures. resulting from the use of coolant Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
The first figure, followed by a W, additives will be rejected. fluid.
indicates the low temperature viscosity Brake/Clutch Fluid Differential Carrier Assembly Fluid
and the second figure the high (AWD)
temperature viscosity. Only use authorised brake/clutch fluid
(DOT 4) for this vehicle. Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
Coolant and Antifreeze fluid.
Over time, brake fluid absorbs moisture
Use only organic acid type-long life which will reduce braking effective-
coolant (LLC) antifreeze. ness. The brake fluid should therefore
In countries with moderate climate the be replaced at the specified interval.
coolant provides freeze protection Brake fluid should be stored in a sealed
down to approx. -35°C. container to avoid water absorption.

Technical Data 11-1
TECHNICAL DATA VEHICLE

IDENTIFICATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN) PLATE / LABEL
Vehicle Identification .................. 11-1
Vehicle Specifications ................. 11-3
The vehicle identification number The identification plate / label is on the

(VIN) is engraved at the centre of the passenger's door frame.
fire wall.

11-2 Technical Data
In some models, the plate / label is

located in the engine compartment.

Technical Data 11-3
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Engine 6-Speed Manual Transaxle
Sales designation Z22D1 Drive system Front wheel drive
st
Engine identifier code LNQ 1 4.167
4-Cylinder/in-line 2nd 2.130
Type 4 Stroke diesel direct 3
rd
1.321
injection 4th 0.954
Gear ratios th
Valvetrain DOHC 16 valves 5 0.755
Displacement (cc) 2231 6th 0.623
Bore x stroke (mm) 86 x 96 Reverse 3.917
Compression ratio 16.3:1 Final drive ratio 3.895
Max. Power (kW@rpm) 137.2@3800
Max. Torque (Nm@rpm) 6-Speed Automatic Transaxle
400@2000
Fuel system Common rail injection Drive system All wheel drive
st
Battery Rating (V-Ah) 12-90 1 4.584
Cold cranking (CCA) 810 2nd 2.964
3rd 1.912
4th 1.446
Gear ratios
5th 1.000
6th 0.746
Reverse 2.940
Final drive ratio 3.230

11-4 Technical Data
BRAKE SYSTEM WHEEL AND TIRE

Brake System Wheel and Tire
Hydraulic vacuum assisted diagonal Tire Wheel Tire Tire Pressure (kPa) [psi]
Type
dual circuit with auto slack adjuster size dimension make Front Rear
Front wheel Ventilated disc 235/65/R17
7J x 17 Hankook
Rear wheel Ventilated disc 104H 240 [35] 240 [35]
215/70 R16 6.5J x 16 Hankook
CAPACITIES 100T*
Capacities
* Spare steel wheel only
Fuel tank (L) 65.0
Engine oil (L) (Including oil filter) 5.4 WEIGHT
Coolant (L) 9.1 Weight
DIMENSIONS MT 1881
Kerb weight (kg)
AT 1981
Exterior Dimensions
Maximum Gross vehicle weight (kg) MT 2505
Overall length (mm) 4,673
AT 2538
Overall width (mm) 1,870
Overall height (mm) 1,755
MT 2,702
Wheel base (mm)
AT 2,705
Front 1,567
Track (mm)
Rear 1,576
MT 177
Min ground clearance (mm)
AT 176

Technical Data 11-5
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
Bulbs Wattages x Quantity Remarks 2 1
1 Headlamp low beam 55W x 2 Halogen bulb

2 Headlamp high beam 55W x 2 Halogen bulb
3 Parking lamps 5W x 2
Front
4 Turn signal lamps 21W x 2
5 Fog lamps* 24W x 2 Halogen bulb
6 Outside mirror turn signal lamps* LED type 5 x 2 6
21W x 2 35 4
7 Turn signal lamps
C7E8007A
8 Brake / Tail lamps 0.2W x 75ea x 2 LED type
9 Backup lamps 16W x 2
Rear
10 Fog lamps* LED type
11 Center high mounted stop lamps 5W x 5 11
12 License plate lamps 5W x 2
Dome lamps (Center & Rear) 10W x 2 8
9 12
Front reading lamps 10W x 2 8
7
Interior
Front door step lamps 5W x 2
Glove box lamp 5W x 1
10
* Bulb specification in some model can be different from the above table. See the wattage C7E8008A
printed on the bulb before replacing burnt bulbs.
WARNING
The same rating of the bulb to be used during replacement and any usage of higher wattage bulbs can cause thermal issues such as melting
of lamp housing and its surrounding parts. Warranty would be void if higher wattage bulbs are being used.

11-6 Technical Data

Service and Warranty 12-1
SERVICE AND
WARRANTY
Standard limited warranty
coverage ...................................... 12-2
Predelivery inspection and
vehicle delivery ........................... 12-9
Owner's statement of
acceptance ................................. 12-11
Chevrolet service ...................... 12-13
Maintenance record sheet ......... 12-19
Battery ...................................... 12-21
Separate corrosion protection
service ....................................... 12-22
Body inspection record ............. 12-23
Emission warranty .................... 12-25
Annexure - I .............................. 12-29
Annexure - II ............................. 12-30

12-2 Service and Warranty
STANDARD LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE
1. SCOPE
Chevrolet Sales India Private Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the companies Act 1956 and having its Registered
office at Block - B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389351, District Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. and Works at A-16, MIDC Talegaon
Industrial Area (Phase-II), Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval, Pune - 410507, Maharashtra
warrants that your new Chevrolet Captiva ("vehicle") is free from defect in material or workmanship, subject to your compliance with the
following terms and conditions mentioned hereunder and other vehicle maintenance norms as mentioned elsewhere in this service
booklet.
Only an authorized CHEVROLET retailer as mentioned in this booklet will make the necessary repairs, using new, re-conditioned or re-
manufactured parts with a view to correcting any defect covered by this warranty.
2. WHAT IS COVERED
Time and distance limits for New Vehicle Warranty Coverage.
Warranty Type Warranty Limits Other Warranties
A : General Three (3) years or 1,00,000 kms These parts are covered by other warranties :
(whichever is earlier) from the date of 1. Battery (one (1) year) (covered by the battery manufacturer**)
delivery by a CHEVROLET retailer or 2. Tires (one (1) year) (covered by the tire manufacturer**)
the date of first registration of the motor 3. Audio/Radio/Acc. (one (1) year)
vehicle, whichever occurs first. (covered by the Audio/Radio/Acc. manufacturer**)
See clause 5.
B : Rust Through* Three (3) years or 1,00,000 kms The warranty covers exterior body metal except :
(whichever is earlier) from the date of 1. Items not covered by warranty listed in clause 3
delivery of the motor vehicle or from the 2. Exhaust pipe and fuel system rust
date of first registration of the motor
vehicle, whichever occurs first.
* A hole through a body panel caused by rust / corrosion from inside to outside.
** Service / warranty shall be provided by the concerned equipment manufacturer

• The obligation under this New Vehicle Warranty is limited to the repair of the new motor vehicle at no charge by the Chevrolet
authorized retailer. For parts replaced during such repair the same warranty applies until the end of the New Vehicle Warranty period
as stipulated herein. All warranty claims expire at the end of the warranty period as specified under Clause 2. The Owner is
responsible for any repair or replacement which are not covered by this warranty.
• Liability of Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. under this New Vehicle Warranty is limited to the value of the service, repairs/
replacement of parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Beyond servicing and/or repairing defective parts in the
vehicle, Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. does not undertake to replace the vehicle / or reimburse the purchaser by payment of any
money in respect of the vehicle purchased by them.
• Under the terms of New Vehicle Warranty, installation, free service will be provided only within the municipal limits of the
cities/towns where Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. has its service network, as elaborated elsewhere in this Owner's Manual. This
list of retailers is subject to change/modification without prior notice. Service outside the municipal limits specified above will be
provided after charging the actual to and from traveling and incidental expenses, as prevailing from time to time.
• Necessary care and caution is taken in manufacturing of the vehicle, however, Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. shall not be liable for
any loss or damage caused to any article, property, death or disability caused to any human life arising out of fire, electric fault, short
circuit, accidental handling or negligent use of the vehicle. The maximum liability in monetary terms shall be restricted to the value
of the defective parts and / or value of services rendered only. Furthermore, the New Vehicle Warranty, in no case, shall extend to the
payment of any monetary consideration whatsoever, of the replacement or return of the vehicle as a whole.
• The decision of Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will be final and binding on all matters arising out of this New Vehicle Warranty.
• The owner should preserve the original Invoice for necessary verification and produce the same, as and when required.
• The optimum performance of the vehicle is under standard test conditions.
This New Vehicle Warranty is issued at Talegaon, District Pune, Maharashtra and competent courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction
over matters by or following from time to time.

3. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
The warranty will cease to exist in following conditions:
a. Failure to have the required periodic inspection and required service performed as per the Periodic Maintenance Schedule.
b. Improper or wrong maintenance and in deviation with guidelines mentioned in this service booklet.
c. Any modification, alterations made to the vehicle such as including but not restricted to adding lights, changing engine specifications
to increase horsepower, or using wide tires, and or any other modification in the vehicle that may likely to have an effect on the
performance of the vehicle. (e.g. defects caused by the installation of non homologated wheels and tires are not covered by the
warranty.)
d. Failure to use genuine parts / fluids (oil, coolant, brake fluid) and / or other accessories / consumables recommended or approved by
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
e. Use of the vehicle for purposes or in a manner other than the one mentioned in the Owner's Manual. Exceeding specified capacities
such as loading weight, passenger, speed, use as a commercial vehicle and rpm limitations.
f. Damage caused by driving the vehicle under severe conditions such as un-pliable or water-logged roads, in races or rallies.
g. Damage caused by natural disasters including but not restricted to earthquakes, storms, floods, fire and accidents. The owners are
recommended to keep their vehicle insurance valid at all times.
h. Damage caused by smoke, chemicals, bird-droppings, salt, stone chipping, scratches, iron dust or any other extraneous
circumstances like external mechanical or chemical influences (regarding paint or body damage, specially stone throw, air-borne
rust, industrial fall out), damage to catalytic converter due to use of wrong/bad quality fuel acting on the vehicle.
i. Damage caused by normal wear (for instance brake-pad, etc.) or exposure to the elements such as discoloring or deformation of any
interior, plastic, chrome or painted part or surface.
j. Sensory complaint by the owner against symptoms such as noise, vibration or oil stains which do not effect performance.

k. Damage which should have been detected during normal usage but became serious when left unattended to and/or the owner of the
vehicle having failed to claim and having rectified a defect which was already apparent during vehicle delivery, immediately after
delivery or a defect which becomes apparent at a later date immediately after it became apparent.
l. Failure of the owner to adhere to the requirements outlined in Clause 4.
m. Fuel system damage caused by water or other foreign matter in the fuel system.
n. Damage caused by the installation of non genuine accessories or equipment after the vehicle has been purchased from the
CHEVROLET retailer such as radio, car telephone, CD radio set, or cargo carrier and / or other activities of a similar nature.
o. Damage caused by running vehicle on adulterated fuel/lubricants or fuel/lubricants other than those specified by Chevrolet Sales
India Pvt. Ltd.
p. Damage caused by usage of any non-recommended Oil additive / Engine flushing agent.
Note : Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. doesn’t recommend any Oil additive / Engine flushing agent for its vehicles.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED

• Adjustments, cleaning, inspection, or required periodic maintenance.
• Parts designated as requiring periodic replacement.
• Warranty repair not performed by a CHEVROLET retailer.
• Charges or fees for telephone, tow, transportation charges of the vehicle to the nearest CHEVROLET retailer, rental car, and so forth;
compensation for inconvenience or commercial losses; all other consequential costs relating to the owner being unable to use the
vehicle.

• Any accident, damage, loss or destruction due to negligent, careless use of vehicle.
• Damage to the engine while driving in water logged conditions or entry of water in to the engine.
• Consumptive parts and oil/grease and other fluids. (See the following tables of consumptive parts and oil/grease and other
fluids.)
Consumptive Parts Oil/Grease and other fluids:
Drive belts Engine oil
Air cleaner element Transmission fluid
Fuel filter Differential carrier
Oil filter assembly fluid
Clutch disc, clutch parts Transfer case fluid
Brush holders Power steering fluid
Brake shoe and pads Brake fluid
Brake discs Coolant
Brake drums Grease
Wiper blades Washer fluid
Light bulbs Battery fluid
Motor brushes Diesel
Hoses Air conditioner refrigerant
Fuses, etc. Other lubricants, etc.
No warranty repair shall be made if it is found that the vehicle Identification number like chassis / engine number, odometer or the
warranty & service booklet (Owner's Manual), have been tampered with. This list is neither exclusive nor exhaustive and the decision of
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. shall be final and binding.

4. WHAT THE OWNER MUST DO

In order to keep this warranty valid you must:
a. Use your vehicle as instructed in the Owner’s Manual.
b. Have your vehicle inspected according to this schedule.
The cost of the service is borne by the owner. If the services are not performed within the specified time limits, the general and the rust
through warranty as referred to under Clause 2 above, shall be rendered null and void and shall not be reinstated by a subsequent
service.
c. Keep the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) and all receipts in a safe place to present to the CHEVROLET retailer at
regular maintenance visits and when repair work is required.
5. PARTS COVERED BY OTHER WARRANTY CONDITION
a. Battery : The coverage period is 1 year from the date of new vehicle registration regardless of the distance traveled.
b. Tires : This warranty is covered by the tire manufacturer. The coverage period is one year. Please check with your CHEVROLET
retailer for details.
c. Audio/Radio/Acc. : This warranty is covered by the audio/radio/Acc. manufacturer. The coverage period is one year. Please check
with your CHEVROLET retailer for details.
6. MAKING THE WARRANTY EFFECTIVE
The warranty goes into effect after CHEVROLET authorized retailer fills in the appropriate information about your vehicle and
places the retailer's official seal and signature in the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual).
7. REQUIREMENTS FOR WARRANTY WORK
To have warranty work carried out, present the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) to the CHEVROLET retailer as
mentioned in this booklet. If the warranty & service booklet is lost or incomplete, then work to be carried out with respect to the
standard warranty shall be refused.

8. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
If the vehicle is sold during the warranty period, please deliver the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) to the new owner.
The new owner will need to complete the change of address or subsequent ownership notification card located elsewhere in this
booklet in order for the coverage to be transferred.
9. EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH WARRANTY WORK
The expenses of repair work and parts of your CHEVROLET vehicle will be covered by CHEVROLET standard limited warranty in
accordance with the WARRANTY & SERVICE BOOKLET (OWNER’S MANUAL). Other expenses that are not covered by the
CHEVROLET Standard Limited Warranty must be covered by the owner.
10. Chevrolet Sales India Private Limited is launching the CHEVROLET Captiva in different cities in a phased manner. The
CHEVROLET retailer responsible for delivering your Captiva is qualified to provide all Captiva related services within the city
where he is located. As other CHEVROLET retailers become operational to handle the Captiva, they will also be able to provide
similar Captiva related services. IN ORDER FOR THE WARRANTY ON YOUR VEHICLE TO APPLY, IT IS IMPERATIVE
THAT YOUR CAPTIVA BE SERVICED, HANDLED AND ATTENDED TO ONLY BY CHEVROLET RETAILER AS SET
FORTH IN THIS BOOKLET.
11. The following requisite document should be presented to the CHEVROLET retailer at the time of making a claim under New Vehicle
Warranty:
• Original invoice issued by CHEVROLET retailer.
• Warranty and service booklet / maintenance record.
• Any other document deemed to be necessary by CHEVROLET retailer and/or Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd..

PREDELIVERY INSPECTION AND VEHICLE

DELIVERY
Before delivering the vehicle we carried out a thorough

predelivery inspection in order to ensure that your Chevrolet
vehicle is in a fault-free condition. Accompanying this
appropriately filled out service booklet (Owner's Manual) are the
tool kit and your vehicle documents.
You have been informed of the service intervals and necessary
service checks, including under extreme operating conditions
and in particular with regard to oil changing of diesel engines.
City, date :
CHEVROLET Retailer’s / ASO’s Stamp and Signature


OWNER’S
STATEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE
I hereby certify that the vehicle has been delivered in an orderly

and proper operating condition, including Keys, Service
booklet (Owner's Manual) and tool kit. I have read and
understood the terms and conditions pertaining to the New
Vehicle Warranty and agree to abide by the same.
I have been informed of the service intervals and necessary
service checks, including under extreme operating conditions.
Date of delivery :
City, date :
Name and signature of customer :
This sheet must be detached prior to vehicle delivery and placed with the vehicle file after it has been signed by the customer.


1000 kms / 30 days reassurance check-up (whichever is

earlier)
Dear Customer, VIN no. __________________________________________

PDI no. __________________________________________
We are confident that you and your family would be enjoying Date of service_____________________________________
the safe and comfortable drive of the Chevrolet Captiva.
Date of delivery____________________________________
We would like to undertake a thorough check-up of the
vehicle at 1000 kms or 30 days, whichever occurs earlier. Retailer code ______________________________________
This will also allow us to re-emphasize the salient features of
the Captiva to you. Customer’s name___________________________________
Customer’s tel. no. _________________________________
In the unlikely event of an emergency assistance, please I confirm that the vehicle has been inspected and delivered to
call your nearest CHEVROLET retailer as mentioned in my satisfaction.
this booklet or please feel free to call our 24 hr. helpline at
1800 3000 8080.
Retailer's Signature Customer’s Signature

1000 kms Reassurance check-up

General Status review Parking brake lamp/indicator
Check closing efforts of doors, High beam/Turn signal Hazard
keyless entry system & other indicator & all other telltale lamp
functions Rear defogger
Under hood Check lighting system
Visually check routing, leaks & Horn/Radio/Outside Mirrors
damage
High/Low beam/Hazard signal
— Check fluid levels
Turn signal/Flash to pass signal
— Engine oil level
Front/Rear fog lamps/Tail lamps
— Brake/clutch oil level
Stop lamp/Reversing lamp/Trunk
— Coolant level lamp
— Power steering oil Dynamic Evaluation
— M/T / A/T oil Steering function/noise/abnormal
Windshield washer level & add drag
washer fluid Clutch & gear shifting function/
Underbody, wheels noise
Visually check routing, leaks & Accelerating & braking function/
damage noise
Check tire pressure Check tires
Electrical Checks Any other abnormal noise
Malfunction indicator lamp
Engine check lamp
Charging lamp
Oil pressure lamp

CHEVROLET Inspection CHEVROLET Inspection
2nd Service Check 1 year / 15000 kms whichever occurs earlier 1st Service Check 6 months / 7500 kms whichever occurs earlier
VIN ______________________________________________ VIN ______________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________ Regn. No.__________________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________ Delivery date _______________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________ Date of service _____________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________ Kms _____________________________________________
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction. I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
Customer’s Signature Customer’s Signature
Labour free & Parts are chargeable Labour free & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card) (Retain with job card)

Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule. schedule.
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date

CHEVROLET Inspection CHEVROLET Inspection
4th Service Check 2 years / 30000 kms whichever occurs earlier 3rd Service Check 1.5 years/22500 kms whichever occurs earlier
VIN ______________________________________________ VIN ______________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________ Regn. No.__________________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________ Delivery date _______________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________ Date of service _____________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________ Kms _____________________________________________
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction. I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
Customer’s Signature Customer’s Signature
Labour & Parts are chargeable Labour & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card) (Retain with job card)

Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule. schedule.
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date

MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET

(Repair category - Free Service/Paid Service/Running Repair/Accident Repair)
Repair Repair Name of Servicing Retailer’s Stamp &

R.O. No. Kms. Details of Repair Done
Date Category Retailer Signature

MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET

(Repair category - Free Service/Paid Service/Running Repair/Accident Repair)
Repair Repair Name of Servicing Retailer’s Stamp &

R.O. No. Kms. Details of Repair Done
Date Category Retailer Signature

BATTERY • Defects arising out of faulty vehicle electrical systems, negligent

maintenance, incorrect charging or improper filling of the battery by
Battery type : unauthorised dealers/auto electricians are not covered by warranty.
• Consequent liabilities are not covered by this warranty policy.
Battery make :
Battery number :
Important Instructions
• The battery must be fitted firmly in the cradle.
• Connecting cables and connectors must be fastened securely on to the
battery.
• Connections must be made in the right polarity.
• Terminals must be kept coated with petroleum jelly/vaseline. DO
NOT USE GREASE.
• Battery top & vent plugs must always be kept clean & dry .
• Electrolyte level must always be maintained in line with the bottom of CHEVROLET retailer’s
the vent hole. In case of any drop in electrolyte level, add pure Stamp
distilled water. NEVER ADD ACID.
• Battery is warranted for a period of one year only.
• Liability under this warranty is limited to defects arising out of faulty
material or workmanship developing under proper use and NOT
when the battery is merely discharged.

SEPARATE
CORROSION PROTECTION Body/ Underbody Corrosion Protection Service
SERVICE Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. provides a three (3) years or
1,00,000 kms (whichever is earlier) warranty vehicle that no rust-
through of the body/underbody will occur, provided that the
directives from Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. concerning the
treatment, maintenance, and care of the vehicle (Owner’s
Manual) and especially the inspection and checks prescribed in
the service booklet have been carried out.
Furthermore, the body paintwork and the corrosion protection
must be visually inspected for damage as part of the regular
annual inspection or 15,000 kms service. The customer is
informed of any damage detected and measures to rectify this
damage. Any damage discovered is also indicated in the
following corrosion protection diagram.
Confirmation of the inspection is indicated by a stamp and dated
signature, accompanied by indication of the vehicle mileage on
the following verification documents.
Make use of this possibility in order to avoid problems during
warranty claims regarding rust- through of the body / underbody.
The rust through warranty is not applicable if areas damaged by
any reason remain unattended and become the cause of corrosion.
All repairs when required should be carried out promptly and by
the CHEVROLET retailer.

BODY INSPECTION RECORD
Vehicle identification number In order to maintain the Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. rust-through warranty,
the vehicle must be subjected to an inspection by CHEVROLET retailer once
a year. Any resulting work is subject to a charge.
Registration number
Check-up 1st year after initial registration.

Name / address of owner
Check-up date
Odometer reading
Damage found 1. Outer body Yes No

2. Under body Yes No
3.Engine compartment Yes No
Retailer
stamp / signature
Damage repaired Yes No

Remarks :

BODY INSPECTION RECORD
Vehicle identification number In order to maintain the Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. rust-through warranty,
the vehicle must be subjected to an inspection by CHEVROLET retailer once
a year. Any resulting work is subject to a charge.
Registration number
Check-up 2nd year after initial registration.

Name / address of owner
Check-up date
Odometer reading
Damage found 1. Outer body Yes No

2. Under body Yes No
3.Engine compartment Yes No
Retailer
stamp / signature
Damage repaired Yes No

Remarks :

EMISSION WARRANTY
(Applicable in NCR Delhi, Chennai,
Kolkata and Mumbai) Emission warranty proposal are given turing defect, and /or, that the
in Annexure –I. These definitions shall vehicle is unable to meet the In-use
Subject to other terms of the warranty be in line with the definition of the emission standards.
policy and the conditions and obliga- existing product Warranty definition.
tions laid down hereunder, Chevrolet 4. The methods of examination to
Sales India Pvt. Ltd., hereafter called Conditions : determine the warrantable condition
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd., 1. This warranty will be in addition to of the components will be at sole
certifies that the components liable to and will run concurrently and discretion of Chevrolet Sales India
affect the emission of the gaseous parallel to the product warranty and Pvt. Ltd. and or its retailers and
pollutants in the vehicle in the normal will apply only in respect to results of such examination will be
use despite the use to which it may be components as mentioned in final and binding. If, on exami-
subjected, comply with the provisions Annexure-II. nation, the warrantable condition is
of Rule 115 (2) of the Central Motor not established, Chevrolet Sales
Vehicle Rules, 1989, and further 2. The period of the vehicle’s warranty India Pvt. Ltd. will have the right to
warrants that if on examination by a shall commence from the date of charge full, or part, of the cost of
service center duly authorized by the the vehicle sale. such examination and resulting
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd., the 2.1 Warranty period - 1,00,000 kms or repairs / rectification.
vehicle is discovered to be failing to 3 years whichever occurs earlier, 5. In case of acceptance of the
meet the emission standard as specified from date of the vehicle sale. warranty under Emission Warranty,
in the said rule, our authorized service 3 The warranty claim will be accepted Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
center shall take such corrective only after examination carried out replace, at retailers, free of charge,
measures as may be necessary and shall by CHEVROLET retailers leading the components which are covered
at its sole discretion either repair or to a firm conclusion that none of the as mentioned in Annexure-II, but
replace free of charge such components original settings/specifications the consumables as mentioned in
of emission control system as are have been tampered with and that OM shall be charged as per actual
specified in Annexure II hereof. the components (s) as mentioned in applicable rates.
The definitions of various terms used in Annexure –II has/have a manufac- 6. In case of a vehicle in which the

components covered under Emis- parts. all the conditions as laid down in this
sion Warranty or the associated parts, 8. All the parts removed for replace- document are met from the date of
are not independently replaceable, ment under warranty will be the original sale of the vehicle.
on account of their being integral property of Chevrolet Sales India This Emission Warranty will be
parts of a complete assembly, Pvt. Ltd. applicable only if the customer :
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
have the sole discretion to replace 9. Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will (i) Observes all the important instru-
either the entire assembly or by using not be responsible for the cost of ctions and any other precautions
some of the parts of the system transportation of the vehicle to the listed in the OM for use of the
through suitable repairs or modifica- nearest retailer or any loss due to vehicle.
tions. non-availability of the vehicle (ii) Under all circumstances uses lubr-
during the period of a warranty claim icants and fuel as recommended by
7. Any consequential repairs or and examination by CHEVROLET
replacement of parts which may be Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
retailers.
found necessary to establish (iii)Regularly obtains and carries out
compliance to In-use emission 10. Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will maintenance at CHEVROLET
standards, in addition to the not be responsible for any fines, retailers as per the list in this
replacement of the components penalties that may be charged by booklet only, in accordance with
covered under Emission Warranty, Statutory or Regulatory authorities Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
will not be made free of cost unless on account of failure of the vehicle guidelines and enters the details in
such parts are also found to be in a to comply with the in-use emission the Service Booklet.
warrantable condition within the standards on the vehicle not meet-
scope and limit of the product ing any such given legal/ regulatory (iv)Immediately approaches the nearest
Warranty (Chevrolet Captiva requirement, during inspection by CHEVROLET retailers as per the
3years /1,00,000 kms, whichever is such authorities. list in this booklet upon discovery
earlier on vehicle). The consumables of failure to comply with the In-use
11. Emission Warranty will be appli- emission standard inspite of having
and labour shall be charged per actual cable irrespective of the change of
during such repairs or replacement of maintained and used the vehicle in
ownership of the vehicle provided

accordance with the instructions in Conditions under which warranty been changed or the reading of
the OM and having carried out such is NOT applicable: which has been changed / tampered
repairs and adjustments as may be 1. Non production/availability of a valid with so that the actual mileage
required with a view to establish ‘Pollution under Control’ certificates cannot be readily determined.
such compliance. as described in customer obligation 7. A vehicle, which has been used, for
(v) Produces the ‘Pollution Under (V). competitions, races, rallies or for
Control (PUC)’ certificate valid for 2. In case the vehicle is not serviced by the purpose of establishing records.
the period immediately preceding CHEVROLET retailers as per the 8. Examination by CHEVROLET
the test during which the failure is list in this booklet as per the service retailers as per the list in this
discovered, the test having been schedule described in the maint- booklet of the vehicle shows that
carried out either for obtaining a enance chart given in the Owner’s any of the conditions stipulated in
new certificate, or pursuant upon Manual. the OM with regard to use and
being directed by an officer as maintenance have been violated.
referred to in sub – rule (2) of Rule 3. A vehicle, which has been subjected
116 of the Central Motor Vehicles to abnormal use, abuses, neglect 9. A vehicle, which has been run on
Rules. and improper maintenance or has adulterated fuel or lubricant or fuels
met with an accident. lubricants other than those,
(vi)Produces the service booklet (Own- specified by Chevrolet Sales India
er’s Manual) and all relevant bills 4. Use of such replacement parts,
which are not specified and appr- Pvt. Ltd.
for verification of details.
oved by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Scope and Limits:
(vii)Produces receipts covering main- Ltd.
tenance of the vehicle as specified 1. This emission warranty is in
in the OM from the date of original 5. If the vehicle or parts thereof, have addition to the product warranty for
purchase of the vehicle. been altered, tampered with or the vehicle as per the scope and
modified or replaced in an limit described in the OM and all
(viii)Produces valid certificate of unauthorized manner. conditions described therein will
insurance & RTO registration. apply, in addition to those exclu-
6. A vehicle on which the odometer is
not functioning or the odometer has sively stipulated in this warranty.

2. The emission warranty covers only

compliance with the emission
standard as specified in sub rule (2)
of Rule 115 of CMVR. It does not
cover any other performance of these
parts or routine test and consequent
maintenance or adjustments to
establish compliance to the in-use
emission standard as applicable to
the state, in which the vehicle is
registered and is in use.

ANNEXURE-I
Definitions:
1. Vehicle : The Motor Vehicle approved for sale within India under the provisions of Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 or any
subsequent amendment or substitution thereof.
2. Owner’s Manual (OM) : A document given to the customer at the time of sale of the vehicle giving guidelines on use and
maintenance of the vehicle including the terms and conditions of Warranty
3. Maintenance : Maintenance as per the schedule provided in the Owner’s Manual by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. including
inspection, verification check, adjustment and replacement, if necessary.
4. Service Booklet : The scheduled service record book in Owner’s Manual, which is required to be filled by CHEVROLET retailer at
the time of service.
5. Abnormal Use : The situations when the vehicle is put to use other than that intended by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. such as
racing, overloading or use of adulterated fuel or fuel not recommended by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Manufacturing Defect : Means deficiency or deviation from normal production tolerance in design, material, or workmanship in a
device or system which affects any parameter, performance, or component belonging to emission control system.
7. Product Warranty : The manufacturer warranty as provided by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd., which covers failure of various parts
and systems as per the Owner’s Manual. 3 years/1,00,000 kms, whichever is earlier on vehicle.
8. Emission Warranty : Warranty for emission performance of the vehicle as determined by sub-rule (2) of rule no 115 of the Central
Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989.
9. Authorized Service Centers : Any service facilities authorized by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. to perform warranty repairs. This
shall include all of CHEVROLET retailers that are recognised for service of subject vehicles or any other service center duly
authorized by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
10. Warrantable Condition : Warrantable condition means any condition of a vehicle, which triggers the responsibility of Chevrolet
Sales India Pvt. Ltd. to take corrective action within the framework of emission Warranty. This however shall not include any
statutory or regulatory fines or penalties.
11. Warranted Parts : Those components, listed as per Annexure–II.

ANNEXURE-II
List of Components Covered under Emission Warranty
S. No. Part name
1 Catalytic Converter***
2 Exhaust Manifold Gasket
3 Electronic Control Module
4 Mass Air Flow Sensor
5 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
6 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
7 Air Temp. Sensor
8 Exhaust Temperature Sensor
9 Coolant Temperature Sensor
10 Injectors
11 Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
12 Exhaust Gas Re-circulation Valve
13 Fuel Pump
14 High Pressure Pump
*** Catalytic Converter is covered only for emission related failures as provided under the warranty statement. Replacements if any shall
not be applicable for breakage and noise problems.
Note : All the above mentioned parts are covered only if the car fails to meet the prescribed Emission norms. Any other performance
problems shall be treated as not relevant to the Emission warranty.

24x7 Roadside Assistance 13-1
24x7 ROADSIDE
ASSISTANCE
How to Request Assistance ......... 13-2
Benefits ....................................... 13-3
Covered Area .............................. 13-3
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance at
Home or on the Road .................. 13-3
Vehicle Recovery Following
Mechanical or Electrical 24x7x365 Days Access Fuel Assistance Taxi Assistance Tyre Assistance
Breakdown .................................. 13-3 to Toll Free Number
Vehicle Recovery Following an
Accident ...................................... 13-4
Taxi Benefit ................................ 13-4
Urgent Message Relay ................ 13-4
Locked Keys/Lost Key ............... 13-4
Non Covered Events Under the
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Program ...................................... 13-4
Special Exclusions ...................... 13-6
Adverse Weather ......................... 13-6
Force Majeure ............................. 13-7 Key Lockout Towing Facility Battery Jump Start
External Factors .......................... 13-7 Services
Right of Refusal .......................... 13-7
Disputes ...................................... 13-7
Summary ..................................... 13-7
Disclaimer ................................... 13-8

13-2 24x7 Roadside Assistance
The Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program is focused to enhance your overall Chevrolet ownership experience by providing 24x7
Roadside Assistance emergency support for a period of three years starting from the date of invoice of the Chevrolet vehicle sold from an
authorized CHEVROLET retailer, in the unfortunate event of vehicle breakdown or accident of your Chevrolet vehicle. The Chevrolet
Roadside Assistance Program has specially been designed to take care of your car’s safety and your comfort. The Benefits and the Terms
& Conditions of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program are mentioned in this Owner’s Manual. You are therefore, requested to read
this Owner’s Manual very carefully.
HOW TO REQUEST ASSISTANCE

In the event of a breakdown or accident, simply call the Chevrolet 24x7 Roadside Assistance Program on Toll Free Number*
1800 103 8090. (*In case of difficulty in reaching this toll-free number from your phone network, please dial 0124-4388090. Call
charges apply.)
Please have the following information in hand when you call for assistance:
1. Your name and contact phone number.
2. Vehicle registration number.
3. Vehicle identification number (VIN) mentioned in the vehicle registration certificate.
4. Vehicle model.
5. Date of invoice.
6. Name of the authorized retailer from whom Chevrolet vehicle was purchased.
7. Brief description of the problem faced.
8. Specific location of the vehicle along with the nearest landmark.
The Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program is available only if the above mentioned dial-in numbers are contacted.
REMARKS
1. Once you have called Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program, it is advisable that you stay with your vehicle.
2. Park your vehicle on the edge of the road and put the hazard warning lights on.
3. If you are on a highway, place the warning triangle provided with the Chevrolet vehicle approximately 3 meters from the vehicle in
the direction of the on-coming traffic.

BENEFITS
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program can be availed when your vehicle is immobilized due to:
1. Mechanical or electrical breakdown.
2. Road traffic accident where the vehicle is immobilized.
3. Human error.
4. Battery problems: Dead battery.
5. Fuel problems: Out of fuel, incorrect fuel or contaminated fuel.
6. Key problems: Locked keys, lost keys or broken vehicle keys.
7. Tyre problems: Puncture – replace with spare tyre available in the vehicle, bolts or valve related issues.
COVERED AREA
Customers are entitled to the Benefits provided under this Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program on a PAN India level (only exception
in coverage is Andaman Nicobar Islands, where this Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program is currently not available), provided
however the Chevrolet vehicle has broken down on gazette, bitumen/concrete road. Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program will also be
provided to a customer when at home, on the roadside, on the highway, in a parking lot, etc., but if you are already at an authorized
CHEVROLET retailer, then you are not entitled to the Benefits under the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program.
CHEVROLET ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE AT HOME OR ON THE ROAD

If your Chevrolet vehicle is immobilized whether at home or on the road, Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program personnel will attend
to your Chevrolet vehicle. If the problem is something that can be resolved at the roadside, a mobile technician will be sent to mobilize
your vehicle at the roadside.
VEHICLE RECOVERY FOLLOWING MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL BREAKDOWN

If your Chevrolet vehicle is unable to be mobilized following a mechanical or electrical breakdown, a recovery vehicle will be sent to
recover your Chevrolet vehicle to the nearest authorized CHEVROLET retailer.

VEHICLE RECOVERY FOLLOWING AN ACCIDENT

If your Chevrolet vehicle is unable to be mobilized following a road traffic accident, Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program personnel
will organize to send a recovery vehicle to recover your Chevrolet vehicle to the nearest authorized CHEVROLET retailer, however all
the costs towards repairs will be borne exclusively by you.
TAXI BENEFIT
If your Chevrolet vehicle is recovered to an authorized CHEVROLET retailer by Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program personnel, the
driver and passengers, if any, of the Chevrolet vehicle will be provided with one free taxi ride, up to 50 kms from the breakdown location,
in order to continue your journey. The maximum number of persons that can avail this facility would, at no point of time, exceed the
number of people including the driver, Chevrolet vehicle is permissible to carry under the applicable rules and regulations.
URGENT MESSAGE RELAY

You will be provided an urgent message relay service to help keep in contact with family, friends and/or work colleagues in the event of a
vehicle breakdown or accident.
LOCKED KEYS/LOST KEY

Whilst we will always endeavor to provide assistance by the most efficient method, however, modern security systems sometimes make
it extremely difficult for us to gain entry to your vehicle at the roadside should the spare keys not be available. If a forced emergency entry
is required, you will be asked to provide the approval granting the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program personnel the requisite
permission to gain this access and further confirm that all repair costs relating to any resulting damages to your vehicle will be your sole
responsibility and borne by you or customer’s car may be towed to nearest authorized CHEVROLET retailer. In the event of lost key,
provision of retrieving spare key from home will be provided only, if the event has occurred in the city you are residing.
NON COVERED EVENTS UNDER THE CHEVROLET ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program is designed to help in events that lead to stoppage / immobilization of your vehicle. As a result,
this program will not cover any of the following events that you may encounter while driving your vehicle:

1. Faulty fuel gauge.

2. Speedometer not working.
3. Air-conditioning not working.
4. When the passenger door (s) cannot be opened and there are no passengers in the vehicle.
5. Boot cannot be opened.
6. The front and/or rear demisters are not functioning.
7. Horn is not functioning. However, if the horn is sounding continuously, the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Services will be provided.
8. Damaged door mirrors.
9. When the rear view mirror is damaged but it does not obstruct the driver’s vision.
10. Damaged or faulty fuel cap but vehicle has not run out of fuel and there is enough fuel in the tank to enable the vehicle to reach the
nearest authorized CHEVROLET retailer.
11. When the sunroof cannot be opened.
12. When the sunroof cannot be closed but weather conditions are fair and the vehicle is not exposed to any security risk.
13. When the windows cannot be opened.
14. When the windows cannot be closed but weather conditions are fair and the vehicle is not exposed to any security risk.
15. Seat adjustor is faulty but the vehicle can be safely driven.
16. When the passenger seat belts are faulty but there are no passengers in the vehicle.
17. Faulty security system unless the vehicle is immobilized or unless the alarm is sounding continuously.
18. Transmission stuck in sports/winter mode.
19. When the ABS lights are illuminated.
20. Air bag warning lights are illuminated.
21. Traction control lights are illuminated.
22. Other non-safety related lights/service warnings are illuminated.
23. When your vehicle runs out of windscreen wiper fluid.
24. Front windscreen wipers faulty but weather conditions are fair.
25. Rear windscreen wiper faulty.
26. Vehicle pick-up and drop for routine maintenance is not included.

SPECIAL EXCLUSIONS
The following scenarios are special exclusions under the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program, and therefore neither CSIPL nor its
authorized retailers will be responsible for any assistance/repair costs and are excluded from Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program:
1. Vehicle is involved in motor racing, rallies, speed or endurance tests, practice runs or operated outside official roads.
2. Assistance is required as a result of wars, riots, uprising, mass political demonstrations, pillage, strike, use for military purposes or
acts of terrorism, earthquake damage, freak weather conditions, atmospheric phenomena, nuclear transformation phenomena or
radiation caused by artificial acceleration of atomic particles.
3. Breakdown is caused by deliberate damage, vandalism or participation in a criminal act or offence.
4. The immobilization is resulting from damage caused by intervention of the police or other authorities.
5. Any damage resulting from the use of the vehicle against the recommendations of the Owner’s Manual.
6. Any consequential costs and/or damage to property as a result of a breakdown in or on the vehicle.
7. Any cost as a result of damage and or claim caused while the driver was operating the vehicle under the influence of alcohol, solvent
abuse, drugs or other illegal substance.
8. Vehicles kept in a non-roadworthy condition or not serviced in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and any such
other events that may be decided by CSIPL from time to time.
ADVERSE WEATHER
On occasion of adverse weather conditions such as floods, heavy rain, thunder, lightening or other external factors, which may affect our
ability to provide the services effectively and it may become physically impossible to assist you until the weather improves. During such
time, our main priority will be to provide the necessary assistance to you and the passengers to be taken to a place of safety. The recovery
of your vehicle may not be possible until the weather condition permits.
.

FORCE MAJEURE
CSIPL shall not be liable for its inability to provide the services under the terms of service set out in this Owner’s Manual if such inability
to provide the services is caused or contributed by causes beyond CSIPL’s reasonable control including but not limited to acts of god, acts
of public enemy or statutory authorities or courts, terrorism, or any acts of any person engaged in subversive activity or sabotage, strikes,
embargoes, public rallies and protests.
EXTERNAL FACTORS
You agree and understand that though Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program will make every effort to reach you once you have made
the call and the call is registered however, external conditions including traffic could delay such an effort.
RIGHT OF REFUSAL
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program shall have the right to refuse any or all benefits under the program, if it is found that the
information furnished by you at the time of making the request for assistance are false.
DISPUTES
All disputes arising out of this Roadside Assistance Program shall be submitted to a sole arbitrator to be appointed by CSIPL and the
place of arbitration shall be CSIPL Office at Gurgaon, Haryana. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996 and shall be conducted in English. The Courts of Delhi shall have the jurisdiction.
SUMMARY
AFTER READING THIS OWNER’S MANUAL, YOU SHOULD UNDERSTAND:
1. The scope of Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program.
2. You should at all times retain the Owner’s Manual and produce whenever required.
3. This Owner’s Manual must remain with the Chevrolet vehicle, if the vehicle is resold.
If you have any questions, your authorized CHEVROLET retailer / Chevrolet Roadside Assistance will be happy to assist you.

DISCLAIMER
CSIPL shall be under no liability whatsoever in respect of any
loss or damages arising directly or indirectly due to any delay or
non-delivery of the services under the CSIPL Roadside
Assistance Program. In case the vehicle cannot be mobilized on-
site, Customers are advised to use the towing facility as may be
arranged by CSIPL Roadside Assistance Program Vendor
personnel for taking the vehicle to the nearest authorized
workshop. In no condition, shall the vehicle be towed to any
unauthorized workshop. Customer agrees, that it shall be a
condition precedent that the Customers remove their personal
belongings like laptops, wallets, mobile phone and other such
valuable items before allowing the Roadside Assistance Vendor
personnel to tow the vehicle and also take an inventory list of
other belongings inside the vehicle including, the current
24x7 ROADSIDE
ASSISTANCE
physical conditions of the vehicle like dents, scratches, tools and
spare tyre and to verify the list before taking possession of the
vehicle from the authorized workshop. CSIPL at its discretion
may refuse to render these services to any such Customers who in
the reasonable discretion of CSIPL is misrepresenting the facts, 1800-103-8090
in relation to the vehicle or any other details sought by the
Roadside Assistance call center or the personnel and/or in the
(Toll Free No.)
event of unruly, rude, use of abusive and foul languages, physical
abuse and such other similar behavior to the Roadside Assistance
0124-4388090
Vendor’s personnel by the Customer or the occupant of the
vehicle. CSIPL reserves the right to change or modify any of the
services and the charges thereto that are rendered in this Roadside
Assistance Program without any notice.

Service Network 14-1
SERVICE NETWORK
CHEVROLET SALES INDIA
SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK
North Zone .................................. 14-2

West Zone ................................... 14-7
South Zone................................. 14-12
East Zone ................................. 14-17
International .............................. 14-20
L Indicates Retailer (Sales and Service)

m Indicates Chevrolet Authorized Service Center
Authorized Service Center (ASC) are authorized to carry out Periodic Maintenance (Free/Paid, Minor Running Repair) Only.
The list of authorized Retailers / ASC are mentioned herein as of February, 2015. For any change in authorized Retailers /ASC, please
visit www.chevrolet.co.in.

14-2 Service Network
L
NORTH ZONE Metro Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Workshop :
Barwala, Naraingarh Road, Ambala City - 134 003
Bawa Potteries Industrial Complex, Tel.: 0171 - 2678013
STATE - DELHI Aruna Asaf Ali Marg, Vasant Kunj - 110 070
Tel. : 011 - 41761717, 46156666 BHIWANI
L Ganganagar Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. L Shailesh Automobiles
(Aarav Chevrolet) Showroom 2 : Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom : A-2/6, Safdarganj Enclave, Rohtak Road, Bhiwani - 127021
11 - A, Shivaji Marg, Moti Nagar, Africa Avenue, New Delhi - 110 029 Tel. : 01664 -204006/008
Opp. L & T Building, New Delhi - 110 015 Tel. : 011 - 46146666 / 75
Tel. : 011 - 41238888 DADRI
L Sparsh Autotech Pvt. Ltd. L Shailesh Automobiles
Workshop: Showroom : Showroom & Workshop :
56, Rama Road, Opposite Radha Palace Banquet Hall, D-12 &13, Rajapuri, Madhuvihar, Opp. Sector-5, Near Loharu Chowk, Bhiwani Road, Dadri - 127 306
New Delhi -110 015 Dwarka, New Delhi -110075 Tel. : 9253660069/70
Tel. : 011 - 49258888, 8826292810, 8826292815 Tel.: 011- 49115911
FARIDABAD
L Arya Automobiles Workshop : L Regent Automobiles Ltd.
Showroom : 32/8, Shanti Garden, Matiala Industrial Area, Showroom :
Plot No. 193, Metro Pillar No. 543, Near DPS School, Dwarka, New Delhi -110059 14/3 , Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003, Haryana
Main Rohtak Road, Mundka, New Delhi - 110 041 Tel.: 011- 49116911 Tel. : 0129 - 4088530 / 31
Tel. : 011 - 8743030301 / 302 Fax : 0129 - 2252304
Fax : 011 - 28342887 L Triumph Motors
Showroom : Workshop 1 :
Workshop : A-9/3 Wazirpur Industrial Area, Near Richi Rich, 14/5, Main Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003
KH-82/21/2 &22/2, Phirni Road, Udyog Nagar New Delhi - 110 052 Tel. : 0129 - 2252151 - 55, 4261200
Industrial Area, Near Mundka Metro Pillar No. 547, Tel. : 011 - 47444666
New Delhi - 110 041 Fax : 011 - 42475584 Workshop 2 :
Tel. : 011 - 28342884 Plot No.57, Sector-27C, Opp. Crown Interiorz Mall,
Workshop 1: 13/1, Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003
L Go Auto Pvt. Ltd. C-13, Plot No. 65, SMA Industrial Area, GTK Road, Tel.: 0129 - 2577777
Showroom : Opp. Jahangir Puri, Azadpur, New Delhi - 110 033
A 231, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tel. : 011 - 47444777 GURGAON
New Delhi - 110 020 L Bhanu Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Tel. : 011 - 41855500, 9015444555 Workshop 2 : Showroom:
G-14, Udyog Nagar, Rohtak Road, Peeragarhi, Shop No. 4, Omaxe Wedding Mall, Main Sohna Road,
Workshop : Delhi - 110 041 Near Subhash Chowk, Gurgaon - 122001
B-25, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tel. : 011 - 42010101 Tel. : 0124 - 4757777
New Delhi - 110 020 Fax : 011 - 42010132
Tel. : 011 - 41955500, 9015777888 Workshop:
L Globus Motocorp Pvt. Ltd.

STATE - HARYANA Plot No. 541, Sector-37, Part-II, Gurgaon - 122001
Tel. : 0124 - 4598888
Showroom : AMBALA
ZB-43 & 44/487, Zulphe Bengal, Main GT Road, L Ambala Automobiles India Ltd. L Gentech Toolings Pvt. Ltd.
Dilshad Garden, Delhi - 110095 Showroom : Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Tel. : 011 - 43355555 Ramgarh, Near Central Jail Bridge, Chandigarh Road, Plot No. 66, IDC, Opp. Sector - 14
Baldev Nagar, Ambala City - 134 003 Mehrauli - Gurgaon Road, Gurgaon - 122 001
Workshop : Tel. : 0171 - 2543010 Tel. : 0124 - 4638751 - 54, 4368787
B-31, Jhilmil Industrial Area, Behind Jhilmil Metro Fax : 0171 - 2543510 Fax : 0124 - 4638700
Station, New Delhi - 110095
Tel. : 011 - 43388888

Showroom 2 : KARNAL MANDI

DLF City Court, Sikanderpur, Gurgaon - 122001 L Aryaman Automobiles L Ram Hari Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Tel. : 9582216504, 9582216510 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
117/6, K.M. Milestone, Near Hotel New Rani Ki Bain, Gutkar, Mandi - 175 021
m Orix Auto Infrastructure Services Ltd. World, G. T. Road, Karnal - 132 001 Tel. : 01905 - 225692
Workshop : Tel. : 0184 - 2220011, 2220325 Fax : 01905 - 221691
7B, Sector - 18, Maruti Industrial Area, TeleFax : 0184 - 2220025
Gurgaon - 122 015 MANALI
Tel. : 0124 - 3014700 / 701 / 719 PANIPAT L Ram Hari Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Fax : 0124 - 3014702 L Aryaman Motors Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : Rotang Road, Village Vishisht Vihal, PO Vashisht,
YAMUNA NAGAR Plot No 64, Sector -25, Huda Industrial Area Phase 1, Tehsil - Manali, Distt - Kullu, Manali - 175 131
L Oberoi Automobiles Panipat - 132 103 Tel. : 01902 - 254001
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 0180 - 2666222 / 2666800
Aggarsain Chowk, Near Gupta Palace, SOLAN
Jagadhri - 135 003 ROHTAK L Rajvir Motors
Tel. : 01732 - 212030, 212010 L Badhwar Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : Kalka Shimla Road, Near Mehta Market,
KURUKSHETRA Sonepat Road, Rohtak - 124 001 Kumarhatti, Solan, Himachal Pradesh - 173 229
L VPS Speciality Papers Telefax : 01262 - 256666 Telefax : 01792 - 266338
Plot No.145 &146, Industrial Area, Sector 2, REWARI UNA
Kurukshetra - 136 118 L Vardhman Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. L Bhagat Ram Motorways Pvt. Ltd.
Telefax : 01744 - 231050 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Gurudwara, Jhajhar Road, Rewari - 123 401 Una Nangal Road, Rakkar Colony, Una - 174 303
HISSAR Tel. : 01274 - 250440 / 251188 Tel. : 01975 - 238799
L Ashwani Automotors Fax : 01274 - 255966 Fax : 01975 - 238699
9 km Stone, OP Jindal Marg, Hissar - 125 044 SONIPAT STATE - PUNJAB
Tel. : 01662 - 220710 / 11 / 12 L Malwa Motors Sales Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop : AMRITSAR
JHAJJAR NH-1, 31 Km Stone, G.T. Road, Kundli, L S V Motors
L Shailesh Automobiles Sonipat - 131 001, Haryana Showroom :
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 0130 - 2219384 - 85, 2370386, 2371386 Near Amritsar Gate, GT Road, Amritsar - 143 001
Tehsil Road Jhajjar, Haryana - 124 001 Fax : 0130 - 2219384 Tel. : 0183 - 2700102
Tel. : 9253660066 / 9254171300 Fax : 0183 - 2700101
SIRSA
JIND L Padam Motors Pvt. Ltd. Workshop :
L Lekh Raj Motors Pvt. Ltd Showroom & Workshop : Main GT Road, Opp. ITBP Office, Amritsar - 143 001
Showroom & Workshop: Hisar Road, Opp Traffic Police Post, Sirsa - 125 055 Tel. : 0183 - 2700201
Safidon Road, opp. Brahmin Dharamsala, Jind. Tel. : 01666 - 244445
Tel. : 9992900082 Fax : 01666 - 244442 BATALA
L Kashmir Autmobiles Pvt. Ltd. (Platinum Chevrolet)
L
KAITHAL
Lekh Raj Motors Pvt. Ltd.
STATE - HIMACHAL PRADESH Showroom & Workshop:
Opp. Cambridge International School, Saidmubarak,
Showroom & Workshop : KANGRA Amritsar Road, Batala - 143 505
Ambala Road, Kaithal, Haryana - 136 027 L Himachal Autowheels Pvt. Ltd. Tel.: 01871 - 241024
Tel. : 0174 - 6226827 (Platinum Chevrolet)
N.H 20 Kachhiary, Kangra - 176 001
Tel. : 01892 - 260600/260601

BHATINDA ROPAR Workshop :

L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. Khasara No-319 Kankarda Bhunaboy, NH-8,
Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop : Jaipur Road, Ajmer - 305001
Goniana Road, 8th Mile Stone, NH-10, Chandigarh Road, Nangal Chowk, Ropar - 140 001 Tel. : 0145 - 2788192 / 93 / 2788222 / 23
Bhatinda - 151 005 Telefax : 01881 - 500099
Tel. : 0164 - 27601111 / 9216350205 ALWAR
Telefax : 0164 - 2760153 MOGA L Triumph Motors
L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. Showroom & Workshop :
CHANDIGARH Showroom & Workshop : Old Delhi Road, Near Jhankar Hotel, Alwar - 301 001
L Padam Motors Pvt. Ltd. Near Majestic Resorts, Ferozepur Road, Telefax : 0144 - 3047571 - 78
Showroom: Moga - 142 001
182/2, Industrial Area, Phase 1, Chandigarh - 160 002 Tel. : 01636 - 225755 BHILWARA
Tel. : 0172 - 5212900 L Rajdeep Autowheels (P) Ltd.
NAWASHAHAR Showroom & Workshop :
Workshop : L Aakriti World Payal Resort, Ajmer Road, Bhilwara - 311001
185, Industrial Area, Phase 1, Chandigarh -160 002 Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 01482 - 265164
Tel. : 0172 - 5212999 Chandigarh Road, Nawashahar, Punjab - 144 514
Tel. : 01823 - 285656 BIKANER
JALANDHAR Telefax : 01823 - 285858 L Sunehri Cars
L Aakriti World Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom : PATIALA Plot No. 15, Transport Nagar,
Ground Floor, Vasal Tower, Police Lines, L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. NH-15, Ganganagar Road, Bikaner - 334 001
Opp. President Hotel, Jalandhar - 144 001 Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 8003399060 / 66 / 69
Telefax : 0181 - 5003333 Main Patiala - Rajpura Road,
Opp. Caspa Resort, Bahadurgarh, Patiala - 147 001 BANSWARA
Workshop : Tel. : 0175 - 2663813 - 14, 9217100905 - 9 L Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
1746 Ladowali Road, Near BSF Chowk, Fax : 0175 - 2663828 Workshop :
Jalandhar - 144 001 Janamedi, Udaipur Road, Banswara - 327 001
Tel. : 0181 - 5057777 PATHANKOT Tel. : 02962 - 250227
L Kashmir Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
LUDHIANA Showroom & Workshop : CHITTORGARH
L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. Simbel Chowk, Dalhousie Road, Pathankot - 145 001 L Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 0186 - 2257022 - 24 Showroom :
Khasra No. 279/3, G.T. Road, Plot No. 86, Kabir Colony, Bhilwara Road,
Dhandari Kalan, Ludhiana SANGRUR Chittorgarh - 312001
Tel. : 0161 - 2510014 L Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 01472 - 247598
Telefax : 0161 - 2510015 Showroom & Workshop : Fax : 01472 - 247598
College Road, Opp. Kamal Palace, Sangrur - 148001
L Padam Motors Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 9216350134, 9216911461 Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : Near Saint Paul's School, Opp. Rajasthan State
Near Ayalli Chowk, Ferozepur Road,
Ludhiana - 141 001
STATE - RAJASTHAN Seed Corp., Nimbhera Road, Chittorgarh - 312 001
Tel. : 01472 - 240598
Tel. : 0163-6225755, 9780000609 AJMER
L Rajdeep Autowheels (P) Ltd. CHOMU
L Omni Wheels Pvt. Ltd. Showroom : L Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop : 12-15, ASC Road, Vaishali Nagar, Ajmer - 305001 Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No 73, New Kuldeep Nagar, Tel. : 0145 - 2628989 / 2625116 Near Radha Soami Bagh, Jaipur Road,
Basti Jodhewal Chowk, Ludhiana - 141 007 Chomu - 303 702
Tel. : 0161 - 5055900 Tel. : 0142 - 3304000
Fax : 0161 - 5055911

JAIPUR KOTA Workshop :

L Triumph Motors L Triumph Motors Kanodia Mill Compound 1, Luker Ganj,
Showroom 1 : Showroom & Workshop : Allahabad - 211 001
Corporate Tower, A-1, Jawahar Lal Marg, E - 137C, Road No. 5, Tel. : 0532 - 2616368
Jaipur - 302 015 Indraprastha Industrial Area, Kota
Tel. : 0141 - 4057575 Tel. : 0744 - 2372333, 2372666 AGRA
Fax : 0141 - 4057500 L Kalyan Auto Sales
PALI Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom 2 : L Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd. Opp. Bhagwati Dhaba, Near New Sabji Mandi,
C7D, Sawai Jai Singh Highway, Showroom & Workshop : Sikandra, Agra - 282 007
Bani Park, Jaipur - 302 016 Opp. Krishi Mandi, Jodhpur Road, Pali - 306 401 Tel. : 0562 - 2640460 / 62 / 63
Tel. : 0141 - 4122222 Tel. : 9414060104 Fax : 0562 - 2640461
Fax : 0141 - 4122233
SIKAR BAREILLY
Workshop 1 : L Triumph Motors L VAT Motors Pvt. Ltd.
G-109A, Sitapura Industrial Area, Jaipur - 302 004 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 0141 - 5122333, 5113636, 5143737, Near Circuit House, NH-11, Jaipur Sikar Road, 4.5 KM, Rampur Road, CB Ganj, Bareilly - 243 001
5122797, 5122798, 5143636, 4090409 Sikar - 332 001 Tel. : 0581 - 2560741
Fax : 0141 - 5122552 Tel. : 01572 - 245971 Fax : 0581 - 2560731
Workshop 2 : SRI GANGANAGAR FAIZABAD

E-12B, Vishwakarma Ind. Area, Road No. 01, L Sunehri Cars L Megha Auto (I) Pvt. Ltd.
Jaipur - 302 013 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 0141 - 4255555 6th Km Stone, Surat Garh Road, NH-15, Lucknow Byepass Road, Sahadatganj,
Sri Ganganagar Faizabad - 224 001
Workshop 3 : Tel. : 8003399070 / 71 Tel. : 09839099210
E1 - 2295, Ramchandrapura Industrial Area,
Sitapura Ext, Jaipur - 302 022 UDAIPUR GORAKHPUR
Tel. : 0141 - 4090409 L Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd. L United Motors
Showroom & Workshop : Showroom :
JHUNJUNU A-83, Mewar Industrial Area, Madri, NH-8, Kasia By-pass Road, Near Dr. Riyaz Ortho Hospital,
L Triumph Motors Ahmedabad Bye Pass, Udaipur - 313 002 Mohaddipur, Gorakhpur - 273 001
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 0294 - 3002730, 3002769 Tel.: 0551 - 2201667
G1-8, 9 & H1-16,17, Phase - 2, RIICO Industrial Area, Fax : 0294 - 2490108 Fax.: 0551 - 2338299
Jhunjhunu - 333 001
Tel. : 01592 - 203163, 250001 - 3, 250145, 250146 STATE - UTTAR PRADESH Workshop :
Saryu Nahar Colony, Singharia,
JODHPUR ALIGARH Gorakhpur - Deoria Road, Gorakhpur - 273 008
L Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd. L Jattari Automobile Tel.: 0551 - 2270231
Showroom : Showroom & Workshop :
27/27A, Light Industrial Area, 300 Mtr. From, Bharat Petrol Pump, GHAZIABAD
Near Shastri Circle, ITI Road, Jodhpur - 342 003 Khair By Pass Road, Aligarh - 202001 L Shiva Motors
Tel. : 0291 - 3048491 Tel. : 8938802229, 8938802214 Showroom & Workshop :
28/3/5, Site - IV, Industrial Area, Sahibabad,
Workshop : ALLAHABAD Ghaziabad
E-711, Mia Bsni, IInd Phase, L Eldee Motors Tel.: 0120 - 3008600 / 605 / 631 / 632 / 635 / 636
Behind Krishna Dharam Kanta, Jodhpur - 342 005 Showroom : Fax: 0120 - 3008643 / 45 / 48 / 49 / 50
Tel. : 0291 - 3048217 - 22 Eldee Enclave, 2, S. P. Marg, Civil Lines,
Fax : 0291 - 3048223 Allahabad - 211 001
Tel. : 0532 - 2560743, 44

Workshop 2 : MEERUT
58/3, Site 04, Sahibabad, Ghaziabad - 200 300 L Vardajyoti Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. STATE - UTTARAKHAND
Tel. : 0120 - 4558765 Workshop : DEHRADUN
Madhuban Cinema Bldg., Madhuban Colony, L DPM Autosales
JHANSI Baghpath Road, Meerut - 250 002 Showroom & Workshop :
L Sri Venkateshwar Autocare Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 0121 - 2404005 - 08 Mohabewala Industrial Area,
Showroom & Workshop : Fax : 0121 - 2404009 Saharanpur Road, Dehradun
Jhansi Kanpur Road, Goramachhiya, Jhansi - 284 001 Tel. : 0135 - 2642051 / 52 / 53
Tel. : 0510 - 2371144, 6450158 MORADABAD Fax : 0135 - 2642054
L Siggma Motors Pvt. Ltd.
KANPUR Showroom & Workshop : HALDWANI
L Cross Road Auto Pvt. Ltd. Near Radhakrishna Mandir, L Analysis Motors
Showroom : Delhi Road, Moradabad - 244 001 Workshop :
40, Government Industrial Estate, Tel. : 0591 - 2550100 - 05, 7351007701 - 05, 7.5 km Stone, Gora Padav, Bareilly Road,
Opp. Sindhi Colony, Fazal Ganj, Kanpur - 208 012 7351003805 Haldwani - 263 641
Tel.: 0512 - 2221276 / 2220043 Tel. : 05946 - 232050
MIRZAPUR
Workshop 1 : L Saraswati Industries
C-15A, Panki Industrial Area, Site-1, Kanpur - 208 012 Showroom & Workshop : STATE - JAMMU & KASHMIR
Tel.: 0512 - 2691293, 2691377 Pili Kothi, Station Road, Mirzapur - 231 001 JAMMU
Tel. : 05442 - 223923 L K. C. Motors
Workshop 2 : Showroom & Workshop :
122/236, A-1 & C-1, Fazalganj, NOIDA NH-1, Byepass Road, Jammu - 180 004
Near Sangam Talkies, Kanpur - 208 012 L Shiva Motors Tel. : 0191 - 2465769 / 59, 2460829
Tel.: 8009461111 Showroom : Fax : 0191 - 2476660
G-24, Sector 11, Noida - 210 301
L Romi Motors Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 0120 - 3920150 / 158 RS PURA
Showroom : L K. C. Motors
14/63, Civil Lines, Kanpur - 208 001 Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Tel.: 0512 - 3224703 C-80/81A, Sector - 8, Noida Bagha Marh, RS Pura, Jammu
Tel. : 0120 - 3359807 / 813 Tel. : 01923 - 252809
Workshop : Fax : 01923 - 252809
120/192 (4), Lajpat Nagar, SAHARANPUR
Near Mariampur Crossing, Kanpur - 208 012 L DPM Autosales SRINAGAR
Tel. : 0512 - 3224701 / 3224702 Workshop : L K. C. Motors
Ambala Road, Near Badi Nahar, Saharanpur Showroom & Workshop :
LUCKNOW Tel. : 0135 - 2640877 By Pass Road, Hyderpora, Srinagar - 190 014
L Megha Auto (I) Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 0194 - 2443188
Showroom & Workshop : VARANASI
10/CP/5, Ring Road, Vikasnagar, L Vinayak Automotive Pvt. Ltd. (Vinayak Chevrolet)
Opp. Jagrani Hospital, Lucknow - 226 020 Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 0522 - 4057999 / 4007977 / 2330180 Adjacent to Essar Petrol Pump,
Jagatpur, Rohania, Varanasi - 221 313
Workshop 2: Tel. : 7703003320, 7703003330, 7703003321,
Mishipur Depot, Near Sanatan Cold 7703003333
Storage, Kursi Road, Lucknow - 226 026
Tel. : 0522 - 2890631

WEST ZONE L
BHAVNAGAR
V Raj Motors
Workshop :
Jamnagar to Rajkot Highway, 8 - Happa,
Showroom & Workshop : Jamnagar - 320 120
STATE - GOA Plot No. 150, Near Press Quarter, Tel. : 0288 - 3921194 - 98
Opp. Maruti Showroom, Bhavnagar-Rajkot Road,
VASCO-DA-GAMA Chitra, Bhavnagar - 364 003 MEHSANA
L Subrai Motors Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 0218 - 2444590, 2444445 L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
F L Gomes Road, Vasco-Da-Gama, Goa - 403 802 BHUJ Opp. Wide Angle, Nagalpur Highway,
Tel. : 0832 - 2517421 / 22 L Cargo Motors Mehsana - 384 002
Fax : 0832 - 2513924 Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 02762 - 241010, 302401 / 02 / 06
Plot No. 10, Survey No. 29/1, Fax : 02762 - 245151
STATE - GUJARAT Bhuj - Mirzapur Road, Bhuj - 370001
Tel. : 02832 - 654191 / 654192 NAVSARI
AHMEDABAD L Monarch Motors
L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd. GANDHIDHAM Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : L Cargo Motors Mahalaxmi Estate, Near Bhana Petrol Pump,
Near JCB Service Station, S.G. Highway, Showroom & Workshop : Near Grid Char Rasta, N.H. No. 8, Navsari - 396 424
Sarkhej, Ahmedabad - 380 015 NH-8A, Kandla Port Road, Gandhidham - 370 201 Tel. : 02637 - 265788 / 265599
Tel. : 079 - 2474346, 39835544, 39835501 Tel. : 02833 - 654370, 653317, 9825611692
Fax : 079 - 39835588 PALANPUR
GODHRA L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 2 : L Shree Gopinathji Agencies Showroom & Workshop :
A/8,9,10,11,12,13 & 14, Radhe Shopping Mall, Showroom & Workshop : Survey No. 525/1, Palanpur – Delhi Highway,
Khokhra, Maninagar, Ahmedabad Moonlight Cinema Compount, Vavdi, Near Palanpur - Deesa Char Rasta, Palanpur - 385 001
Tel. : 079 - 32941862 / 32440235 Godhra - 389 001
Tel. : 02672 - 645828, 265270, 265271 RAJKOT
Workshop 2 : L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Opp. Amraivadi Post Office, Near Hatkeswar Circle, GANDHI NAGAR Showroom & Workshop :
Maninagar, Ahmedabad - 380 026 L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd. Survey No. 219/220, Opp. Parin furniture,
Tel. : 079 - 30486501 / 02 / 03 Showroom & Workshop : Next to Jay Ganesh, AT & PO,
Near Nigam Petrol Pump, Rajshree Cinema Road, Kotharia Gondal Highway, Rajkot - 360 003
ANAND Sector-21, Gandhinagar - 382 010 Tel. : 0281 - 3205151, 2370006 / 8 / 9 / 10,
L Shree Gopinathji Agencies Tel. : 0232 - 30516107 3983400, 3983407
Workshop :
Survey No. 570 - A/2, Near Indira Statue, HIMMATNAGAR SURAT
Lambhavel Road, Anand - 388 001 L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd. L Empire Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Tel. : 02692 - 247979 / 247878 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Near Motipura Circle, Opp. S.T. Workshop, Plot No. 3, Near Rangoli Hotel, Rundh,
BHARUCH Shamlaji Highway, Himmatnagar - 383 001 Dumas Road, Surat - 395 007
L Shree Gopinathji Agencies Tel. : 02772 - 229525, 229524, 308000, 308001 Tel. : 0261 - 6713300 / 33
Beside K.U & Company Petrol Pump, JAM NAGAR L Monarch Cars Pvt. Ltd.
NH-8, Village Vadadala, Bharuch - 392 015 L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd. Showroom:
Tel. : 02642 - 654245, 291303, 654845 Showroom : Umiya Nagar Society,
Telefax : 02642 - 231584 Jamnagar - Rajkot Highway, Hapa, Near Shree Choshath Joganiyo Mata Mandir,
Opp. Tata IB Motors, Jamnagar Udhna Magdalla Road, Surat - 394 210
Tel. : 0288 - 3216060 Tel.: 0261-2720481, 2720482, 09825274707

Workshop : Workshop :
Next To Sameeti School, Patel Nagar Circle, STATE - MADHYA PRADESH Plot No.- 11/11,11/12, Survey No.- 26, Gram Palada,
Udhna Gam, Surat - 394 210 Khandwa Road, Indore - 452011
Tel.: 0261 - 3091001 BHOPAL Tel : 0731 - 6656000
L Super Cars Ltd.
L Nanavati Motors Showroom & Workshop : JABALPUR
Showroom: Plot No. 21 Sector G, Govindpura Industrial Area, L Oriental Motors
Orchid Tower, Opp Intercity Township, J.K. Road, Bhopal - 462 021 Showroom & Workshop :
Puna Kumbharia road, Surat - 395 010 Tel. : 0755 - 4028400, 4228201 497, Karmeta, Near Padwar Kala,
Tel.: 9879114447 Fax : 0755 - 4228203 Katangee Bye Pass Road, Jabalpur - 482 003
Tel. : 0761 - 3250007, 3260002, 3250003, 3290001
Workshop : L Varenayam Motors Fax : 0761 - 4027011
Opp. SBI Bank, Puna Patiya, Showroom & Workshop :
Puna Kumbhariya Road, Surat - 395 010 189, Angoori Bagh, Jinsi Road, Bhopal - 462 008 KHANDWA
Tel. : 0261 - 6456449/429/430 Tel. : 0755 - 2575288 / 299 / 300 L Bedi Motors
Fax : 0261 - 2647771 Fax : 0755 - 2579918 Showroom & Workshop :
Gram Rehmapur, Indore Road, Khandwa - 450 001
SURENDRA NAGAR CHHINDWARA Tel. : 0733 - 2244075
L Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd. L Sunshine Motors
Workshop : Showroom & Workshop : RATLAM
Plot No. 267, GIDC Vadhvan, Opp. Market Yards, College Road, Lalbagh, Chhindwara - 480 001 L Super Cars Ltd.
Near Rekha Bearings, Surendra Nagar Tel. : 0716 - 244125, 244129, 244193 / 194 Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 02752 - 321542 - 43 Fax : 0716 - 244126 Jaora Road, Near RTO Office, Ratlam - 457 001
Tel. : 07412 - 260040
VAPI GWALIOR
L Desai Automobiles L Sumedha Vehicles Pvt. Ltd. SAGAR
Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop : L Varenyam Motorcars Pvt. Ltd.
At & Po : Balitha, Near Woodland Hotel, Opp. Jhansi Road Police Station, Showroom :
National Highway No. 8, Jhansi Road, Gwalior - 474 009 Opposite Hotel Paradise, Jabalpur Road, Makroniya,
Taluka Pardi, Vapi, Valsad - 395 015 Tel. : 0751 - 2422067, 4015789, 3291856 Sagar - 470 004
Tel. : 0260 - 6531783, 2400250 - 51 Fax : 0751 - 2348024 Tel. : 07582 - 263566
Fax : 0260 - 2426525
INDORE Workshop :
VADODARA L Super Cars Ltd. Behind HDFC Bank, Makroniya
L Shree Gopinathji Agencies Showroom : Sagar - 470 004
Showroom & Workshop : Saket Tower - 3A, Ratlam Kothi, Tel. : 07582 - 239288
Opp. Gujarat Elec. Board Sub Station, Near Geeta Bhavan Square, AB Road, Indore - 452 001
(Near Prakuti Resort), Chhani, Baroda - 390 002 Tel. : 0731 - 4700053, 54 SATNA
Tel. : 0265 - 2761105 / 06 Telefax : 0731 - 4700052 L Oriental Motors
Showroom :
Showroom & Workshop 2 : Workshop : Virat Nagar Colony, Pateri, Panna Road, Satna - 485 001
R. S. No. 7, Opp. Atladra Railway Station, 49, United Compound, Iasudiya Mori, Tel. : 07672 - 229495
Atladra, Vadodara - 390 012 Dewas Naka, Indore
Tel. : 0265 - 2681050, 1060, 0187, 1010, 1020 Tel. : 0731 - 470055, 56, 57 Workshop :
Fax : 0265 - 2681050, 2354984 Fax : 0731 - 470054 27, Industrial Area Near Union Floor, Rewa Road,
Satna - 485 001
Showroom & Workshop 3 : L Chhabra Autolink Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 7672 -252763
3/A, Sahajanand Industrial Estate, Showroom :
Munjmahuda, Akota, Vadodara - 390 020 Plot No.-10 Vishnupuri Main, Near Medisquare
Tel. : 0265 - 2681010, 2681020, 2359898, 2334109 Hospital, Indore - 452001
Fax : 0265 - 2681050, 2681060 Tel : 0731- 4267800

DHULE Workshop :
STATE - MAHARASHTRA L Jitendra Wheels Pvt. Ltd. Ram Mandir Road, Somani Gram,
Showroom & Workshop : Next to Central Warehouse Corporation,
AHMEDNAGAR P-62, Behind Hotel Manas, MIDC Avdhan, Oshiwara, Goregaon (West), Mumbai - 400 051
L Saideep Cars Pvt. Ltd. Dhule - 424 001 Tel. : 022 - 26765555
Workshop : Tel. : 02562 - 281222 / 232
Survey No. 55/1B/2/1, Nagar Manmad Road, L AVK Automart Pvt. Ltd.
Ahmednagar - 414 111 JALGAON Workshop :
Tel. : 0241 - 2779225 - 7 L Soham Motors Pvt. Ltd. Fida Hussain Industrial Estate,
Fax : 0241 - 2779228 Workshop : Near Samrat Hotel, Pandurang Wadi Road,
93/1, MIDC, RL Square Aurangabad Road, Mira Road (West), Mumbai - 401 104
AKOLA Jalgaon - 425 003 Tel. : 022 - 28453178, 28455507, 28453564
L Star Motors Tel. : 0257-2211151, 2270085
Showroom & Workshop : L Nikhil Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
9/1, Geeta Nagar Near, Alankar Petrol Pump, KOLHAPUR Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Akola - 444 005 L Unique Automobiles A 70, TTC Industry Area, Thane Belapur Road,
Tel. : 07242800087 / 7350008428 Showroom & Workshop : Kharghar, Near ICI Color Company,
122/1, Pulachi Shiroli, Opp. Sangli Phata, Khoparkaine West, Navi Mumbai - 400 709
AMRAVATI Kolhapur - 416 122 Tel. : 022 - 27780801, 40708888
L Star Motors Tel. : 0230 - 2461518 - 19 Fax : 022 - 40708899, 27780805
Showroom & Workshop : Fax : 0230 - 2461520
Plot No. 8, Navathe Square Bandnera Road, Amravati Showroom 2 :
Tel. : 0721 - 2510199, 9921008861, 7350008426 Showroom 2 : 264-265, Vaswani Chambers, Opp. Old Passport
Ayodhya Park, Opp. Sangam Talkies, Office, Pravhadevi, Mumbai - 400 025
AURANGABAD Kavala Naka, Kolhapur - 416 001 Tel. : 022 - 434594444, 24221711-12
L Mishrikotkar Motors LLP (Arihant Chevrolet) Tel. : 0231 - 2535315, 2535425 Fax : 022 - 24222713
Showroom : Fax : 0231 - 2535615
Sector P, Town Centre, Jalna Road, CIDCO, Workshop 2 :
Aurangabad - 431 005 LATUR C/o Bharat Tiles & Marbles Ltd.,
Tel. : 0240-2482819 L Ajinkya Cars Pvt. Ltd. Jaibhimnagar, Dharukhana Road, Reay Road (East),
Showroom & Workshop : Near Sujala Hotel, Mumbai - 400 010
Workshop : Barshi Road, Near Bidave Engineering College, Tel. : 022 - 64560303, 23774514 / 15 / 16
Plot No.E-35, Chikalthana MIDC Area, Beside Pramod Petrol Pump, Latur - 413 531 Fax : 022 - 23774505
Aurangabad - 431 006 Tel. : 02382 - 222600
Tel. : 7745011919, 7745021919 Workshop 3 :
MUMBAI Plot No. D - 238 - A, TTC Industrial Area,
BARAMATI L Ashtavinayak Auto Pvt. Ltd. MIDC Shiravane, Nerul, Navi Mumbai - 400 706
L Mota Automotive Pvt. Ltd. Showroom 1 : Tel. : 022 - 43448800
Showroom & Workshop : D Mall, Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri (West),
41 / 1 / B / 17, Nira Road, Kasba, Tehsil - Baramati, Mumbai - 400 053 NASIK
Dist - Pune - 413 102 Tel. : 022 - 66488888 L Jitendra Wheels Pvt. Ltd.
Tel. : 02112 - 222212, 220212 Fax : 022 - 66488880 Showroom & Workshop :
B-88, Arihant Plaza, MIDC, Ambad, Next to Hotel Taj,
CHANDRAPUR Showroom 2 : Mumbai - Agra Highway, Nasik - 422 010
L ND Cars Pvt. Ltd. Shop no. 1 & 2, Poonam Heights Building, Tel. : 0253 - 2384432 / 632 / 832, 6636666, 6637777
Showroom & Workshop : SV Road, Goregaon West, Mumbai - 4000062 Fax : 0253 - 2384532
Gajanan Maharaj Mandir Square, Bapat Nagar, Tel. : 022 - 67822288
Nagpur Road, Chandrapur - 442 401
Tel.: 07172 - 646344/22

NAGPUR Workshop 1 : THANE

L Star Motors Reality Warehousing Pvt. Ltd., Gate No. 1337 / 1, L SC Auto Corporation
Showroom & Workshop : Pune Nagar, Wagholi, Pune - 412 307 Showroom:
44 / 4, Wahajara, Kamptee Road, Tel. : 020 - 46609999 Modi House, Opp. to LIC Building, Naupada,
NH - 7, Nagpur - 440 026 Eastern Express Highway, Thane (West),
Tel. : 0712 - 6507836/37, 6507916, 6461503 / 04 Workshop 2 : Thane - 400 602
Fax : 0712 - 2632429 Patel Tiles Compound, Sr.No. 42/1, Shivaji Nagar, Tel. : 022 - 67610000
Behind ST Bus Stand, Pune - 411 005 Fax : 022 - 67610209
L Tajshree Motors Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 020 - 32424202, 65270809, 7774010500
Showroom : Workshop :
Plot No. 1 Hindustan Colony, Wardha Road, SATARA Pioneer Estate Corporation, 133-134, Pokhran Road
Nagpur - 440 002 L Unique Automobiles No.2, Opp. Oswal Park, Thane (West) - 400601
Tel. : 0712 - 2250242 / 2250243 / 2250244 Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 022 - 66040000
41, Mutha Colony, Sadar Bazar, Satara - 416 002 Fax : 022 - 66040102
Workshop : Tel. : 09623225299
Plot No. 679, Ghat Road, L Angel Auto World Pvt. Ltd.
Near Cotton Market Square, Nagpur - 440 018 SOLAPUR Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Tel. : 0712 - 2734466 / 2734467 L Mota Automotive Pvt. Ltd. Grishma garden, Gokhivare, Vasai East, Thane,
Workshop : Mumbai (Vasai) - 401208
NANDED MRC Cable India, A/20/6, MIDC Chincholi, Tel :0250-6453030 /6061777
L Bafna Automotives Solapur - 413 255
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 9272222233 Showroom & Workshop 2 :
Gut No. 235, Pimpalgaon (Mahadeo), J-176, MIDC, Tarapur Road,
Nanded -Akola Road, Nanded - 431 607 SANGLI Boisar (West) - 401505
Tel. : 02462 - 274069 / 652099, 311102 L Unique Automobiles Tel. : 02525 - 655454 / 655353
Showroom :
PUNE 442-3, Kulkarni Complex, 100 feet road, L Nikhil Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
L Platinum Chevrolet South Sivaji Nagar, Sangli - 416 416 Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop 1 : Tel. : 0233 - 2326544 Survey No. 6, Hissa No. 6, Manpada Gaon,
Sr No 45/1/B/A, Shankarseth Road, Gutkewadi, Fax : 0233 - 2326594 Kalyan Shill Road, Dombivali (East) - 421 204.
Pune - 411 037 Tel. : 0251 - 3048888 / 3048899
Tel. : 020 - 26440029 Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop 2 :

Kulkarni Complex, 100 Feet Road,
Near MSEB Sub-Station, Sangli - 416 416
STATE - CHATTISGARH
Survey No 5/4, Najhate Nagar, Kalewadi Main Road, Tel. : 0233 - 2326544 BILASPUR
Thergaon, Pune - 411 033 Fax : 0233 - 2326594 L Swati Ventures
Tel. : 020 - 66326600, 66326632, 66326666 Showroom & Workshop :
YAVATMAL Besides Shiv Talkies, Old Bus Stand Road,
L Singh Cycle & Motor Co. L SARAS MOTORS Bilaspur - 495001
Showroom 1 : Pobaru Marketing & Agencies Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 7752 - 605500 / 605511
S. No. 38/4, Krishna Complex, Hadapsar Bypass Showroom :
Road, Near Radisson Hotel, Kharadi, Pune - 411 014 Shop No. 5, 6, 7, 8 Udhyog Bhavan, RAIPUR
Tel. : 020 - 32419385 / 32319526 Dharwha Road, Yavatmal - 445 001 L Vardhaman Motors
Tel. : 07232 - 255991 Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom 2 : Fax : 07232 - 255992 9/1, Mahoba Bazar, GE Road, NH-6,
ICC Trade Centre, Showroom No. 4, Survey No. 403 Kumhari Dist. - Durg, Raipur - 492 001
A/2, Senepati Bapat Road, Pune - 411 016 Workshop : Tel. : 7489177999, 7883221999
Tel. : 020 - 25666941 / 2 / 3 / 4 Block No. B-16 MIDC (Lohara), Yavatmal - 445 001
Tel. : 07798883816
Fax : 07232 - 255992

Showroom 2 :
Ashoka Millenium, Ring Road,
Raipur - 492 011
Tel. : 7714030104, 7712410008

SOUTH ZONE Workshop :

Plot No. 95 & 96, Wood Complex,
Workshop :
Opposite to Fusion Towers, 36-12-2,
Near Ayyappa Temple, Nellore - 524 004 Near Siddartha Public School, Moghul Rajapuram,
STATE - ANDAMAN & NICOBAR Tel. : 9247000022 Vijayawada - 520 010
Tel. : 0866 - 6645593 / 94, 9603123777
PORTBLAIR RAJAHMUNDRY
L Group Engineers L Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd. STATE - KARNATAKA
Showroom : Showroom & Workshop :
Prem Nagar Junction, (SY No 1394/1), D. No. 82-10-2, Venkateswara Nagar, BANGALORE
Haddo Post Port Blair - 744 102 Near Lalacheruvu, Near ONGC Complex, NH-5 Road, L Kropex India Ltd.
Tel. : 03192 - 230301, 242901 Rajahmundry - 533 103 Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 0883 - 6575555 / 6580888 49/1, Singasandara, Hosur Main Road,
Workshop : Bangalore - 560 068
Opp Womens Working Hostel, Dollygunj, TIRUPATHI Tel. : 080 - 43574357
Port Blair, Junglighat Post, Portblair - 744 103 L M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited Fax : 080 - 43574353
Tel. : 03192 - 253044 / 253011 Showroom:
11-46/A, Renigunta Road, Tirupathi - 517 501 Workshop 2 :
STATE - ANDHRA PRADESH Tel.: 9299999970 Sy. No. 26, Hanumareddy Layout,
Chinnapanahalli Main Road, Marathahalli Post,
BHIMAVARAM Workshop : Bangalore - 560 037
L Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd. Plot No: 254, Auto Nagar, Tel. : 9663388812
Showroom & Workshop : Near Vinayaka Temple, Renigunta Road,
Door No. 2-25, # 6, Near Bharath petroleum bunk, Tirupathi - 517 506 L Trident Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Undi Road, Bhimavaram - 534 202 Tel.: 9247000024 Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 9052781234 / 905224678 SY. No, 18/1B, (Old No 18/1C), Nayanda Halli Grama,
VISHAKHAPATNAM Kengeri Hobli, Bangalore - 560 038
CHITTOOR L Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd. Tel. :080 - 67149191/292, 67149001
L M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : D. No.38-22-87, Varun Avenue, NH-5, Murali Nagar, Showroom & Workshop 2 :
NH 4, Near Iruvaram Check Post, Chittoor - 517 001 NH. Birla Junction, Vishakhapatnam - 530 075 No. 122/1, C. Shankar Reddy Layout, Kalyana Nagar,
Tel.: 92470 00003, 9247000027 Tel.: 0891 - 2572222, 9052402345 Outer Ring Road, Bangalore - 560 043
Tel. : 080 - 43430300, 43430500
GUNTUR Showroom 2 : Fax : 080 - 43430308, 43430517
L Fusion Motors D. No. 4-46-12, G. K. Mansiom, Pedawaltier,
Showroom & Workshop : Vishakhapatnam - 530 017 Showroom 3 :
Plot No. 296 & 297, Opp. Sarvani Diesel Enginnering, Tel.: 0891 - 2572222, 4444 No. 300 A - 70, 36th Cross, 10th Main,
Autonagar Main Road, Autonagar, Guntur - 522 001 Fax: 0891 - 6645555 5th Block, Jay Nagar, Bangalore - 560 041
Tel. : 0863 - 6454545 Tel. : 080 - 42542999
VIJAYWADA
KURNOOL L Fusion Motors Workshop 3 :
L Dheeraj Motors Showroom : No. 558/1,60 ft Road, 9th Cross, HAL 2nd Stage,
Workshop : Fusion Towers, 36-12-2, Opposite to Siddartha Old Airport Road, Behind Leela Palace,
NH-7 Road, Near APSP 2nd Battalian, Public School, Moghul Rajapuram, Kodihalli, Indiranagar, Bangalore - 560 008
Ballary Chowrasta, Kurnool - 518 004 Vijayawada - 520 010 Tel. : 080 - 49155858
Tel. : 8518 - 253777 Tel. : 0866 - 6645555 / 9603123666
Fax : 0866 - 6645592 L K.H.T. Chevrolet (A Division Of Morzaria Real
NELLORE Tech Private Limited)
L M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited Showroom :
Showroom: No: 725, West of Cord Road, Rajajinagar,
26-2-1777, Near Ayyappa Temple, Vedayapalem Area, 1st Stage, Mahalakshmi Layout, Bangalore - 560 086
Nellore - 524 004 Tel. : 080 - 49363636
Tel:. 9247000000

Workshop : Workshop : KANJRAPALLI

No. 305, 5th Main Road, 2nd Cross, 4th Phase, C/O Manjunath Retreading Works, Kulshekara L Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Peenya Industrial Area, Bangalore - 560 058 Chowki, Near KMF Milk Dairy, Kulshekar, Showroom :
Tel. : 080 - 49353637 Mangalore - 575 005 Near A K J M School, K K Road, Kanjirappally
Tel. : 0824 - 2231202 (Kottayam Dt.)
BELGAUM Tel. : 0482 - 8201616
L Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. MYSORE
Showroom & Workshop : L Dyuthi Motors Pvt. Ltd. KANNUR
Shri Krishna Weaving Mill Compound, Showroom & Workshop : L German Motors
Venguaral Road, Vijaya Nagar, Belgaum - 591 108 No. 201 / 1 & 2, Hunsur Road, Hinkal Village, Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 0831 - 2449556 / 557, 6514911 Mysore - 570 017 BP6-14A, Valapattanam, Kannur - 670 010
Fax : 0831 - 2472209 Tel. : 0821 - 4240500 - 16 Tel. : 0497 - 2774466 - 67, 3057200
Fax : 0821 - 4241899 Fax : 0497 - 27744666, 3057200
BELLARY
L Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. SHIMOGA KAYAKULAM
Showroom & Workshop : L Frontline Automobiles L Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Near Bellary Rolling Mills, Anantpur Road, Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
Bellary - 583 101 Shankar Mutth Road, Shimoga - 577 201 NH-47, Near MSM College, Kayakulam - 690 502
Tel. : 08392 - 261234 / 5 Tel. : 08182 - 229099 Telefax : 0479 - 2446650
Fax : 08392 - 261235 Fax : 08182 - 229098
KODANGULUR
DAVANGERE STATE - KERALA L Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
L Modi Motors Showroom :
Showroom & Workshop : ALLEPPEY XII/ 121-122, Opp. Medicare Hospital,
#869/1-2, PB Road, Opposite Sai International Hotel, L Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd. Kottapuram PO, TKS Puram, Kodungalur - 680 667
Davangere - 577 006 Showroom : Tel. : 0480 - 2803561 / 62
Tel. : 08192 - 233896 Koorayil Annex, Opp. Bhattathiripurayidom,
Near MCH Junction, Alappuzha, Alleppey - 688 001 KOTAYYAM
GULBARGA Tel. : 0477 - 2238501 L Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
L VKG Motor World Showroom & Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : CALICUT Karithas Junction, Thellakom P.O., Kotayyam-686016
Plot - 1&2, Survey No. 116/2, Behind Mahendrakar L German Motors Tel. : 0481 - 2792203
Complex, Kapnoor Humnabad Road, Showroom & Workshop : Fax : 0481 - 2792383
Gulbarga - 585104 118-A, Chungam Junction, West Hill,
Tel. : 08472 - 224555 Calicut - 673 005 KOLLAM
Fax : 08472 - 258019 Tel. : 0495 - 2383680 / 81, 2383770 / 71 L Deedi Motors
Fax : 0495 - 3041100, 2381909 Showroom :
HUBLI Post Office Junction, Pallimukku, Kollam - 691 010
L Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. COCHIN Tel. : 0474 - 3257777 / 2725959
Showroom & Workshop : L Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd. Fax : 0474 - 2725900
Opp. NGEF, Rayapura, Dharwad, Showroom & Workshop :
P. B. Road, Hubli - 580 025 11/336, NH-47 Bye Pass, Nettor P.O., Workshop :
Tel .: 0836 - 2218338 / 39 Ernakulam, Cochin - 682 304 Cantonment, North Nagar, Pullikada, Kollam - 691001
Telefax : 0836 - 2218337 Tel. : 0484 - 2703245 - 49, 3097100, 3097101 Tel. : 0474 - 2750010 / 11
Fax : 0484 - 2703244
MANGALORE KOTTAKKAL
L Vibrant Motors L German Motors
Showroom: Showroom & Workshop :
Mont Tiera Apartments, Vivekanand Road, 260A, Palathara, Cherusola P.O., Kottakkal,
Kadri, Nantoor-Padav, Mangalore - 575004 Malappuram
Tel.: 0824 - 2225544 Tel. : 0494 - 2611666

MUVATTUPUZHA THIRUVALLA
L Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd. L Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd. STATE - TAMIL NADU
Showroom : Showroom :
Mackar Plaza, EEC Market Road, PNB Junction, No. 54/2, Kurusumoottil Buildings, CHENNAI
Muvattupuzha - 686 673 M C Road, Mazhuvangad, Thiruvalla - 689 101 L Sundaram Motors
Tel. : 0485 - 606600, 2835272 / 73 Tel. : 0469 - 2740800 Showroom & Workshop :
Fax : 0485 - 2832554 180, Anna salai Road, Chennai - 600 006
THRISSUR Tel. : 044 - 28579203 / 28 / 32
Workshop : L Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd. Fax : 044 - 28579210
902/903,Opp. Mackar Plaza, EEC Market Road, Showroom :
PNB Junction, Muvattupuzha - 686 673 14/3-A1, Guruvayoor Road Puzhakkal, Workshop 2:
Tel. : 0485 - 2835272 / 73 Ayyanthole P.O., Thrissur - 680 003 116/4 Mahalakshmi Nagar Extention,
Fax : 0485 - 2832554 Tel. : 0487 - 2388945 - 46, 2388851 - 52 Numbal Village Thirverkadu Post, Chennai - 600 077
Fax : 0487 - 2388851 Tel.: 044 - 26493020/21
MUTTUM
L Geeyem Motors Workshop : L KLN Motors Agencies Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop : Near Boating Station, Puzhakkal Post Office, Showroom 1 :
SY NO: 70/15, 71/10, Thai Kkattukara P.O, N H Road, Thrissur - 680 553 Old No. 861, New No. 232, Poonamallee High Road,
Distt. Aluva, Muttum, Cochin - 683 106 Tel. : 0487 - 2225100, 2225101 Kilpauk, Chennai - 600 010
Tel. : 0484 - 2632193 / 94 / 95 / 96 / 97 Tel : 044 - 23452937 / 38
TRIVENDRUM Telefax : 044 - 23452936
PERINTHALMANNA L Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
L German Motors Showroom / Workshop : Workshop 1 :
Showroom & Workshop : Erumalathopu, N.H. Bye Pass Road, Venpalvattom, Shop No. 50, SIDCO Industrial Area,
AP-IV 664F, Opp. ITC, Tirurkad, Anayara P.O., Trivendrum - 695 029 Ambattur, Chennai - 600 058
Perinthalmanna - 679 531 Tel. : 0471 - 2556006, 3257777, 2558599, 2558499 Tel. : 044 - 23452930 - 32
Tel. : 04933 - 325060, 237000, 239878 Fax : 0471 - 2551020
Telefax : 04933 - 2737000 Showroom & Workshop 2 :
WAYNAD No. 8-NP, Developed Plot, Guindy Industrial Estate,
PALAKKAD L German Motors Ekkattuthangal, Near Kasi Theatre, Chennai - 600 097
L Geeyam Motors Showroom / Workshop : Tel. : 044 - 23458941 / 42
Showroom & Workshop : Muttil - Post, North Kalpetta, Waynad - 673 122
Door No. 8/1198, NH Bypass Road, Tel. : 04936 - 304200 / 202414 CUDDALORE
Chandra Nagar, Palakkad - 678 007 Fax : 04936 - 304201 L Aakash Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Tel. : 0491 - 2504133 Showroom & Workshop:
Fax : 0491 - 2504143 STATE - PONDICHERRY RS No.155/11, Vadalur Main Road, Periamedu,
Karaikadu Village, Cuddalore Taluk,
PATHANAMTHITTA PONDICHERRY Cuddalore - 607 005
L Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd. L Aakash Auto Pvt. Ltd. Tel.: 04142 - 297997, 7373299933, 7373599933
Kumbazhethu Buildings, Churulicode P.O., No. 1, Sounderrajan, 100 ft. Road, Sounder Rajan COIMBATORE
Kozhencherry Road, Pathanamthitta - 689 645 Nagar, Mudaliarpet, Pondicherry - 605 004 L Anamallais Agencies (P) Ltd.
Tel. : 0468 - 2272079, 2272080 Tel. : 0413 - 2204400 Showroom :
Fax : 0468 - 2272078 Fax : 0413 - 2204033 252, Mettupalayam Road, Coimbatore - 641 043
Tel. : 0422 - 2435555 / 2432999
Workshop : Fax : 0422 - 2446151
No. 23, 9th Cross, Metupallyam,
Industrial Estate, Pondicherry - 605 009 Workshop :
Tel. : 0413 - 2279900 249A, Mettupalayam Bye Pass Road,
Coimbatore - 641 043
Tel. : 0422 - 2433444

L Pressana Automobile NAGERCOIL THIRUNELVELLI

Showroom : L A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd. L A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd.
No. 1987, Trichy Main Road, LCT Complex, Showroom & Workshop: Showroom & Workshop :
Coimbatore - 641 005 2/86, Tirunelveli Main road, 1183/3, National Highway Jothipuram,
Tel. : 0422 - 4041111 Ozhuginasery, Nagercoil - 629 001 Konganthanparai, Thirunelvelli - 627 007
Tel. : 04652 - 644664 (Showroom) Tel. : 0462 - 2551070, 3269638
Workshop : 04652 - 272443 (Workshop) Fax : 0462 - 2554111
505/1, Sowaripalayam Main Road,
Ramanathapuram, Coimbatore - 641 045 NAMAKAL TIRUPUR
Tel. : 0422 - 4051111 L Thriive Cars L Anamallais Agencies Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
ERODE 276/85, Tiruchengode Main Road, 396/6, Kamaraj Road, Palladam Road,
L Pressana Automobile Opp. Old Lakshmi Kalyana Mandapam, Tirupur - 641 604
Showroom & Workshop : Namakkak - 637 001 Tel. : 0421 - 2918999
No.1, ChinnaKadu Thottam,
Veerapampalayam, Dhindal P.O., Erode - 638 012 PUDUKOTTAI THANJAVUR
Tel. : 0424 - 2276046 / 47 L Jayaraj Karz L Jayaraj Karz
Fax : 0424 - 2276048 Showroom & Workshop : Showroom & Workshop :
5915/1, Khalif Nagar, Thirumayam Road, Pudukottai Bye - Pass Road, Thanjavur
HOSUR Pudukottai - 622 001 Tel. : 04362 - 226452
L Thriive Cars Tel. : 04322 - 262223
Showroom & Workshop : VELLORE
S. No. - 321, Bathala Palli, PERAMBALUR L Sayar Cars
SIPCOT- II, Hosur - 635109. L Jayaraj Karz Showroom & Workshop :
Tel. : 04344 - 644588 / 9994099116 Showroom & Workshop : S.F. No. 3004, New By Pass Road,
No. 36, Trichy to Chennai Highway, Eraiyur, Near Collectorate, Vellore - 632 004
KARUR Veppanthattai, Perambalur, Tamilnadu - 621 133 Tel.: 0416 - 2222017
L Pressana Automobile Tel. : 9244222728
Showroom & Workshop : STATE - TELANGANA
No.3, Salem Byepass Road, Kulathupalayam, SALEM
Karur - 635 006 L Thriive Cars HYDERABAD
Tel. : 04324 - 222301 Showroom & Workshop : L Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
Fax : 04324 - 222302 1116, Salem Chennai Highway Road, Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Near Holy Cross, Hr. Sec. School, Plot No. 74, Snehapuri Colony, Near Andhra Bank,
MADURAI Ammapet, Salem - 636 014 Nagole Main Road, Nagole, Hyderabad - 500 035
L A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd. Tel. : 0427 - 2242603 Tel. : 040 - 24220013, 44886666, 44886767/700/701
Showroom : Fax : 0427 - 2242604 Fax : 040 - 24220313
35/1, Dindigul National Highway,
Near A. R. C. Parcel Service, Villangudi, TRICHY Showroom 2 :
Madurai - 625 018 L Jayaraj Karz House No. 1-3-1045, Viceroy Hotel Lane,
Tel. : 0452 - 2669617, 3091917 Showroom & Workshop : Kawadiguda Road, Hyderabad - 500 080
Fax : 0452 - 2669618 Madurai Main Road, Panjapur, Trichy - 620 012 Tel. : 040 - 27532385 - 89
Tel. : 0431 - 2906420 / 6541207 Fax : 040 - 27532384
Workshop : Fax : 0431 - 2202187
Plot No. 64 & 68, Thiruvalavayanallur Post, Workshop 2 :
National Highway No. 7, Opp Arokya Milk 1-8-670, Azamabad, RTC 'X' Road,
Processing Unit, Nagari, Madurai - 625 221 Hyderabad-500020
Tel. : 0452 - 2463612 / 13 / 14 Tel. : 040 - 27668678 / 27668761
Fax : 040 - 27668632

Workshop 3 : WARANGAL
Plot No. 21, Mini Industrial Estate, L Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
Hafeezpet Road, Kondapur, Hyderabad - 500 049 Showroom :
Tel. : 040 - 31906677 Door No. 15-2-4-1-1 & 15-2-4,
Mulugu Cross, Warangal - 506 007
Workshop 4 : Tel. : 0870 - 2421955
Plot No.37, Survey No.45,Vignan Junior College Fax : 0870 - 2421955
Road, Kundapur, Hyderabad - 500 081
Tel. : 040 - 31906699 Workshop :
H. No. 23-6-132, Hunter Road,
L Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd. Opp. Citizens Club, Warangal
Showroom 1 : Tel. : 0870 - 2523377 / 88 / 99
6-3-249/3, Abhinandan Towers, Road No. 1, Fax : 0870 - 2523399
Banjara Hills, Hyderabad - 500 034
Tel. : 040 - 66515555
Fax : 040 - 66469999
Workshop 1 :
B-45/46, Industrial Estate, Near Andhra Bank
Sanatnagar, Hyderabad - 500 018
Tel. : 040 - 66265555 / 66269999

16-2-705/1/1, Malakpet, Opp. Srukrupa Market,
Hyderabad - 500 036
Tel. : 040 - 66815555
Fax : 040 - 66179999

A2, Balanagar Techno Craft Industrial Estate,
Balanagar, Hyderabad - 500 037
Tel. : 040 - 23721111
Fax : 040 - 23729999
KARIMNAGAR
L Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
M.No.8-6-128, Kothi Rampur, Hyderabad Highway
Road, Karim Nagar - 505 001
Tel. : 0878 - 2276633 / 9885520022
Fax : 0878 - 2276633
KHAMMAM
L Fusion Motors
Plot No. 11, Sri Sri Circle, Opp. Reliance Petrol Bunk,
Rotary Nagar, Bypass Road, Khammam - 507 002
Tel.: 9247623666, 8096991122

EAST ZONE L
SHIBSAGAR
Pashupati Traders L
PATNA
Pandey Motors Pvt. Ltd.
STATE - ARUNACHHAL PRADESH KPM Chariali, Shivasagar, Shivasagar - 785 640
Tel. : 03772 - 220082 / 88
Pandey Plaza, Exhibition Road, Patna - 800 001
Tel. : 0612 - 2205195, 3955491
ITANAGAR Fax : 0612 - 2205196
L Sango Motors SILCHAR
Showroom & Workshop : L Smart Motors Pvt. Ltd. Workshop :
NH-52A, Near Shiv Mandir, 6 Km Showroom & Workshop : Bhootnath Road, Sahadurpur, PS Agamkuan,
Between Nahalagun, Dist. Papumpare NH-54, Ramnagar, Silchar - 788 008 Patna - 800 020
Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh - 791 110 Tel. : 03842 - 268701, 9207042806 Tel. : 0612 - 2341151
Tel. : 0360 - 2001166 / 67, 2033153
NAGAON GAYA
STATE - ASSAM L LB Motor (A Unit of Borah & Sons Pvt. Ltd) L Brijnandan Automobile Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop: Showroom & Workshop :
BONGAIGAON AT Road, Dimarguri, Nagaon - 782 003 727 Old 1026 / New No. NH - 83,
L Raj N Dibyani Automobiles Tel.: 03672 - 253157 Near BMP - 3, Gaya - 823 004
Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 0631 - 2200131
Near Lower Assam Hospital, Chapaguri Road, TEZPUR
North Bongaigaon, Bongaigaon L GNB Motors PURNEA
Tel.: 03664 - 231890, 230545 Showroom : L Hare Krishna Motors Pvt. Ltd.
P.O. Nikamul, Beside Udyanpath, Showroom & Workshop :
DIBRUGARH Tezpur - 784 001 Damka Chowk, NH - 31, Gulabbagh, Purnea - 854 326
L Pashupati Traders Tel. : 03712 - 255999 Tel. : 9234323211
P. N. Road, Chiring Chapori, Dibrugarh - 786 001
Tel. : 0373 - 2323281
Workshop : STATE - JHARKHAND
P.O. Nikamul, Udyanpath,
Telefax : 0373 - 2323296 Tezpur - 784 001 BOKARO
Tel. : 03712 - 255998 L Power Motors
GUWAHATI Showroom & Workshop :
L Srishti Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. TINSUKIA N-1, City Centre, Sector - 4,
Showroom : L Dhansri Motors Bokaro Steel City, Bokaro - 827 004
Opp. Pantaloons, G S Road, Rukminigaon, Showroom & Workshop : Tel. : 06542 - 233555 / 232977
Guwahati, Assam - 781 022 Opposite New Tinsukia Railway Junction, Fax : 06542 - 232988
Tel. : 0361 - 2223666 A.T. Road, Hijuguri, Tinsukia - 786 125.
Fax : 0361 - 2223888 Tel. : 0374 - 2311397 DHANBAD
L Sorabh Automobiles
Workshop :
Radha Nagar, VIP Road, Six mile, Guwahati,
STATE - BIHAR Showroom :
Indramani Palace, Opp Flair Bajaj, Saraidhela,
Assam - 781 022 MUZAFARPUR Dhanbad - 826 001
L Pandey Motors Pvt. Ltd. Tel. : 0326 - 2201366
JORHAT Showroom & Workshop :
L Nova Automobiles Mithila Body Builders, NH-18, Workshop :
Showroom & Workshop : Bhagwanpur, Muzafarpur - 842 001 Tilakraidih, Govindpur Road, Dhanbad - 826 001
Pulibor, NH 37, PO: RRL, Jorhat - 785006 Tel. : 0621 - 2252762 Tel. : 9470580855
Tel. : 0376 - 2370077
Workshop 2 :
Nova Furniture Factory Compound,
Milan Nagar, Jorhat - 785001
Tel. : 0376 - 2309263

HAZARIBAGH L Super Sales Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. L Speed Autotech

L Laxmi Auto Showroom & Workshop : Showroom :
Showroom & Workshop : Plot No. 644/2148, NH-5, Pahal, "The Meridian", Kazi Nazrul Islam Sarani,
Zulu Park Road, Near SBI Main Branch, Bhubneswar, Dist - khurda - 752 101 (VIP Road), Kolkata - 700 059
Hazaribagh - 825 301 Tel. : 0674 - 2463913, 2463914, 6543010 / 11 Tel. : 033 - 25007915 - 9
Tel. : 06546 - 222929 Fax : 033 - 40150824
SAMBALPUR
JAMSHEDPUR L Bharat Motors Ltd. Workshop 1 :
L Narbheram Motors Pvt. Ltd. Showroom & Workshop : 241/2B, APC Road, Opp. Khanna Cinema,
Workshop : 9, Industrial Estate, Near Central School, Kolkata - 700 004
M-4, Phase-VI, Adityapur Industrial Area, Bareipali, Sambalpur - 768 006 Tel. : 033 - 25551370 / 72 / 73 / 74, 25552509
P.O. Gamaria, Jamshedpur - 832 108 Tel. : 0663 - 2402736, 2405286
Tel. : 0657 - 3293612, 3297763, 3290649, 6510531 Fax : 0663 - 2585894 Workshop 2 :
Telefax : 0657 - 2200532 108 F, Nilgunge Road, Agarpara, Kolkata - 700 058
ROURKELA Tel. : 033 - 25552509
RANCHI L Balaram Motors
L Rahul Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. Showroom & Workshop : L Dulichand Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 : Opposite Pahadi Kanta, Vedvyash, Rourkela - 769 041 Showroom :
Piska More, Ratu Road, Ranchi - 834 005 "Shrachi Towers", 686 Anandapur,
Tel. : 0651 - 2510251 / 52 STATE - WEST BENGAL E.M. Bypass, Near Ruby Hospital, Kolkatta - 700 107
Tel. : 033 - 24431801 - 02, 40141616
Showroom 2 : ASANSOL Fax : 033 - 40141624
Line Tank Road, MR Tower, Ranchi - 834 001 L Shaila Autotech
Tel. : 0651 - 3298436 Showroom & Workshop : Workshop :
Fax : 0651 - 2510252 NH-2, Chanda More, Asansol - 713 339 5/51, Jagatipota, Ahalya Nagar,
Telefax : 0341 - 2343704 / 705 Opp. Jagatipota Kisan Market, Kolkatta - 700 099
Workshop : Tel. : 033 - 40161718, 24264224, 24264214
Ratu Road, Near Kamre Ashram, Ranchi - 834 005 HOWRAH
Tel. : 0651 - 2511558 / 564, 3241206 L Priti Motor Udyog (P) Ltd. m Longia Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom : Workshop 1 :
STATE - ORISSA NH-6, Bombay Howrah Highway, Howrah 15/1D, Sahanagar Road, (Near Rashbehari Avenue
Crossing), Kolkatta - 700 026
BALASORE Workshop : Tel. : 033 - 66270100 / 119
L Venus Auto Works Pvt. Ltd. Khejurtala Kolkata Truck Terminal, Fax : 033 - 66270121
Showroom & Workshop: Khejurtala, NH-6, Howrah - 711 403
NH - 5, Remuna Golai, Januganj, Tel. : 033 - 65002070/71/72 Workshop 2 :
Near Bhatter Mill, Balasore -756 019 Budge Budge Trunk Road, Rampur,
Tel. : 06782 - 244013, 244014 KOLKATA P.O. : Gobindopur, P.S. : Maheshtala,
L OSL Autotech Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata - 700 141
BHUBANESWAR Showroom : Tel. : 033 - 66270222 / 223 / 205
L Venus Auto Works Pvt. Ltd. 2/1A, Sarat Bose Road, Lansdowne Towers, Fax : 033 - 66270208
Showroom & Workshop : Kolkata - 700 020
A/62, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar - 751 003 Tel. : 033 - 66270400 SILIGURI
Tel. : 0674 - 3019999 (Showroom) L Kaysons Automotive Pvt. Ltd.
0674 - 3019900, 3270444, 9337070444 Workshop : Workshop :
(Workshop) 49 E, Topsia Road South, Kolkata - 700 046 IIIrd Mile, Checkpost, Opp. New Eastern Bypass
Telefax : 0674 - 3019908 Tel. : 033 - 66270500 Road, Sevoke Road, Siliguri - 734 401
Tel. : 0353 - 2544533 - 35, 2777723
Fax : 0353 - 2544456

STATE - MANIPUR
IMPHAL
L Rajpri Enterprise
Chigmeirong Mamang Leikai,
Imphal East, Imphal - 795 001
Tel. : 0385 - 2421183
STATE - NAGALAND
DIMAPUR
L Urban Station
NSC Petrol Pump, NH-39, 6th Mile, Kohima Road,
Dimapur, Nagaland - 797 112
Tel. : 03862 - 240994, 240992
STATE - TRIPURA
AGARTALA
L Sri Krishna Automobiles
Plot No. 4612 & 4615, Shanihani,
Airport Road, Agartala, Tripura West - 799 001
Tel. : 0381 - 2342566
STATE - MEGHALAYA
SHILLONG
L DH Royal Cars
Parkview, Fire Brigade,
Shillong - 793 014
Tel. : 0364 - 2520481, 2520477
STATE - SIKKIM
GANGTOK
L GEN X Motors
Workshop :
C/o Garima Enterprise, P.S. Road, Gangtok - 737 101
Tel. : 03592 - 202515
STATE - MIZORAM
AIZAWL
L Highland
A-L Road, Zemabawk, Aizawl - 796 017
Tel. : 0389 - 2351916

INTERNATIONAL
SRI LANKA
L Mag City Motor Company Pvt. Ltd.
No. 320A, Darley Road,
Colombo - 10, Sri Lanka
Tel. : 0094777410407
BHUTAN
L Global Trade
Showroom :
Lkahilham, Changgankha,
Thimphu, Bhutan
Workshop :
Post Box No. 1037, Olarongcchu,
Thimphu, Bhutann
NEPAL
m SPG Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop :
GPO Box 2544, Khumaltar, Lalitpur,
Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel.: 00977-1-4100543

Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351

Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel.: 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Part No.: 28287540
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval, Revision No. 00
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939 Revision Date
24x7 Roadside Assistance at 1800 103 8090 (Toll Free No.) or 0124 - 4388090 02/2015/110

Captiva

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Captiva

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Captiva

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.

com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Battery ................................ 12-21 Force Majeure ....................... 13-7

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Introduction ....................................... i Your Chevrolet Captiva ("vehicle") is a by CHEVROLET work according to

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

found in the chapter "Technical Danger : This is a safety symbol which

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1

KEYS, DOORS AND KEYS AND LOCKS

Keys and Locks Interior Mirror Warning

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-3

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

4. Remove the used battery. Avoid Warning

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-5

MANUAL DOOR LOCKS

To open a door from the inside or

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

POWER DOOR LOCKS SAFETY LOCK

You can activate the central door

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-7

Warning Caution Warning

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

The tailgate can be locked or unlocked Caution

To lock the tailgate press on the

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-9

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

The engine is automatically immo- damaged. See your CHEVROLET Warning

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-13

POWER MIRRORS FOLDING MIRRORS

Controls for the outside power mirrors

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

LOCK position or taken out of the

Always keep your mirrors properly SYNC AUTO

adjusted, and use them while driving MODE OFF A

to increase your visibility of objects

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine